The Moon Landing Controversy



Millions of people, not just conspiracy theorist, feel we have not been told the complete truth regarding NASA’s Apollo space program of the late 60’s and early 70’s.

Its because of this public uncertainty and the continued ongoing social debate, that regrettably the Apollo Missions, in particular Apollo 11, has joined the ranks of Ripley’s believe it or not. This 46 year old argument certainly begs the question,”How did one of the greatest human endeavour’s in history, become one of the greatest conspiracy theories known”?

DID man land on the moon? some say yes, some say no, both sides of the argument can produce scientific facts, both can produce pictures of proof, both can produce recorded audio. So how does an ordinary person ascertain who is right and who is wrong?

Truth of the matter is, there is simply too many scientific facts and contradictions by NASA that supports the “we didn’t do it” side.  In fact, there are certain questions  that can not be answered by the “we did it group”.without incriminating themselves and drawing laughter from the crowd..   like a NASA scientists who stated in 2008 “it would be 15 years before we have the technology  to go to the moon”. This statement is very strange seeing as though 50 years earlier we SUPPOSEDLY had the technology as we sent six manned U.S. Apollo missions to the moon between 1969 and 1972.

To add further to the WE DIDN’T GO side. In 2014, 46 years after the moon landing, NASA Engineer Kelly Smith stated in an educational video the difficulties faced by the Orion spacecraft launch. (Dec 5th 2014)

He said, “As we get further away from Earth, we will pass through the Van Allan Belts, an area of dangerous radiation. Radiation like this can harm the guidance systems, on-board computers, or other electronics on Orion. Naturally, we have to pass through this danger zone twice, once up and once back. But Orion’s protection shielding will be put to the test as the vehicle cuts through the waves of radiation. Sensors aboard will record radiation levels for scientists to study. “We must solve these challenges before we send people through this region of Space”.
WHAT WAS THAT, “We must solve these challenges before we send people through the Van Allan Belts?” ?????? Hang on, NASA have supposedly already sent 12 astronauts through the Van Allen belt during the Apollo missions nearly 50 years ago. NOW in 2014 NASA is saying that this deadly radiation problem is yet to be solved?

A thought provoking side note, EVERY YEAR on certain days the United States celebrates national pride motivated holidays, Presidents’ Day, Independence day, Columbus Day,to state a few..

Yet the day of their greatest scientific and technological achievement,the moon landing, goes unacknowledged as a holiday. Why? Could it be man never landed on the moon and the powers to be don’t want to answer relevant moon landing questions EVERY SINGLE YEAR on the 20th or 21st July.  (Surely a piece of the puzzle for the “didn’t” movement just slotted in  nicely.)

That all said, early Apollo missions must be carefully considered against the backdrop of the cold war between the USSR and the USA  (Communism V Capitalism.) during the 50’s and 60’s. This war was psychological not physical and was fought via spies and counter spies with each country portraying itself as having the strongest technical capabilities.

The fact is…During the early to late 50’s  the USA concentrated on Nuclear Weapons whilst the Russians were exploring space with their Spunik’s.

  • In 1961 the Russians were getting space travel down pat and the USA realised they had concentrated on the wrong weapon, Nuke instead of space. To overcome this psychological and technological advantage held by the Russians, The then President, John F Kennedy, declared by the end of the decade the USA will not only land  men on the moon but return them safely back.   

To fully understand the extent of space travel superiority by the Russians, refer the below chronological recorded first by both USSR & USA.

IT HAS TO BE NOTED, that 11 Apollo astronauts were mysteriously killed before making their missions, 3 had oxygen pumped into their test capsule until it exploded, 7 died in 6 separate plane crashes, and 1 died in a car crash, highly unlikely coincidence or did they not agree to fooling the world for a cold war gag. 

After considerable research of facts relating to the “we did it” side, and the “we didn’t do it” side, my tendency is to lean towards the didn’t do it side. Having said that, If we did, and the  reports about being supposedly warned off the moon are true. We will NEVER go back, but if we do, it wont be a manned mission, it will be with kinetic weapons.




The theory that the moon landings were hoaxed by the US government to assert their victory in the space race over Russia, is something which has grown in popularity over time.

Recent polls indicate that approximately 20% of Americans believe that the U.S. has never landed on the moon. After the Apollo missions ended in the seventies, why haven’t we ever been back? Only during the term of Richard Nixon did humanity ever land on the moon, and after Watergate most people wouldn’t put it past Tricky Dick to fake them to put America in good standing in the Cold War

Below is listed  some of the proposed evidence to suggest that the moon landings were hoaxes. I tried to include NASA’s explanations to each entry to provide an objective perspective.

The Waving Flag

Flag-Waving-Moon-Landing 9803 600X450

Conspiracy theorists have pointed out that when the first moon landing was shown on live television, viewers could clearly see the American flag waving and fluttering as Neil Armstrong and Buzz Aldrin planted it. Photos of the landing also seem to show rippling in a breeze, such as the image above which clearly shows a fold in the flag. The obvious problem here is that there’s no air in the moon’s atmosphere, and therefore no wind to cause the flag to blow.

Countless explanations have been put forward to disprove this phenomenon as anything unusual: NASA claimed that the flag was stored in a thin tube and the rippled effect was caused by it being unfurled before being planted. Other explanations involve the ripples caused by the reaction force of the astronauts touching the aluminum pole, which is shown to shake in the video footage.
Lack of Impact Crater


The claim goes as follows: had NASA really landed us on the moon, there would be a blast crater underneath the lunar module to mark its landing. On any video footage or photograph of the landings, no crater is visible, almost as though the module was simply placed there. The surface of the moon is covered in fine lunar dust, and even this doesn’t seem to have been displaced in photographic evidence.

Much like the waving flag theory, however, the lack of an impact crater has a slew of potential explanations. NASA maintains that the module required significantly less thrust in the low-gravity conditions than it would have done on Earth. The surface of the moon itself is solid rock, so a blast crater probably wouldn’t be feasible anyway – in the same way that an aeroplane doesn’t leave a crater when it touches down on a concrete airstrip.

Multiple Light Sources

On the moon there is only one strong light source: the Sun. So it’s fair to suggest that all shadows should run parallel to one another. But this was not the case during the moon landing: videos and photographs clearly show that shadows fall in different directions. Conspiracy theorists suggest that this must mean multiple light sources are present -suggesting that the landing photos were taken on a film set.

In one shot (AS14-64-9089) studio-lighting representing the sun is seen reflecting off a black background, a photographic effect that couldn’t happen in the blackness of space, and could only reflect off a background (BUSTED)

NASA has attempted to blame uneven landscape on the strange shadows, with subtle bumps and hills on the moon’s surface causing the discrepancies. This explanation has been tossed out the window by some theorists; how could hills cause such large angular differences? In the image above the lunar module’s shadow clearly contradicts that of the rocks in the foreground at almost a 45 degree angle.

The Van Allen Radiation Belt


In order to reach the moon, astronauts had to pass through what is known as the Van Allen radiation belt. The belt is held in place by Earth’s magnetic field and stays perpetually in the same place. The Apollo missions to the moon marked the first ever attempts to transport living humans through the belt. Conspiracy theorists contend that the sheer levels of radiation would have cooked the astronauts en route to the moon, despite the layers of aluminum coating the interior and exterior of the spaceship.

NASA have countered this argument by emphasizing the short amount of time it took the astronauts to traverse the belt – meaning they received only very small doses of radiation.

The Unexplained Object

Moon Stuff012

After photographs of the moon landings were released, theorists were quick to notice a mysterious object  in the reflection of an astronaut’s helmet from the Apollo 12 mission. The object appears to be hanging from a rope or wire and has no reason to be there at all, leading some to suggest it is an overhead spotlight typically found in film studios.

The resemblance is questionable, given the poor quality of the photograph, but the mystery remains as to why something is being suspended in mid-air (or rather lack of air) on the moon. The lunar module in other photos appears to have no extension from it that matches the photo, so the object still remains totally unexplained.

Slow-Motion Walking and Hidden Cables

In order to support claims that the moon landings were shot in a studio, conspiracy theorists had to account for the apparent low-gravity conditions, which must have been mimicked by NASA. It has been suggested that if you take the moon landing footage and increase the speed of the film x2.5, the astronauts appear to be moving in Earth’s gravity. As for the astronaut’s impressive jump height, which would be impossible to perform in Earth’s gravity, hidden cables and wires have been suggested as giving the astronauts some extra height. In some screenshots outlines of alleged hidden cables can be seen

Lack of Stars

A16 11446551

One compelling argument for the moon landing hoax is the total lack of stars in any of the photographic/video evidence. There are no clouds on the moon, so stars are perpetually visible and significantly brighter than what we see through the filter of Earth’s atmosphere.

The argument here is that NASA would have found it impossible to map out the exact locations of all stars for the hoax without being rumbled, and therefore left them out – intentionally falling back on an excuse that the quality of the photographs washes them out (an excuse they did actually give).

Some photographs are high-quality, however, and yet still no stars are shown. Certainly eerie, considering you can take pictures of stars from Earth in much lower quality and still see them.

The “C” Rock


One of the most famous photos from the moon landings shows a rock in the foreground, with what appears to be the letter “C” engraved into it. The letter appears to be almost perfectly symmetrical, meaning it is unlikely to be a natural occurrence. It has been suggested that the rock is simply a prop, with the “C” used as a marker by an alleged film crew. A set designer could have turned the rock the wrong way, accidentally exposing the marking to the camera.

NASA has given conflicting excuses for the letter, on the one hand blaming a photographic developer for adding the letter as a practical joke, while on the other hand saying that it may simply have been a stray hair which got tangled up somewhere in the developing process.
The Layered Cross-hairs

Sibrel Crosshair

The cameras used by astronauts during the moon landings had a multitude of cross-hairs to aid with scaling and direction. These are imprinted over the top of all photographs. Some of the images, however, clearly show the cross-hairs behind objects in the scene, implying that photographs may have been edited or doctored after being taken. The photograph shown above is not an isolated occurrence. Many objects are shown to be in front of the cross-hairs, including the American flag in one picture and the lunar rover in another.

Conspiracy theorists have suggested NASA printed the man-made objects over a legitimate photograph of the moon to hoax the landings – although if they really planned on doing this, then why they used cross-hairs in the first place is a mystery.
The Duplicate Backdrop

The two photos from the Apollo 15 mission shown above clearly have identical backdrops, despite being officially listed by NASA as having been taken miles apart. One photo even shows the lunar module. When all photographs were taken the module had already landed, so how can it possibly be there for one photo and disappear in another? Well, if you’re a hardcore conspiracy theorist, it may seem viable that NASA simply used the same backdrop when filming different scenes of their moon landing videos.

NASA has suggested that since the moon is much smaller than Earth, horizons can appear significantly closer to the human eye. Despite this, to say that the two hills visible in the photographs are miles apart is incontrovertibly false.

It’s the Same Rocks & Mountains…Again…And Again

NASA has marked out the exact locations of the moon landing missions, showing how they have explored sites that are miles apart. With that in mind, why do the photos from the Apollo 15 mission show identical backdrops? NASA swears that these photos were taken in different locations, yet the photographic evidence clearly shows the same patterns of gently sloping hills and valleys. It’s almost like NASA were just getting sloppy by the time they hit the Apollo 15 mission. “Why bother creating new sets, we’ll just use the same ones repeatedly…Surely no one will notice.”


Buzz Aldrin in consecutive Apollo 11 photos changes from white gloves, to dark gray gloves, back to white gloves, and back to dark gray gloves

There is never a burn print under the lunar lander, nor is there any dust/dirt on the landing pod feet, as if it was just set down gently onto a stage

There are many pictures which show moon rovers with no wheel tracks in front or behind them (as though they were set down into place) even though there are many footprints all around

There are pictures of astronauts shown with footprints all around them, but no prints leading to or from where they are, as if they were lowered into place by wire

There are shots that appear out of sequence in the timetable given

There are shots which show camera cross-hairs being overlayed onto the original

Photo AS11-40-5922 close-up of the Apollo 11 Eagle is classic, looks uncannily like cardboard, construction paper, scotch tape and wires

In the 6 moon missions the total time on the moon amounted to 4834 minutes and the total number of photographs taken was 5771; this means they were taking an average of one photo every 50 seconds, covering vast distances, all while supposedly doing many other tasks, collecting rocks, planting flags, making repairs, driving moon rovers etc. 

General Evidence:

NASA made all networks record their feed for TV broadcast, so that’s why we only ever see the grainy recording of a recording on TV, and now NASA says they lost the original high-definition video and data telemetry tapes so they can never be verified

Blueprints and designs of certain machines are missing from both NASA and the companies which supposedly constructed them such as the Apollo Lunar Module and rover

Van Allen Belt, Russians could never get beyond because of intense radiation that recquires 4 feet of lead shielding too heavy to rocket into orbit; and in 1969-70 the Van Allen Belt was at it’s 11 year cycle peak radiation yet somehow American astronauts and their film was able to survive this without shielding

There are no stars in any of the moon pictures/video, just complete darkness; they couldn’t make a perfect model in a studio, even a planetarium layout can only be seen in absolute darkness, spotlighting from the “sun” would block out the “star” lighting; so they cover this by saying the sun is SO bright on the moon that the astronauts couldn’t remember seeing stars either

The moon walk is in half-speed slow-mo; if you speed it up x2 the astronauts are clearly in Earth gravity walking normally with long strides

The flag in many photos and videos is shown flapping in the wind on the supposedly atmosphere-less moon

Werner Von Braun took a NASA team to Antarctica in 1967 and was purported to be collecting “moon rocks.” Later Bill Kaysing (author of “We Never Went to the Moon: America’s Thirty Billion Dollar Swindle”) hired his private investigator friend Paul Jacobs to check with the head of the US Department of Geology in Washington and ask, “did you examine the Moon rocks, and did they come from the Moon?” The geologist simply laughed and insinuated that people high in the US government knew all about the cover-up.
The astronauts rarely give public interviews or take questions at speaking events and were very unconvincing on their first interview back from the moon

Buzz Aldrin punched Bart Sibrel who called him out on the hoax after he wouldn’t place his hand on the Bible and say he went to the moon

Buzz Aldrin Jr. (Apollo 11), Gordon Cooper Jr., (Mercury 9, Gemini 5), Donn Eisele (Apollo 7), John Glenn Jr., (Mercury 6), Virgil Grissom (Apollo 1&15, Mercury 5, Gemini 3), James Irwin (Apollo 15), Edgar Mitchell (Apollo 14), Walter Schirra Jr. (Apollo 7, Sigma 7, Gemini 6, Mercury 8), Thomas Stafford (Apollo 10&18, Gemini 7&9), and Paul Weitz (Skylab 2, Challenger), all these astronauts are Masons

The first director of NASA was Werner Von Braun one of hundreds of NAZI rocket scientists brought into America through the OSS Project Paperclip

Nazis and Masons are not the most historically trustworthy folks

Why didn’t NASA make some sort of light/flare display from the moon that people could see without their TVs to prove they were there?

Why no color video on Apollo 11 when we know the astronauts had a color camera with them?

Did you know… 

Official NASA footage clearly shows an Apollo module taking off from the lunar surface, evidently minus any conventional propulsion system? What you see is a series of ‘bolts’ clamping the module to the Moon’s surface explode and the module simply floats up into space. Is this evidence of an antigravity propulsion in use by 1969? Or simply a computer-simulated take-off from Hollywood Studios?


The Stanley Kubrick Theory

This loose extension of the popular conspiracy theory states that acclaimed film director Stanley Kubrick was approached by the US government to hoax the first three moon landings. There are two main branches of this somewhat implausible theory: one group of believers maintain that Kubrick was approached after he released 2001: A Space Odyssey (released in 1968, one year before the first moon landing), after NASA came to appreciate the stunning realism of the film’s outer-space scenes at that time; another group contends that Kubrick was groomed by the government to film the moon landing long before this, and that 2001: A Space Odyssey was a staged practice run for him.

How come when the Moon gravity is one sixth of the Earth’s own gravitational pull? Even bearing in mind their heavy spacesuits which NASA claim weigh 185-190lbs, plus the astronauts weight, the total weight relative to Earth should have been 62 pounds or about four and a half stone.

Buzz Aldrin says in his book that he weighed only 60 pounds, if this is the case they should have been able to jump at least six feet, but as official film footage shows, the astronauts struggle to jump over eighteen inches!

According to the laws of physics, this simply doesn’t add up.




Apparently, “NASA”, who’s done a remarkable job of sticking to their story. They say Neil Armstrong and Buzz Aldrin landed on the Moon on July 20, 1969, and set foot on the surface 6 hours later. NASA also states there were 5 additional missions which successfully landed on the Moon, and an alleged total of 12 people went for a walk there.

According to NASA, they spent $24 billion, (which in today’s terms is more than a $150 billion). on their so-called “Apollo” program and allegedly employed 400,000 people, supported by more than 20,000 companies and research institutions. I say “alleged” merely to remain impartial.

More than 10 years ago, Fox popularised the Moon landing conspiracy with a show called “Did We Land On The Moon?”. They revealed several pieces of evidence about the hoax and cover-up citing incorrect shadows on the Moon, lack of background stars, and more. Each of the pieces of evidence they present is wrong and easily explained once you understand the underlying science.

Phil Plait successfully brings a NASA supporting voice to this story, explaining how the evidence against moon landings is at best, fantasy and misunderstanding. A more cynical view might be to suggest it’s a deliberate manipulation created to maintain an anti-scientific narrative to foster ignorance, mistrust and uphold a larger political agenda. Do a little search for “Phil Plait moon landing” and you’ll see him present even-handed science over any one of the arguments. In fact, if you buy into that whole “evidence” idea, he appears to successfully tear apart the conspiracy argument


Debunking The Conspiracy

What if the United States didn’t land on the moon? What if there was a conspiracy to give the illusion that they did? What if the public was fooled into thinking that ‘1969 America’ could win the space race? And if the government lied, what else were they lying about? What else do they not want us to know? What if… the moon landing was a hoax?

In February of 2001, Fox TV aired a program called “Conspiracy Theory: Did We Land on the Moon?”. It featured interviews with a group of people who believe that NASA faked the Apollo moon landings. The biggest proponent of this idea was Bill Kaysing, who claimed to have evidence for the hoax: images, engineering details, anomalies in the physics, and astronaut testimonies. According to Kaysing, NASA did not have the technical capability of landing on the moon, but since there was so much pressure during the Cold War and space race with the Soviet Union, the USA was forced to fake the whole thing to prove that they had technological superiority. To Kaysing and others believer in the conspiracy, it was easier to fool the public with an elaborate hoax (assumed to be filmed in Area 51, of course) rather than let their Cold War rival strike a huge moral victory by having a non-American step foot on the moon first.

Scan the Internet for “Moon Landing Hoax”, and (other than this site), you’ll find other reasons for the conspiracy, including the following, from

“Why would Apollo fake the first manned moon mission (Apollo 8 ) and then continue to go back 8 more times? To answer this question, one must understand both history and the future.

Technology is far beyond what the public is allowed to know – in some cases 35 years ahead of public knowledge.

The elite handlers of the Military Industrial Complex (MIC) needed a long term distraction from the real space program, for the purposes of covertly building the vast control mechanisms and placing them in Earth orbit.

Bart Sibrel touches on this in his first film, when he includes the real reason for space presence – military domination of the Earth from space. This is the history. Another resource for this documented movement towards worldwide tyranny is Arsenal of Hypocrisy. NASA is a multifaceted tool of the MIC, and the Global Elite who plan to implement world government.

Apollo was in fact, a great distraction.”

And so, putting the reason for the hoax aside, let us investigate why some people believe man has yet to step foot on the moon. At the same time, we’ll put on our skeptical hats and let science debunk each of the claims.

 Conspiracy Claims and the Facts That Debunk Them

1 When the astronauts plant the flag, you can see it flapping as though it’s in a breeze. But there is no air or atmosphere on the moon… so how could this be?

Reason The flag is moving because the astronauts just placed it there, and by twisting and turning the flag pole, they caused it to move. The inertia from when they let go kept it moving, Over time, the flag would come to rest, but the video was taken during and shortly after it was placed into the lunar surface.

2 Buzz Aldrin is seen in the shadow of the lander, but at the same time, he is clearly visible. Many shadows look strange in the Apollo pictures. Some shadows don’t appear to be parallel with each other, and some objects in shadow appear well lit, hinting that light was coming from multiple sources… just like studio cameras.

Reason There were multiple light sources: the sun, the Earth’s reflected light, light reflecting off the lunar module, the spacesuits, and also the lunar surface.

It’s also important to note that the lunar surface is not flat. If an object is in a dip (say, a small crater), you will get a different shadow compared to an object next to it that is on a level surface. Still not convinced? This is easily testable at with a few small props, uneven ground, and a light source.

In addition, the shadows are not parallel in the images due to perspective. You are looking at a three-dimensional scene, projected on a two-dimensional photograph, which causes distortions. When the Sun is low and shadows are long, objects at different distance do indeed appear to cast non-parallel shadows, even here on Earth. Here’s a great example demonstrating this effect – non parallel shadows distorted by perspective. Again, this is easily testable, as the previous link demonstrates.

3 You’re on the moon and there’s no atmosphere. So you should be able to clearly see all the stars in the sky. But where are they? They don’t show up in any of the photographs – it’s just a dark sky.

Reason The moon’s surface reflects sunlight, and its glare would have made stars difficult to see. Also, the astronauts photographed their lunar adventures using fast exposure settings, which would have limited incoming background light. According to Bad Astronomy, they were taking pictures at 1/150th or 1/250th of a second. With such a short exposure, the stars simply won’t show up on film. You can try this for yourself. Take a picture of Jupiter or Venus (since they are highly visible from Earth) on a clear night away from light pollution. You’ll have a hard time seeing them, if at all, and you certainly won’t see even the brightest stars. You need a long and steady exposure for that to work.

4 The lander was huge and should have produced a giant crater when it touched the surface. But the module is shown sitting on relatively flat, undisturbed soil.

Reason “Science fiction movies depict this big jet of fire coming out as [spacecraft] land, but that’s not how they did it on the moon.”. In reality, the lander’s engines were throttled back prior to landing, and it did not hover long enough to form a crater or disturb much dust.

5 The radiation in the van Allen Belts and in deep space would have been rendered either extremely ill or  killed by the radiation within minutes.

Reason The van Allen belts are regions above the Earth’s surface where the Earth’s magnetic field has trapped particles of the solar wind. An unprotected human would get a lethal dose of radiation, but only if he stayed there long enough. But according to Phil Plait, the spaceship traveled through the belts very quickly, getting through them in about an hour. There wasn’t enough time to get a lethal dose. Additionally, the metal hull of the spaceship blocked most of the radiation.

6 The pictures taken from the Moon were exposed and set. Just about every picture the public sees is near perfect, with the scene always centered perfectly. However, the cameras were mounted on the front of the astronauts’ spacesuit, and there was no finder. They couldn’t have taken perfect pictures every time!

Reason Nobody claims they did. Thousands of pictures were taken on the Moon, and the ones we all see will tend to be the best ones. If Buzz Aldrin accidentally took a picture with Neil Armstrong partly out of the frame, you probably won’t see that image in a magazine. Further to that, everything done on the Moon was practiced endlessly by the astronauts. Those working on the mission knew that these pictures would be some of the most important images ever taken, so they would have taken particular care in making sure the astronauts could do it with their eyes shut.

7 The astronauts’ footprints are too clear for being made on a dry surface. Those footprints could only have been made in wet sand.

Reason  Moon dust, or regolith, is “like a finely ground powder. When you look at it under a microscope, it almost looks like volcanic ash. So when you step on it, it can compress very easily into the shape of a boot.” And those shapes could stay pristine for a long while thanks to the airless vacuum on the moon.

8 We are led to believe that only two astronauts walked on the moon at a time, yet in photographs where both are visible, there is no sign of a camera. So who took the picture?

Reason The cameras were mounted to the astronauts’ chests. In the picture above, Plait notes, “you can see [Neil’s] arms are sort of at his chest. That’s where the camera is. He wasn’t holding it up to his visor.”

9 There are many strange reflections in the photos. They could only have come from studio lights on a production set.

Reason If NASA spent millions of dollars on a hoax, do you think they would make such an obvious mistake? The reflections are lens flares. The pentagonal flare seen in some photos is of the aperture of the camera.

10 After the “landing”, artifacts from the trip were supposedly left behind: part of the Eagle, the U.S. flag, and several other instruments and mementos. With instruments like the Hubble Space Telescope capable of peering into the distant of the universe, surely scientists should be able to see the various objects still on the moon. But no such pictures of these objects exist.

Reason There isn’t a single telescope on Earth or in space that has a resolution powerful enough to see these objects. In fact, astronomers can calculate this: given the biggest telescope on Earth, the smallest thing you can see on the surface of moon is something bigger than a house.

11 There’s secret outtake footage from the old Moontruth website that shows a bumble when they were staging the landing. You can clearly see it was a production set.

That’s because it was a production set. eventually came out as a parody, publishing a disclaimer stating that the clip was a fake. This doesn’t stop people from believing that it still supports the hoax, however. In fact, in true conspiracy theorist fashion, the admission that it was a fake video is seen as “part of the conspiracy”, or “what they want you to think”.

The fact is, if we did go to the Moon, as NASA contends, then the evidence that we did go to the Moon should stand up to scrutiny. That evidence has been in the public domain for 30 years now in the form of photographs, images of spacecraft taken by astronauts in other spacecraft as well as images of the spacecraft heading towards the moon by telescope from the Earth, video records broadcast in real-time and seen in real-time, scientific experiments placed on the moon and moon rock samples returned from the surface.  .

12) An average days temperature on the moon ranges from 260 degrees F to 280 degrees F, too (hot) for film to survive. At those temperatures, film crinkles up into a ball.

Reason The mid-day temperature on the moon is indeed around 260 degrees Fahrenheit, however, the low temperature in the dark of night is about minus 250 degrees Fahrenheit! The lunar landings and following exploration was done when the sun was low, within a day or so of local sunrise at the landing site at the time of the landing, so that temperatures were actually quite moderate, even after a full 3 days on the lunar surface. The film in the cameras was also kept in magazines that provided some protection from the extreme temperatures even when left in direct sunlight. In a vacuum without an atmosphere to conduct heat, film inside the magazines it was carried in is quite well protected from the heat of direct sunlight.


13) On the moon, there is only one light source, the sun. This is a shot of Buzz Aldrin and Neal [sic] Armstrong planting the US flag on the moon. If the sun is the only light source used by NASA on the moon, Aldrins shadow A shadows should not be so much longer than Armstrong’s

Reason Most of the difference can be explained by the fact that the moon’s surface is by no means flat and judging by the brightness of the left portion of this image, the top of the left astronaut’s shadow (presumably Armstrong’s) is on a small rise, so appears shorter. The area right behind Armstrong is dark and is a small downslope less well lit by the sun from its low position in the sky, and that is the general area where Aldrin’s longer shadow ends.

Also, compare the height of the two astronauts. The image of Aldrin on the right is about 10% taller than that of Armstrong on the left. If the astronauts are the same height in reality, then this demonstrates the effects of perspective on the apparent size and length of features in the image compared to their actual size or length. The shadow lengths are about 20% different which can easily be accounted for by perspective effects and by local terrain effects.


14)  If you will look at area B you will notice a shadow cast across Buzz Aldrin’s space suit. Once again, if the Sun is the only light source used on the moon, this shadow would have been MUCH darker.

Reason The Sun is the primary light source, however, it lights up not only the lunar surface, but the LM, the astronauts spacesuit, and anything else on the lunar surface so that light scattered off of those objects will fill the dark shadows with light. Try going into a small darkened room and shine a flashlight on the wall. The side of you opposite the flashlight which only sees the lighted wall will be lit by the scattered light off the wall from the flashlight spot. The Earth also adds some fill light to the shadows, but the Sun dominates the lighting on the Moon.

Another thing to consider is that the astronauts spacesuit is almost pure white, like a sheet of paper, while the lunar surface is charcoal black. The photographic exposures make the sunlit lunar surface look much lighter in color than it is and also allows the images to show detail in the shadows, particularly of bright white space suits that are not very strongly lit by the scattered light off of the lunar surface, the LM, and anything else on the moon.
Looking at area C you will notice that the surface of the moon fades off into the distance, then is met with the moon’s horizon. In a no-atmosphere environment, the ground shouldn’t have faded out, but stayed crystal sharp unto the moon’s horizon.

Reason This is a simple case of lighting effects. The scattering angle off the near surface is viewed from a steeper angle than that of the lunar surface off in the distance. The local terrain contributes greatly to the brightness of the near surface too. The apparent out of focus of the horizon area is caused by the image being focused on the astronaut in the foreground – simple optics. Also, the Lunar Module reflects significant amounts of light into the area behind Aldrin as can be seen in this image of the general area.

Looking at area D you can plainly see some type of structure reflected through Aldrins helmet. I do not know what it is, but it is there.

Reason There are two items that are seen reflected on the left side of Aldrin’s visor. One is the Solar Wind Collection (SWC) experiment and the second is the Flag. The exact location of the two astronauts in this image is around on the left side of the LM as viewed from in front of the LM (where the ladder is located) so that the smaller, leftmost object is the SWC and the “mystery object” is the Flag. from the Apollo luna surface journal (refered to later as ALSJ) shows both the Flag and the SWC. The famous picture was taken by Armstrong from the area right of the SWC while Aldrin was standing just on the other side of the footpad visible on the right in this image. The two items appear small and far away despite their relative nearness due to the convex, spherical shaped visor, making objects appear farther away than they actually are – not much different from your rearview mirror which does something similar, allowing you a more complete view of the area it shows while shrinking objects seen in the mirror. See the closeup of this image at the top of this webpage for a better view of what is seen in Aldrin’s visor.


15) In this picture, taken from the LEM, you can see at least two abnormalities. In section E you see an abnormal shadow on the moon’s surface. NASA claims that this shadow is the shadow cast by the Lunar Module, but on earth, even when aircraft is flying low to the ground, it does not produce such a clearly defined shadow.


Reason The item labeled E is not a shadow on the lunar surface, but is a silhouette of the nozzle of one of the RCS (reaction control system) engines on the LM. You can find similar silhouette’s of the same nozzles in images taken from the LM cabin out the LM’s triangular windows of the lunar surface.

If you will look at section 3 you will notice there are no stars in the sky. In fact, you will never see any stars in any NASA Moon photographs, or hear an astronaut mention anything about the glorious stars that are visible when out of the earths atmosphere.

Reason There are no stars to be seen in any of the NASA Moon photographs. It is also one of the most easily countered arguments. The lunar photographs show no stars in them because they were exposed for the daylight lit lunar scenes! Similarly, the astronauts eyes are adapted to the daylight scenes around them so they didn’t see stars in the sky either.

One other point – the dark area near the area labeled 3 above the lit part of the lunar surface in this image is in fact the dark side of the moon, not the sky.


16)  if you look in areas 6 and J, you will again see no stars.

Reason As you should not – see the previous C section.

In area K you will notice that one side of the LEM in covered in shadow, but somehow the symbol of the US flag in illuminated. This very well could have been a touch up job.

Reason But it isn’t a touch up job. See the section describing shadows on Aldrin’s spacesuit. The area is lit by scattered light off of the lunar surface. Which is the same reason for why Irwin’s shadowed spacesuit is visible as well, or the shadowed parts of the rover, etc.


17) This is a picture of Alan Bean holding up a Special Environmental Examiner Container [sic]. This picture was taken off a camera that was strapped to Conrad’s chest. If the camera was attached to Conrad’s chest, the top of Bean’s helmet L should not be in this picture.

Reason The device Bean is holding is called the “Special Environmental Sample Container” (or SESC). There are several reasons why we see the top of Bean’s helmet here. First, the lunar surface is not flat and from the location of the middle of the frame here, it is apparent that the relatively short Pete Conrad is probaby standing on higher ground than his taller crewmate Alan Bean. Second, the helmet is roughly spherical in shape, so we can see around towards the top of it and finally, because of the backpacks, the astronauts tended to lean forward somewhat to balance in the lunar gravity. The same aguments made for this image could be made for the picture of Buzz Aldrin shown earlier.

If you will look at the Environmental sampler that Al Bean is holding, N, The reflection is coming from a light source other than the sun, but it is possible that light is being reflected off the space suit.

Reason It is being lit by sunlight scattered off of Bean’s spacesuit.

There is a strange anomaly in the sky 7, It is yet to be determined what that might be.

Reason  It may not be determined by the theorist but it is pretty clear that it is scattered light from the bright sun which is off to the left in this image. See, for example, the glint of sunlight on the top left part of Bean’s visor. Bright sunlight impinges on many lunar photographs, many much worse than in this image. Any experienced photographer will be very familiar with lens flare and scattered light when taking photographs towards a bright light such as the sun.

All of the shadows reflected in Bean’s visor M are going off in separate directions, not in parallel lines like they should be.

Reason And why should they be going off in parallel lines? The astronaut’s visor is spherical in shape which badly distorts the images seen reflected in it.


18) I would like to direct your attention to the circled portion of the screen. These Lunar Rover tracks are quite well defined, don’t you agree? Well, the fact is, you need a mixture of a compound, and water, to make such defined lines. 


Reason The lunar dust is very fine and adhers to boots and anything else despite its lack of water. It clumps together in the form of any pattern imprinted on it. No need for water to make it do this. Try imprinting a coarse object into a pile of dry flour or dry dirt. You will find that it tends to work similarly despite its being dry. Similarly, you can easily see shoe prints, tire tracks, animal tracks, etc., in dry dirt here on Earth – without any water to help.

If you look at the rock labeled R you will notice a the letter C carved in the rock. Perhaps a gag left by the props department?

Reason This is an artifact of the particular scan of this print. It does not appear in the original image.


19) About 20 miles about the Earth, there is a radiation belt named the Van Allen belt. No human can get through this belt, If you try than you get hit with 300+ rads of radiation. Unless they are surrounded on each side by 4 feet on lead.

In fact, the Van Allen radiation belts extend from about 600 miles up to more than 40,000 miles from Earth with the region of highest radiation intensity being between around 2,000 miles and 12,000 miles above Earth. The astronauts exposure to those radiation belts is brief (less than 4 hours total – they begin their time in this region while traveling at 25,000 MPH! And they pass through it twice, once outbound, and again on their return. They spend less than an hour in the densest part of the belt.) and they are well protected in their spacecraft. Here is a link to a webpage that describes the radiation environment and physiological effects on the Apollo astronauts.

Also, the belt is toroidal in shape (like a donut) and the trajectories of the Apollo spacecraft were designed to avoid the worst part of the Van Allen belts. Even the discoverer of the Van Allen belts, Professor James A. Van Allen, has noted that the belts would not have been dangerous to the Apollo astronauts given their trajectories and their spacecraft.

20) There are millions of micro-meteors traveling at speeds up to 6000 MPH, which would tear the ship to pieces.

Reason In fact there are many more than “millions” of bits of would be meteors out in space, and they travel at speeds as high as at least 120,000 MPH! Despite the large numbers and high speeds, the space density of these objects is quite low so the average interval between impacts on an astronaut is extremely low. The spacesuits the astronauts wore on the lunar surface had layers designed to stop such small particles (we’re talking micron sized bits!) to protect the astronaut.


21) When the LEM set down on the Lunar surface, it gave out 3000 lb. worth of thrust. This would have created a massive hole underneath the Lunar Module, but in pictures of the Lunar Module, the ground underneath is untouched.

Reason On the contrary, there are many photographs which show the disturbance of the lunar soil under or near the Lunar Module.  Despite the hydrogen/oxygen engine producing a thrust of some 60,000 pounds (about 20 times the thrust of the LM descent engine!), the engine produced a mark on the desert floor that was barely recognizable. Given that the descent stage engine bell is about 5 feet across at the bottom, and that thrust of the engine at touchdown was about 3,000 pounds, that blast pressure of the rocket exhaust was only about 1 pound per square inch – not much different from the pressure caused by the weight of an astronaut on the Moon standing on one foot while walking across the surface.


NASA, on their web page have presented the most compelling piece of evidence as proof of the moon landings. Actually, they presented 841 pounds of evidence in the form of moon rock. Moon rocks are absolutely unique, and there’s no process on Earth that could simulate their creation. That is, they can only be created on the moon itself.

Dr. David McKay, Chief Scientist for Planetary Science and Exploration at NASA’s Johnson Space Center (JSC) is quoted: “I have here in my office a 10-foot high stack of scientific books full of papers about the Apollo Moon rocks. Researchers in thousands of labs have examined Apollo Moon samples — not a single paper challenges their origin! And these aren’t all NASA employees, either. We’ve loaned samples to scientists in dozens of countries [who have no reason to cooperate in any hoax].”

Even Dr. Robert Park, Director of the Washington office of the American Physical Society and a noted critic of NASA’s human space flight program, agrees that humans have indeed landed on the moon. He was quoted by NASA in saying, “The body of physical evidence that humans did walk on the Moon is simply overwhelming.”


Conspiracy theories like the Moon Landing Hoax can be debunked, torn apart, shredded, and thoroughly disproved with hard science every day, but that usually won’t make a difference to true believers. There is always a certain segment of people out there who will refuse to believe despite overwhelming evidence. Those diehards will never be convinced.

Savage and Hyneman said they found similarities between the hoax and the other myths they have tested. “There seems to be a common tendency among conspiracy theorists, as well as among a lot of people with entrenched belief systems, to get stuck on an idea and never give up. Conspiracy theories are not really a special category — maybe you can call them myths, but in reality they are an obsession that people want to maintain. You can’t really expect that reasonable evidence will change anyone’s mind if they are determined.”

In what you would hope would be the final headshot to put down the Moon landing hoax once and for all, the Lunar Reconnaissance Orbiter has taken several high resolution photographs over the last few years of all six Apollo landing sites.

The continued popularity of the Moon landing hoax conspiracy theory is odd, given the continuing accumulation of evidence against it.

Part of the reason may be that with the advent of Photoshop and the increasing use of photorealistic special effects in movies people have become used to the idea that images and videos can be convincingly altered, forgetting that these techniques were virtually non-existent in 1969.

Another part may be due to a growing distrust of government, and a growing list of scandals showing that, yes, sometimes governments do conspire against their citizenship.

But any theory, including conspiracy theories, must be based on evidence, and nothing that has been offered as evidence against the Moon landings holds water.

A human walking on the Moon is one of the greatest ever human achievements, and it is disheartening and frustrating to see people try and erase it from history by insisting it never happened.

So there it is, science, reason, and rationality has been applied to the moon landing conspiracy theories, hopefully now at least some moon hoax believers will choose to accept the facts and not their fantasy.

The main pillar of any conspiracy requires a few select people keeping a really, really, really big secret. Looking at the numbers, the select group required to successfully fabricate the appearance of hurling metal capsules containing humans at our orbiting neighbor and then retrieving them, additionally keep their story straight for the next 45 years and never, ever slip up…

So, there are really two sides to this story, the NASA side which is… They went to the Moon. and everyone is telling the truth. OR, they never went to the Moon, and somehow 400,000 people have never, ever, ever, ever let it slip that they made a bunch of fake moon rocks, or the rockets shot up didn’t really go anywhere. It’s all a big ruse. The thought 400,000 people have managed to keep their mouths shut is definitely the more romantic perspective.

NASA just keeps sticking to this story that they sent people to the moon. In fact, they just keep on producing more of their “evidence”. They recently published high resolution images of the surface of the Moon captured by their own Lunar Reconnaissance Orbiter.

According to NASA the astronauts placed retro-reflectors during their missions which reflect light directly back to Earth. Apparently these can be used this to calculate the distance to the Moon with 1 cm accuracy. So, if you want to confirm that humans went to the Moon for yourself, you could just point a high-power laser at the landing sites. Sure, there are many large independent institutions which have verified the existence of these retro-reflectors, but who knows, maybe they’re some how pawns of our silent and vigilant 400,000 co-conspirators.


The Soviets did not dispute it. 

At the height of the Cold War, winning the space race represented a massive feather in the ideological cap of the anti-Communists. As such, if there had been any way to discredit the United States, you can be sure the Soviet Union would have found it. The political damage they could have wrought would have been enormous had they been able to discredit the moon landings. Given that the Soviets were still suffering from the embarrassing climb-down of the Cuban Missile Crisis in 1962, any opportunity that would have allowed them to embarrass the United States would surely have been grasped with both hands. The fact that in the 40 years since that momentous occasion in human history, not one person from the Soviet camp has produced evidence to dispute the veracity of the moon landings, is as telling as any other evidence you care to name. It has been suggested that the Soviets were in on the hoax; this is too ludicrous for words, especially in an era when tensions between the two countries were so high. It is suggesting complicity in something which would be immensely damaging to their own regime, and that’s simply absurd. Forget the arguments; the deafening silence from the Soviet camp is as incontrovertible as any other evidence.

The number of photographs 

It seems obvious to the point of absurdity, but the sheer number of photographs — none of which show anything terrestrial — is pretty compelling evidence. Much has been said about light sources, errant shadows and so forth, but this is all based on how light behaves in Earth’s atmosphere. The moon has no atmosphere to speak of, and so refraction and reflection will be slightly different. The Lunar Module was covered in reflective paneling, and so would have had a major effect on the way light was reflected onto the surface. Undulations in the moon’s surface would also have an effect on shading. The lack of stars has also been cited as proof, but the cameras were set to daylight exposure and would not have picked up the stars anyway. We should also consider the fact that the astronauts — who were extremely well trained photographers by the time of the mission — were there to photograph the moon, not the view of the stars from the moon’s surface. The sheer number of photographs which were taken, and the absence of anything more than weak circumstantial evidence, is a strong argument.

Rock samples are universally acknowledged as being non-terrestrial 

The Apollo Program, between Missions 11 and 17, collected some 382 kilograms of moon rocks, which were brought back to Earth for analysis. Every scientist who has studied these rocks has accepted that they are of non-terrestrial origin and there is no peer-reviewed article that contradicts the claim they are from the moon. Moon rocks have a very specific geological composition which is distinct from both rocks on Earth and other celestial bodies, such as meteorites. Accusations that these samples could have come from lunar meteorites are specious; the first lunar meteorite was not discovered until the 1980s, and up until now, only 30 kilograms of lunar meteorite rock have been discovered — less than ten percent of the mass that was brought back from the moon. Added to this is the fact that lunar rocks are not subjected to the same geological processes as those on Earth, and the rocks brought home were found to be in excess of 600,000,000 years older than the oldest known rocks on Earth. If you need any more evidence, the composition of those lunar rocks is identical to Soviet samples. Had there actually been a difference, you can be sure the Soviets would have pointed it out.

No one on the inside disputed it

It is interesting to note that out of all the people who have claimed the moon landings were faked, not one of them had any direct involvement with the program. As Dr. James Longuski, a professor of Aeronautics and Astronautic Engineering has pointed out, the sheer scale of the project would have made it impossible to keep everybody quiet. Over the course of the Apollo project, he estimates that over 400,000 people, or the equivalent of a small city, were involved in working on the project. The odds of every single one of them choosing to keep silent for over forty years, and not producing any evidence, or a memoir, or an overheard conversation suggesting the landings were faked, is another hugely compelling argument. There is so much money to be made by the person who definitively proves the Moon landings were faked, that someone would surely by now have tried to capitalize on that. The fact that no one has suggests that there is no hoax.

It happened again and again and again 

As Charlie Duke, an astronaut on the Apollo 16 mission said, “We have been to the Moon nine times. Why would we fake it nine times, if we faked it?” It is a pertinent question and it does seem that if you are going to tell a lie, it is far easier to do it once and then stop, than to keep exaggerating the lie over the course of the next few years. Sooner or later somebody would have made a mistake to give the game away. The fact that nobody did, again, illustrates the fact that indeed, these astronauts did make it to the moon. With six separate Apollo missions actually reaching the Moon, and each time making multiple moonwalks, it seems a ridiculously elaborate hoax, at a cost of millions, if not billions of dollars to perpetrate.

While the moon landings were incredibly difficult and dangerous, the evidence we have presented here offers a convincing argument of the truth behind the matter. While ridiculously elaborate and misguided conspiracy theories add a frisson of mystery, they should never be allowed to diminish what was an incredible achievement by the United States Of America.

Notable first

Robotic lunar missions

The first image ever returned from space of the Moon, by Luna 3, showed its far side

Milestone Date Country Mission
First probe to go near the Moon (5995 km), went into heliocentric orbit January 1959 USSR Luna 1
First probe to impact the Moon September 1959 USSR Luna 2
First probe to photograph the far side of the Moon October 1959 USSR Luna 3
First automated landing on the Moon, first to transmit from the Moon’s surface[3] January 1966 USSR Luna 9
First probe to orbit the Moon March 1966 USSR Luna 10
First probe to land using retrorockets June 1966 USA Surveyor 1
First probe to map the Moon August 1966 USA Lunar Orbiter 1

Human-crewed missions

Note the years of difference in the following achievements. you have to disregard Alan Shepards flight as it was not orbital and the Americans were not capable of doing so for another five years.

Milestone Date Country Mission
First person in space, first person to orbit the Earth April 1961 USSR Vostok 1
First manual control of a crewed spacecraft May 1961 USA Freedom 7
First one-day flight August 1961 USSR Vostok 2
Two spacecraft launched into nearly intersecting orbits.
(Mistakenly reported as first rendezvous.)[4][5][6]
August 1962 USSR Vostok 3 and Vostok 4
First flight over three days long August 1962 USSR Vostok 3
First woman in space June 1963 USSR Vostok 6
First multi-person crew (3) aboard one spacecraft October 1964 USSR Voskhod 1
First spacewalk (EVA) March 1965 USSR Voskhod 2
First crewed spacecraft to change orbit March 1965 USA Gemini 3
First crewed mission over seven days long (long enough for a mission to the Moon and back) August 1965 USA Gemini 5
Two spacecraft maneuvering to close proximity under fine control.
The first rendezvous in space.[5][7]
December 1965 USA Gemini 6A
Longest flight of the decade (13 days, 18 hours) December 1965 USA Gemini 7
First docking with another spacecraft March 1966 USA Gemini 8
First crewed mission to leave Earth orbit, first to orbit the Moon and first spacecraft of any type to perform Trans-Earth injection December 1968 USA Apollo 8
First docking between two crewed spacecraft in Earth orbit, also the first crew exchange in space January 1969 USSR Soyuz 4 and Soyuz 5
First successful crewed flight of a spacecraft capable of landing on the Moon (Apollo Lunar Module) March 1969 USA Apollo 9
First crewed landing on the Moon July 1969 USA Apollo 11

Robotic planetary 

Even robotic planetary travel sees the USSR nearly 2 years in advance.

Milestone Date Country Mission
First flyby of Venus (< 100,000 km), but contact was lost February 1961 USSR Venera 1
First successful flyby of Venus (less than 35,000 km) August 1962 USA Mariner 2
First Mars flyby (11,000 km) but contact was lost November 1962 USSR Mars 1
First successful Mars flyby (returned pictures) November 1964 USA Mariner 4
First impact of Venus (contact lost) November 1965 USSR Venera 3
First to enter Venus’s atmosphere June 1967 USSR Venera 4
First to parachute in Venus’s atmosphere, lost contact before landing. January 1969 USSR Venera 5


  1. In 1957  USSR  launched into space with their sputnik program.  (well ahead of the Americans) 
  2. On April 12 1961 Cosmonaut Yuri Gagarin became the first human to enter space and orbit the earth. (America was once again embarrassed, and more so, because their existing spy network had no knowledge that a man in space was even being considered)                                         INTERESTING NOTE  On May 5 1961 (3 weeks later) Alan Shepard was strapped onto the front of a Redstone rocket (The army had first used Redstones as missiles) and launched into the history books.  Shepard only ever achieved  sub-orbital flight, he did not orbit the earth as Gagarin had done earlier. in essence, he was shot straight up 116 miles, then fell straight back to earth.  (15 min trip)  It is believed this flight was merely done in an attempt to prove to the American people that American space travel technology was on par with the then Soviet Union.                                                                                                                                                                                                                          The fact is – they were years behind in both manned space travel and launching rocket technology. The Soviet Union was so far advanced in their space program the USA needed to create a space feat that would leave no doubt that NASA and the US had the superior space control.  After consulting with Vice President Johnson, NASA Administrator James Webb, and other officials, Kennedy concluded that landing an American on the Moon would be a very challenging technological feat and cost 100’s of millions of dollars, the immediate and long term political  benefits were worth the research and financial expenditure… NASA’s overall human spaceflight efforts were guided by Kennedy’s speech and the uncomfortable knowledge that the Soviet Union was years ahead.

          The fact is – The cold war was a major part of the moon landing decision and is the                primary lens through which many historians and political researchers now view the              speech made by Kennedy on May 25, 1961,

What is mystifying about the Soviet space flight achievements is they never landed on the moon. One really has to question why?  Did they discovered in earlier space flights that man could not penetrate the Van Allen belt without perishing?

An interesting fact is, during the sixties while the Soviets were getting man into space,the USA was more interested in getting spy satellites into space than man, yet suddenly in 1969 after many many documented failures and questionable test, produced the space flight of modern history. Landing a man on the moon and returning him to earth

Another interesting fact is, that ALL recorded footage of the trip taken by the astronauts of Apollo 11 and NASA’s on board camera’s  mysteriously disappeared from one of the most secured facilities on the planet  NO footage apart from media recorded, which I might add was taken from a  NASA  projected screen, as NO media were permitted to link cameras to the direct feed)  Meaning, only the footage that NASA allowed the media to film is available for scrutiny and even those pictures have added to the  conspiracy theories.(No wonder NASA’s  original footage suddenly disappeared)    

Miscellaneous Milestones

First ICBM (used to launch Sputnik.)August 1957 USSRR-7 Semyorka

First artificial satellite in Earth orbit October 1957USSRSputnik 1

First animal in orbit (Laika) November 1957 USSR Sputnik 2

First communications satellite (lasted 12 days) December 1958

USASCORE First solar probe March 1960 USA Pioneer 5

First weather satellite April 1960 USA TIROS-1

First object successfully recovered from orbit August 1960 USA Discoverer 13

First animals returned safely from orbit August 1960 USSR Korabl-Sputnik

First operational navigation satellite 1960 USA  Transit

First person (and man) in space Yuri Gagarin  April 1961 USSR Vostok 1

First crewed mission lasting a full day. Gherman Titov August 1961 USSR Vostok 2

First commercially useful communications satellite July 1962 USA   Telstar

First simultaneous flight of crewed spacecraft. Andriyan Nikolayev and Pavel Popovich August 1962 USSR Vostok 3 and Vostok 4

First woman in space. Valentina Tereshkova June 1963  USSR Vostok 6

Longest crewed solo orbital flight. Valery Bykovsky June 1963 USSR Vostok 5

First geosynchronous satellite July 1963 USA Syncom 2

First successful rocket capable of sending a mission to land on the Moon (Saturn V) November 1967 USA Apollo 4


===================================================================I To add more credence to the moon landings I have included the below transcripts from astronauts on the moon.  These transcripts do however, introduce the reader to another equally controversial subject, What some would say is “Proof of EBE existence.”

A bizarre proof of landing  

The following are excerpts of conversations from Apollo Astronauts on the Moon to Mission Control – which show that the Astronauts came across some strange and hard-to-explain structures and unusual sightings of unidentified craft – whilst on the surface of the Moon     

Dr Farouk El Baz, one of NASA’s foremost scientists, confirmed public suspicions when he stated ‘not every discovery has been announced to the public’. Is this the understatement of the millennium? Why is it that relatively few people have been allowed total access to the massive NASA archives (photographs which are supposedly in the public domain).

Instead we have to make do with the two or three dozen ‘reproductions’ that appear in the ‘official’ textbooks, despite literally millions of photographic images obtained by NASA. Something is seriously amiss.

Also the original photographs are huge (32″x24″) so by the time they have been reduced to fit the pages of a regular book the clarity and quality reduced by the copying process make most of the images pretty meaningless. In many cases, researchers are left with little more than ‘smudges’ and ‘blurs’.

Even so, despite all these obstacles, there is still hard evidence when these photographs are scrutinized under the proverbial – and literal – microscope, that points to the fact that virtually everything NASA has told us about the Moon is a lie.

The REAL NASA MOON PHOTOS, for example show all kinds of structures, seemingly both old and new, such as domes, pipelines, and even pyramids. So why aren’t these photos in the public domain? You can see in several of NASA’s film footage, the American flag ‘flapping in the wind’ and yet the Moon according to NASA has no atmosphere, because it is a vacuum! One film clearly shows a desperate astronaut trying his level best to hold the flag still!

We are also told that the famous Neil Armstrong ‘footprints’ will remain etched on the Moon’s surface forever. We are told this precisely because the Moon’s ‘atmosphere’ is a vacuum. The laws of physics demand that dust becomes hardened and will compress in a ‘vacuum’ therefore ensuring the ‘footprints’ remain undisturbed. And yet great plumes of dust can be seen spewing forth from underneath the ‘Moon Buggy’ as it travels across the lunar surface. Is this ‘vacuum theory’ some kind of wild hoax by NASA?

Another NASA cover-up are the small cloud formations that have been photographed above the Moon, again in a vacuum?. And while were on the subject of clouds what about the ONE HUNDRED MILE WIDE CLOUD OF VAPOR that was detected by NASA’s own instruments. This embarrassing ‘anomaly’ was promptly dismissed by NASA scientists as being the result of the considerable volume of urine ejected by the Apollo Mission astronauts! What were they drinking?!

For decades strange ‘lights’ and artificial seeming structures have been observed and recorded on the Moon by amateur astronomers. Science writer Joseph Goodavage observed that over two hundred white ‘dome shaped’ structures had been seen and catalogued, only for them often to vanish and reappear somewhere else?. There are even color photos from the Apollo 8 missions that clearly show evidence of green vegetation on the lunar hills.

These unusual findings, when added together with the anomalies which Richard Hoagland has shown to exist on Apollo Moon photographs, provide compelling evidence for an ongoing NASA cover-up of what the Apollo Astronauts really discovered on the Moon from 1969 to 1972.

The following Apollo Astronaut conversations were mostly taken from the out-of-print book “Our Mysterious Spaceship Moon” by Don Wilson

Apollo 16 Mission: April 16 – 27, 1972

Charles Duke, Thomas Mattingly and John Young land in the Descartes highlands:

Duke: These devices are unbelievable. I’m not taking a gnomon up there.

Young: O.K., but man, that’s going to be a steep bridge to climb.

Duke: You got – YOWEE! Man – John, I tell you this is some sight here. Tony, the blocks in Buster are covered – the bottom is covered with blocks, five meters across. Besides the blocks seem to be in a preferred orientation, northeast to southwest. They go all the way up the wall on those two sides and on the other side you can only barely see the out-cropping at about 5 percent. Ninety percent of the bottom is covered with blocks that are 50 centimeters and larger.

Capcom: Good show. Sounds like a secondary …

Duke: Right out here … the blue one that I described from the lunar module window is colored because it is glass coated, but underneath the glass it is crystalline … the same texture as the Genesis Rock … Dead on my mark.

Young: Mark. It’s open.

Duke: I can’t believe it!

Young: And I put that beauty in dry!

Capcom: Dover. Dover. We’ll start EVA-2 immediately.

Duke: You’d better send a couple more guys up here. They’ll have to try (garble).

Capcom: Sounds familiar.

Duke: Boy, I tell you, these EMUs and PLSSs are really super- fantastic!

It is obvious that the astronauts are talking in code – meant to disguise what they are referring to. The big question is why the excited cries? Can this be *merely* due to the collecting of Moon rocks, as they would have us believe? Or did they find something much more substantial, which was not meant for public knowledge?


Apollo 16: Describing Domes and Tunnels on the Moon

Duke: We felt it under our feet. It’s a soft spot. Firmer. Where we stand, I tell you one thing. If this place had air, it’d sure be beautiful. It’s beautiful with or without air. The scenery up on top of Stone Mountain, you’d have to be there to see this to believe it – those domes are incredible!
Mission Control: O.K., could you take a look at that smokey area there and see what you can see on the face?

Duke: Beyond the domes, the structure goes almost into the ravine that I described and one goes to the top. In the northeast wall of the ravine you can’t see the delineation. To the northeast there are tunnels, to the north they are dipping east to about 30 degrees.

 Apollo 17

Eugene Cernan, Ronald Evans, and Harrison Schmidt; Landed in the Taurus-Littrow Valley; Dec 7 – 19, 1972. Check out the following weird conversation that took place:

Mission Control: Go ahead, Ron

Evans: O.K., Robert, I guess the big thing I want to report from the back side is that I took another look at the – the – cloverleaf in Aitken with the binocs. And that southern dome (garble) to the east.

Mission Control: We copy that, Ron. Is there any difference in the color of the dome and the Mare Aitken there?

Evans: Yes there is… That Condor, Condorsey, or Condorecet or whatever you want to call it there. Condorecet Hotel is the one that has got the diamond shaped fill down in the uh – floor.

Mission Control: Robert. Understand. Condorcet Hotel.

Evans: Condor. Condorset. Alpha. They’ve either caught a landslide on it or it’s got a – and it doesn’t look like (garble) in the other side of the wall in the northwest side.

Mission Control: O.K., we copy that Northwest wall of Condorcet A.

Evans: The area is oval or elliptical in shape. Of course, the ellipse is toward the top.

Again we have another example of code being used to disguise what has been found. For example, “Condorset Hotel”. Why the codes, if there are no secrets being discussed.

Why not explain to the American people openly what is going on? After all, they have paid for the mission.

“Although NASA has always held that the findings of lunar and space expeditions have never been held secret, it is interesting to note that Dr. Farouk El Baz, one of NASA‘s foremost scientists, does admit ‘not every discovery has been announced’.”

Another strange Apollo 16 “ground-to-air” conversation

Capcom: What about the albedo change in the subsurface soil? Of course you saw it first at Flagg and were probably more excited about it there. Was there any difference in it there – and Buster and Alsep and LM?

Duke: No. Around the Alsep it was just in spots. At Plum it seemed to be everywhere. My predominant impression was that the white albedo was (garble) than the fine cover on top.

Capcom: O.K. Just a question for you, John. When you got halfway, or even thought it was halfway, we understand you looped around south, is that right?

Young: That is affirm. We came upon – Barbara.

Wilson writes (p.140): “Joseph H. Goodavage, whom included this conversation in a Saga magazine article, comments: “Barbara? That really needs some explanation, so I made an appointment with NASA geologist Farouk El Baz at National Aeronautics and Space Museum. Here’s how part of our conversation went:

Saga: What do you suppose Young meant when he said they came upon “Barbara“?

El Baz: I can’t really say. Code perhaps

Saga: But Barbara is an odd name for something on the Moon, isn’t it?

El Baz: Yes, an enigma. As I suggested, perhaps a code, but I don’t really know.” 

Apollo 17 conversation

They find something startling, and are ordered to immediately switch to code DMP (lunar module pilot): What are you learning?

Capcom: Hot spots on the Moon, Jack?
DMP: Where are your big anomalies? Can you summarize them quickly?

Capcom: Jack, we’ll get that for you on the next pass.

CMP (command module pilot): Hey, I can see a bright spot down there on the landing site where they might have blown off some of that halo stuff.

Capcom: Roger. Interesting. Very – go to KILO. KILO.

CMP: Hey, it’s gray now and the number one extends.

Capcom: Roger. We got it. And we copy that it’s all on the way down there. Go to KILO. KILO on that.

CMP: Mode is going to HM. Recorder is off. Lose a little communication there, huh? Okay, there’s bravo. Bravo, select OMNI. Hey, you know you’ll never believe it. I’m right over the edge of Orientale. I just looked down and saw the light flash again.

Capcom: Roger. Understand.

CMP: Right at the end of the rille.

Capcom: Any chances of – ?

CMP: That’s on the east of Orientale.

Capcom: You don’t suppose it could be Vostok? (a Russian probe).

Wilson writes (p. 141):

“The Vostok flights took place in the early sixties and were *strictly Earth orbiters*. They never reached the Moon! 

Apollo 16: Another strange conversation

writes  “While on the Moon, did any of our astronauts see any indication of alien handiwork, such as strange constructions, disturbances or the like? Consider this strange Apollo 16 conversation:”

Orion: Orion has landed. I can’t see how fat the (garble) … this is a blocked field we’re in from the south ray – tremendous difference in the albedo. I just get the feeling that these rocks may have come from somewhere else. Everywhere we saw the ground, which is about the whole sunlit side, you had the same delineation the Apollo 15 photography showed on Hadley, Delta and Radley Mountains …

Capcom: O.K. Go ahead.

Orion: I’m looking out here at Stone Mountain and it’s got – it looks like somebody has been out there plowing across the side of it. The beaches – the benches – look like one sort of terrace after another, right up the side. They sort of follow the contour of it right around.

Capcom: Any difference in the terraces?

Orion: No, Tony. Not that I could tell form here. These terraces could be raised but of (garble) or something like that …

Casper: (Mattingly in lunar orbit overhead): Another strange sight over here. It looks – a flashing light – I think it’s Annbell. Another crater here looks as though it’s flooded except that this same material seems to run up on the outside. You can see a definite patch of this stuff that’s run down inside. And that material lays or has been structured on top of it, but it lays on top of things that are outside and higher. It’s a very strange operation.

Wilson writes (p.142):

“And we might add that this is a very strange conversation. What are the real meanings of such terms used here as structure, blocked field, beaches, benches, terraces and the like? NASA claims that they are just metaphoric terms to describe unusual natural formations.”

Strange Apollo 17 conversation about “Watermarks” on the Moon

Capcom: Roger, America, we’re tracking you on the map here, watching it.
LMP: O.K. Al Buruni has got variations on its floor. Variations in the lights and its albedo. It almost looks like a pattern as if the water were flowing up on a beach. Not in great areas, but in small areas around the southern side, and the part that looks like the water-washing pattern is a much lighter albedo, although I cannot see any real source of it. The texture, however, looks the same.

Capcom: America, Houston. We’d like you to hold off switching to OMNI Charlie until we can cue you on that.

DMP: Wilco.

LMP: Was there any indication on the seismometers on the impact about the time I saw a bright flash on the surface?

Capcom: Stand by. We’ll check on that, Jack.

LMP: A UFO perhaps, don’t worry about it. I thought somebody was looking at it. It could have been one of the other flashes of light.

Capcom: Roger. We copies the time and …

LMP: I have the place marked.

Capcom: Pass it on to the back room.

LMP: O.K. I’ve marked it on the map, too.

Capcom: Jack, just some words from the back room for you. There may have been an impact at the time you called, but the Moon is still ringing from the impact of the S-IVB impact. So it would mask any other impact. So they may be able to strip it out at another time, but right now they don’t see anything at the time you called.

LMP: Just my luck. Just looking at the southern edge of Grimaldi, Bob, and – that Graben is pre-Mare. Pre-Mare!

Capcom: O.K., I copy on that, Jack. And as long as we’re talking about Grimaldi we’d like to have you brief Ron exactly on the location of that flashing light you saw … We’ll probably ask him to take a picture of it. Maybe during one of his solo periods.

Notice that the Capcom reiterates that it was a *flashing* light. It was therefore *no* meteor impact that they were witnessing. Notice also that the Lunar Command Pilot specifically mentions the word “UFO“.

Wilson writes (p. 60):

“This last conversation makes it obvious that both our astronauts and NASA do not take these sightings of light or UFOs lightly. Maps were marked and photographs were taken at the sites of these occurrences.”

While the Apollo 17 astronauts were discussing the “Watermarks”, the sighting of the UFO occurred. The conversation then returns to the Watermarks.

DMP: O.K. 96:03. Now we’re getting some clear – looks like pretty clear high watermarks on this – CMP. There’s high watermarks all over the place there.

LMP: On the north part of Tranquillitatis. That’s Maraldi there, isn’t it? Are you sure we’re 13 miles up?

Capcom: You’re 14 to be exact, Ron.

LMP: I tell you there’s some mare, ride or scarps that are very, very sinuous – just passing one. They not only cross the low planar areas but go right up the side of a crater in one place and a hill in another. It looks very much like a constructional ridge – a mare-like ridge that is clearly *as constructional as I would want to see it*.”

Apollo 15 – Appenine Mountains of the Moon

David Scott
, Alfred Worden, James Irwin; went to the Appenine Mountains of the Moon, July 26 – Aug. 7, 1971. Conversation about discovering strangetracks“:

Scott: Arrowhead really runs east to west.

Mission Control: Roger, we copy.

Irwin: Tracks here as we go down slope.

MC: Just follow the tracks, huh?

Irwin: Right we’re (garble). We know that’s a fairly good run. We’re bearing 320, hitting range for 413 … I can’t get over those lineations, that layering on Mt. Hadley.

Scott: I can’t either. That’s really spectacular.

Irwin: They sure look beautiful.

Scott: Talk about organization!

Irwin: That’s the most *organized structure I’ve ever seen*!

Scott: It’s (garble) so uniform in width.

Irwin: Nothing we’ve seen before this has shown such uniform thickness from the top of the tracks to the bottom.

Wilson writes: (p. 145):

“What are these tracks? Who made them? Where did they come from? Does NASA have an answer for the people?”

Another weird conversation about tracks

Made by Harrison Schmitt, a trained geologist and the only civilian ever to walk on the Moon (all the rest were military men, or as Hoagland would say – “good soldiers”, who did what they were told).

Schmitt: I see tracks – running right up the wall of the crater.

Mission Control (Gene Cernan): Your photopath runs directly between Pierce and Pease. Pierce Brava, go to Bravo, Whiskey, Whiskey, Romeo.

Wilson writes (p. 145):

“If this is not code, what is it? And why switch to the use of strange meaningless “code” words if NASA was not trying to cover up something startling, something that needed to be hidden from the public? In fact, science writer Joseph Goodavage maintains that “whenever something was discovered, the astronauts and CAPCOM apparently switched to a prearranged code, sometimes even on an alternate publicly unmonitorable channel.
NASA scientist Farouk El Baz admitted in a magazine interview that NASA did commit itself to a secretive search for various things on the Moon. ‘We’re looking for something – something …’ He admitted that ‘a huge bridge-like structure in Mare Crisium has been reported … That is all I can say about it.’ When asked if ‘that was a bridge – that you’ve actually found artificial structures or some kind of intelligently placed artifact?’

El Baz quickly denied it. ‘No. No. I am not admitting such a thing. But when you start to think about it, almost anything is possible. There are almost no limits [to] how you can interpret the many things astronomers have been observing and reporting for several centuries. Now the astronauts are seeing many anomalies close up’.”

Apollo 15 – sees white objects Astronaut sees white objects flying by.

Capcom: You talked about something mysterious …
Orion: O.K., Gordy, when we pitched around, I’d like to tell you about something we saw around the LM (LEM or Lunar Excursion Module). When we were coming about 30 or 40 feet out, there were a lot of objects – white things – flying by. It looked as if they were being propelled or ejected, but I’m not convinced of that.

Capcom: We copy that Charlie.

Wilson writes (p. 54):

“What could these mysterious flying objects have been? … Can this be considered another UFO sighting? What did the astronaut mean when he reported that these peculiar ‘white things’ were *perhaps* ‘being propelled or ejected‘? And by whom?”

Apollo 11 – “I say that there were other spaceships!”

Apollo 11, with Neil Armstrong, Michael Collins and Edwin Aldrin was the first Apollo flight to land on the Moon, on July 20, 1969. While Collins flew in orbit around the Moon in the command module, Armstrong and Aldrin descended in the lunar module, landing in the Sea of Tranquillity at 4:17 P.M.

According to hitherto un-confirmed reports, both Neil Armstrong and Edwin “Buzz” Aldrin saw UFOs shortly after that historic landing on the Moon in Apollo 11 on 21 July 1969.

I remember hearing one of the astronauts refer to a “light” in or on a crater during the television transmission, followed by a request from mission control for further information. Nothing more was heard.

The following astonishing conversation was picked up by ham radio operators that had their own VHF receiving facilities that bypassed NASA’s broadcasting outlets.

At this time, the live television broadcast was interrupted for two minutes due to a supposed “overheated camera”, but the transmission below was received loud and clear by hundreds of ham radio operators.

According to Otto Binder, who was a member of the NASA space team, when the two moon-walkers, Aldrin and Armstrong were making their rounds some distance from the LEM, Armstrong clutched Aldrin’s arm excitedly and exclaimed:

Armstrong: What was it? What the hell was it? That’s all I want to know!”

Mission Control: What’s there?… malfunction (garble) … Mission Control calling Apollo 11…

Apollo 11: These babies were huge, sir!… Enormous!… Oh, God! You wouldn’t believe it! … I’m telling you there are other space-craft out there … lined up on the far side of the crater edge! … They’re on the Moon watching us!

Wilson writes (p. 48):

“Binder ends his report with this observation: ‘There has, understandably, been no confirmation of this incredible report by NASA or any authorities. WE cannot vouch for its authenticity, but if true, one can surmise that mission control went into a dither and then into a huddle, after which they sternly [ordered] the moonwalkers to ‘forget’ what they saw and carry on casually and calmly as if nothing had happened. After all, an estimated 600 million people around the world were hanging on every word spoken by the first two men to leave footprints on the Moon.”

The book “Celestial Raise” by Richard Watson and ASSK [P.O. Box 35 Mt. Shasta CA. 96067 (916)-926-2316); 1987; page 147-148] records the following (continuation?) of the above remarkable dialogue of Apollo 11, which was picked up by hundreds of ham radio operators in the USA:

During the transmission of the Moon landing of Armstrong and Aldrin, who journeyed to the Moon in an American spaceship, two minutes of silence occurred in which the image and sound were interrupted. NASA insisted that this problem was the result of one of the television cameras which had overheated, thus interfering with the reception.

This unexpected problem surprised even the most qualified of viewers who were unable to explain how in such a costly project, one of the most essential elements could break down… Some time after the historic Moon landing, Christopher Craft, director of the base in Houston, made some surprising comments when he left NASA.

The contents of these comments, which is included in the conversations [below], has been corroborated by hundreds of amateur radio operators who had connected their stations to the same frequency through which the astronauts transmitted. During the two minute interruption – which was not as it seemed, NASA, Armstrong and Aldrin with Cape Kennedy, censored both image and sound. ‘I say that there were other spaceships.’

Here is reproduced completely the dialogue between the American astronauts and Control Center:

Armstrong & Aldrin: Those are giant things. No, no, no – this is not an optical illusion. No one is going to believe this!

Houston (Christopher Craft): What … what … what? What the hell is happening? What’s wrong with you?

Armstrong & Aldrin: They’re here under the surface.

Houston: What’s there? (muffled noise) Emission interrupted; interference control calling ‘Apollo 11’.

Armstrong & Aldrin: We saw some visitors. They were here for a while, observing the instruments.

Houston: Repeat your last information!

Armstrong & Aldrin: I say that there were other spaceships. They’re lined up in the other side of the crater!

Houston: Repeat, repeat!

Armstrong & Aldrin: Let us sound this orbita … in 625 to 5 … Automatic relay connected … My hands are shaking so badly I can’t do anything. Film it? God, if these damned cameras have picked up anything – what then?

Houston: Have you picked up anything?

Armstrong & Aldrin: I didn’t have any film at hand. Three shots of the saucers or whatever they were that were ruining the film

Houston: Control, control here. Are you on your way? What is the uproar with the UFOs over?

Armstrong & Aldrin: They’ve landed here. There they are and they’re watching us.

Houston: The mirrors, the mirrors – have you set them up?

Armstrong & Aldrin: Yes, they’re in the right place. But whoever made those spaceships surely can come tomorrow and remove them. Over and out.

A certain professor, who wished to remain anonymous, was engaged in a discussion with Neil Armstrong during a NASA symposium.

Professor: What REALLY happened out there with Apollo 11?

Armstrong: It was incredible, of course we had always known there was a possibility – the fact is, we were warned off! There was never any question then of a space station or a moon city.

Professor: How do you mean “warned off”?

Armstrong: I can’t go into details, except to say that their ships were far superior to ours both in size and technology – Boy, were they big!…and menacing! No, there is no question of a space station.

Professor: But NASA had other missions after Apollo 11?

Armstrong: Naturally – NASA was committed at that time, and couldn’t risk panic on Earth. But it really was a quick scoop and back again.

According to a Dr. Vladimir Azhazha:

Neil Armstrong relayed the message to Mission Control that two large, mysterious objects were watching them after having landed near the Moon module (LEM). But this message was never heard by the public – because NASA censored it.”

According to a Dr. Aleksandr Kasantsev, Buzz Aldrin took color movie film of the UFOs from inside the module, and continued filming them after he and Armstrong went outside.

Armstrong confirmed that the story was true but refused to go into further detail, beyond admitting that the CIA was behind the cover-up.

Cosmonaut Shadowed By Structured UFO

In April of 1979, Cosmonaut Victor Afanasyev lifted off from Star City to dock with the Soviet Solyut 6 space station. But while en route, something strange happened. Cosmonaut Afanasyev saw an unidentified object turn toward his craft and begin tailing it through space.

“It followed us during half of our orbit. We observed it on the light side, and when we entered the shadow side, it disappeared completely. It was an engineering structure, made from some type of metal, approximately 40 meters long with inner hulls. The object was narrow here and wider here, and inside there were openings. Some places had projections like small wings. The object stayed very close to us. We photographed it, and our photos showed it to be 23 to 28 meters away.”

In addition to photographing the UFO, Afanasyev continually reported back to Mission Control about the craft’s size, its shape and position. When the cosmonaut returned to earth he was debriefed and told never to reveal what he knew, and had his cameras and film confiscated.

Those photos and his voice transmissions from space have never been released. It is only now, with the collapse of the Soviet Union that Afanasyev feels that he can safely tell his story. “It is still classified as a UFO because we have yet to identify the object.”

During the late 60’s and early 70’s, NASA’s Apollo Mission astronauts all experienced close encounters with ‘unidentified space vehicles‘. According to the first man on the Moon, Neil Armstrong, who took part in the Apollo 11 Mission, the reason why the US government changed their plans to build a ‘Moon City’ was because they were told to change those plans by unknown extraterrestrial voyagers… ‘The fact is we were warned off’ Armstrong told a NASA symposium. ‘There was never any question then of a space station or Moon City.’

According to a former NASA employee Otto Binder, unnamed radio hams with their own VHF receiving facilities that bypassed NASA’s broadcasting outlets picked up the following exchange:

‘Buzz’ Aldrin who was also with Armstrong on the Apollo 11 mission, was said to have taken color film footage of alien craft, Armstrong later confirmed that this footage had indeed been shot by Aldrin, only to be confiscated by the CIA on their return to Earth. Fearing for his wellbeing, Armstrong refused to go in further details, except to confirm that the CIA were behind an extensive cover-up campaign regarding the US space program and consequent encounters with UFOs. In 1979, former chief of NASA Communications, Maurice Chatelain, confirmed that Armstrong and Aldrin had encountered UFOs on the Moon. To this day Chatelain vehemently protests the truth of their accounts.

In December 1965, Gemini astronauts James Lovell and Frank Borman also saw a UFO during their second orbit of their record-breaking 14 day flight. Borman reported that he saw an unidentified spacecraft some distance from their capsule. Gemini Control, at Cape Kennedy told him that he was seeing the final stage of their own Titan booster rocket. Borman confirmed that he could see the booster rocket all right, but that he could also see something completely different.

During James Lovell’s flight on Gemini 7


Capcom: This is Houston. Say again 7.


Capcom: Gemini 7, is that the booster or is that an actual sighting?


Capcom: …Estimated distance or size?


‘The encounter was common knowledge at NASA,’ Chatelain said. ‘All Apollo and Gemini Flights were followed by space vehicles of extraterrestrial origin – or UFOs, if you prefer to call them that. Every time it occurred, the astronauts informed Mission Control, who ordered absolute silence‘. He added ‘I think Walter Schirra, aboard Mercury 8, was the first astronaut to use the code name ‘Santa Claus’ to indicate the presence of Ufos‘. But it was James Lovell, on board the Apollo 8 Command Module, who came out from behind the Moon and said, for everybody to hear ‘Please be informed that there is a Santa Claus!’ Even though this happened on Christmas Day, 1968, many people sensed a hidden meaning in those words.’

Chatelain also published an article in 1995 that confirmed that not only did the Apollo Moon Mission encounter UFOs, but that they also found ‘several mysterious geometric structures of unnatural origin on the Moon’.

Another former astronaut, Dr Brian O’Leary, who was speaking at a science conference in 1994 confirmed the cover-up.






Within  political, scientific and military circles it is generally accepted that E.B.E’s have visited this planet throughout history. This acceptance is due in part to overwhelming evidence located within ancient text and records. Legends from every known civilization on the planet verify the existence and in some cases the assistance of Ancient Astronauts. Ancient text, drawings, myths and legends from past cultures seem to confirm beings of greater intelligence and wisdom did in fact  descend from the skies.  Signs of these visitation can still be viewed today. Tiahuanaco in the Andes, Stonehenge in England, Baalbek in Lebanon, Nasca in Peru, Easter Island and the Egyptian and Mayan pyramids are but a few examples..

Establishing some form of truth regarding the existence of these Ancient visitors is not an easy objective, compounded to the tenth by the disappearance or destruction of many 2000 year old antiquity records by Greek and Roman authors. These missing writings, have created in part  the many speculations and assumptions that cloud this subject.  So  to establish a more realistic  percentage of actuality regarding the existence of “Ancient Astronauts”, one must use an alternative source.

This can be achieved By researching other surviving ancient text, artwork, cave drawings, myths and legends, enabling us to establish with a degree of certainty that “Ancient Astronauts” did or did not visit our planet. Hopefully the study of these alternatives will allow for a more factual based appraisal of the Ancient Astronaut theorem,and not just the current accepted speculative one.

Concluding with absolute certainty that this planet was ever visited by extraterrestrial beings  or that the occupants of these craft intervened into the Social and Religious practices of ancient civilisations is near impossible.This blog is not intended to put forth reason’s for these supposed visitations nor to speculate whether or not the visitors interfered with human evolution by influencing ancient cultural actions and spiritual beliefs, agricultural and advanced engineering methods. I am merely trying to establish via surviving ancient text, Cave drawings, myths and legends, dead sea scrolls etc,  whether or not there is solid evidence to support the “Ancient Astronaut” visitation hypothesis.

Many Scientist and astrophysicist  support the opinion that advanced intelligent entities  may indeed exists in our universe, in fact, there is a firm belief among some that E.B.E’s  could indeed have visited our planet in ancient times. These scientist assumptions, if correct, confirm one thing for sure, the ancient Gods of Egypt, Greece, Rome, Scandinavia and Mexico were not necessarily disembodied Spirits or anthropomorphic symbolism as portrayed by theologians but possibly actual beings visiting from a currently unknown inter-dimensional or extraterrestrial location…..       K.P


The Dogon tribesmen of Mall, West Africa, (dating to around 3200 BC)  had astronomical knowledge which these native people could not possibly have learned by themselves.
Obviously, this information was made available to them by someone or something with far superior knowledge of our solar system structure.   Things like,  Jupiter’s four moons and Saturn’s rings, which were not seen by human beings until the invention of the telescope in 1609 by Galileo. The legend also speaks of the star Sirius and of a pair of invisible companions. It also states that one of these invisible companions circles Sirius every 50 years, is made of metal and is the heaviest known thing in the universe.

NOTE: Modern day astronomers have indeed  discovered that such an object does exist  (Sirius-B) but only the most sophisticated and sensitive instruments currently used today can detect it. As for Sirius B being made of metal and  the heaviest thing universally, that is yet to be confirmed and probably never will be.

Apollodorus wrote, “Sky was the first who ruled over the whole world,”

The Roman Emperor Julian vowed, “We must believe that on this world… certain Gods alighted.”

Aeschylus, Euripides, Aristophanes, Plautus and Menander frequently introduced a “Deus ex Machine” (a God from a Machine) to untangle and explain the plots of their plays.

Aristotle, Plato, Pliny, Lucretius and most other philosophers throughout times past believed that the Gods were supermen living in the realms above.



when-600_1420547333B. C 14 ,000  A fourth century BC text written by Maharshi Bhardwaj, was discovered in a temple in India. The book dealt with the operation of ancient vimanas and included information on steering, precautions for long flights, protection of the airships from storms and lightning, and how to switch the drive to some other “free energy” source, possibly some sort of “gravity drive .” Indian texts from this period tell of anti-gravity space ships called Vimanas, or Astras, In them they describe vimana, as being used for three purposes.



  1  those that travel from place to place;
  2. those that travel from one country to another;                               
  3. those that travel between planets.



The Ramayana describes a Vimana as a double-deck, circular (cylindrical) aircraft with portholes and a dome. It flew with the speed of the wind.  Ancient Indian texts on Vimanas are so numerous it would take several books to relate what they have to say. The ancient Indians themselves wrote entire flight manuals on the control of the various types of Vimanas which consisted of 4 types.:

1 the Shakuna Vimana,vimana4

2 the Sundara  Vimana,

3 the Rukma    Vimana

4 the Tripura    Vimana.

These manuals specified that the craft had to be Impregnable, unbreakable, non-combustible and indestructible also capable of coming to a dead stop in the twinkling of an eye; invisible to enemies; capable of listening to the conversations and sounds in hostile planes; technically proficient to see and record things, persons, incidents and situations going on inside enemy planes; know at every stage the direction of the movement of other aircraft in  the vicinity; capable of rendering the enemy crew into a state of suspended animation, intellectual torpor or complete loss of consciousness; capable of destruction; manned by pilots and co-travellers who could adapt in accordance with the climate in which they moved; temperature regulated inside; constructed of very light   and heat absorbing metals and enhance or diminish sounds.

Vimana Aerial battles and chases are common in ancient Hindu literature. The ancient Mahabharata  speaks of a vimana as “an aerial chariot with the sides of iron and clad with wings.”  

NOTE :  The above flying vehicle descriptions and there use, comes via ancient texts past down through  the centuries. There is no doubt or scientific dispute that these texts are authentic. 


B C  4250 (India) The Ramayana describes flying machines, that navigated at great heights with the  aid of quicksilver and a great propulsive wind. A beautiful chariot which ‘arrived shining speeding through the air’. In another passage, there is mention of a chariot being seen ‘sailing overhead like a moon’ “. The magnificent chariot rose up to a mountain of cloud with a Tremendous din. Another passage reads:  Bhima flew with his Vimana on an enormous ray which was as brilliant as the sun.  The text’s revelations become even more astounding, thirty-one parts of which the machine consists are described, including a photographing mirror underneath.vimanas_17

The text also enumerates 16 kinds   of metal that are needed to construct the flying vehicle, but only three of them are known to us today. The rest of the text remain untranslatable.”   The ancient Indian Vedas  and other text refer to aeronautics, spaceships, flying machines,   ancient astronauts. “A study of the Sanskrit texts has convinced many scholars and scientist that ancient India did know the secret of building flying machines.

BC 4000  Mesopotamia  (SUMERIANS )  Seen as one of archaeology’s  oldest recorded ancient civilization, Sumerians lived in the rich and fertile valley between the Tigris and Euphrates rivers ( modern day Iraq.) This ancient civilization is one of history’s greatest evidence of direct influence by extraterrestrials on the human population via agriculture and the advancement of our social civilization. Many religions, occult’s, and cults are based on the old writings of the Sumerian people and what they described as their creation by ancient technological beings who came from the sky.


The Sumerians had contact with extraterrestrial civilizations and according to their text the extraterrestrials also interbred with humans and travelled with them to the stars. The kings were taken to the stars by the extraterrestrials.

NOTE: Sumerian text coincides with “the book of genesis”. These Aliens resembled the Anunnaki. (Those who came from heaven to earth) .The ancient text left by the Sumerians were left un- deciphered till  Zecharia Sitchin, deciphered more than 2,000 clay cylinders  that existed  6,000 years ago. Some of these fragments, which date to 4,000 B.C., are currently displayed in museums around the world.

  Described in both the Mahabharata and the Bhagavad Purana, is a war with an extraterrestrial being and the giving of an aerial vehicle with weapons unheard of at that time. “ Shiva had been given an aerial vehicle called the Saubha which was as big as a palace, which had miraculous powers like becoming invisible and appearing at different places at the same time.”

“ He flew over Dwaraka in the Saubha ( Flying machine) and destroyed the outer woodlands and gardens. He then directed his attack against the bastions of the city so that his army which was marching over land could easily penetrate it. Flashes of lightning, hail stones, cyclonic storms and clouds of dust were released from the Saubha.”bbbb (3)
“Lord Krishna heard of the attack and hurried to his son’s rescue and there ensued a mighty war between the super human, Krishna and the alien- Salva. In this Krishna is said to have fired arrows which resembled thunderbolts and balls of lightning and brilliant piercing rays of the sun.”  The weapons used by Salva makes one suspect that he was using alien technology. His spacecraft made of metal seemed to appear simultaneously at different places like the UFOs. “Very soon he brought the Saubha down with one of his miraculous astras (missiles), charged with the power of potent mantras.”



 BC 3000 (China) in China, in the third millennium B.C., before the birth of Huang Ti or of Chi You , “sons from the sky”, would descend to Earth on a star which was the shape of a saucer.

NOTE From the book ” Memories of the Sovereigns and the Kings ” published in the 3rd century AD, written in the second century B.C. speaks of a deity appearing in a chariot drawn by flying dragons The, Hsui-nan-tzu, Early Chinese writings tell of a time in earth’s early history when god-like  beings were in charge of people. These gods came down from heaven in the bellies of dragons. Later the ancient people witnessed how the gods and goddesses rode on the backs of the dragons across the skies.

NOTE: The ancient Chinese dragons had the ability to change colour and disappear out of sight in an instant. Additionally, these flying dragons could rise to the skies as well as plunge into waters. They also had abilities to make their bodies large or small as they pleased. In many ancient Chinese texts we frequently learn that “the dragon is born up to heavens; at the same time, it is also able to plunge into the depths of the oceans Most intriguing about these thousands of years old descriptions is the similarity if not exact descriptions of today’s UFO sightings including the dragons plunging into the ocean. These are  know today as USO’S  Unidentified Submersible or Submarine Objects.


504 BC:  The below excerpt is believed to be one of the earliest found  written accounts of an aerial phenomena experience in Egypt,  it was written on Egyptian papyrus  during the reign of  Thutmose III.

‘In the year 22… sixth hour of the day… the scribes of the House of Life found it was a circle of fire that was coming in the sky… it had no head,  (cylindrical) the breath of its mouth had a foul odour. (modern day UFO reports record a strong phosphorous smell being present)  Its body one rod long and one rod wide. (5 mtrs x 5 mtrs or 16 1/2 feet x 16 1/2 feet) It had no voice… (silent)  Now after some days had passed, these things became more numerous in the skies than ever… ‘They shone more in the sky than the brightness of the sun and extended to the four supports of the heavens… Powerful was the position of the fire circles… “Thereupon these fire circles ascended higher in the sky towards the south…

Note: After this strange phenomena occurred It was ordered by the Pharaoh to be written in the annals of the House of Life… so that it be remembered for ever.’

B.C  500  Flying Machines  In the ancient Indian text Samarangana Sartradhara there is a description of piloted flying machines called vimanas. These were powered pl15by some unknown source and they could ‘carry death’ to anywhere on earth.

B.C. 498 Visitations “… Castor and Pollux were seen fighting in our army on horseback… Nor do we forget that when the Locrians defeated the people of Crotona in a battle on the banks of the river Sagra, it was known the same day at the Olympian Games. The voices of the Fauns have been heard and deities have appeared in forms so visible that they have compelled everyone who is not senseless or hardened to impiety to confess the presence of the Gods.” – Cicero, Of the nature of the Gods, Book I, Ch. 2


B.C. 325: Visitations “There in the stillness of the night both consuls are said to have been visited by the same apparition, a man of greater than human stature, and more majestic, who declared that the commander of one side and the army of the other must be offered up to the Manes and to Mother Earth.” – Livy, History, Book VIII, Ch. 11


B.C. 223: Bright Light, Three Moons “At Ariminium a bright light like the day blazed out at night; in many portions of Italy three moons became visible in the night time.” – Dio Cassius, Roman History, Book I

BC225B.C. 222: Three Moons “Also three moons have appeared at once, for instance, in the consulship of Gnaeus Domitius and Gaius Fannius.” – Pliny, Natural History, Book II, Ch. 32

B.C. 218: The Sky Is Filled “In Amiterno district in many places were seen the appearance of men in white garments from far away. The orb of the sun grew smaller. At Praeneste glowing lamps from heaven. At Arpi a shield in the sky. The moon contended with the sun and during the night two moons were seen. Phantom ships appeared in the sky.” – Livy, History, Books XXI-XXII

B.C. 217: Fissure in the Sky “At Faleri the sky had seemed to be rent as it were with a great fissure and through the opening a bright light had shone.” – Livy, History, Book XXII, Ch. 1

BC  216: Julius Obsequens wrote in his book Prodigorium liber of how ‘things like ships were seen in the sky over Italy… At Apri a round shield was seen in the sky. At Capua, the sky was on fire, and one saw figures like ships.’



B.C. 214: Men and Altar “At Hadria an altar was seen in the sky and about it the forms of men in white clothes.” – Julius Obsequens, Prodigiorum Libellus, Ch. 66

downloadB.C. 163 : An Extra Sun “In the consulship of Tiberius Gracchus and Manius Juventus at Capua the sun was seen by night. At Formice two suns were seen by day. The sky was afire. In Cephallenia a trumpet seemed to sound from the sky. There was a rain of earth. A windstorm demolished houses and laid crops flat in the field. By night an apparent sun shone at Pisaurum.” – Obsequens, Prodigiorum, Ch 114Gli Ufo nell' antica Roma

B.C. 122: Three Suns, Three Moons “In Gaul three suns and three moons were seen.” – Obsequens, Prodigiorum, Ch. 114

B.C. 81: Gold Fireball “Near Spoletium a gold-colored fireball rolled down to the ground, increased in size; seemed to move off the ground toward the east and was big enough to blot out the sun.” – Obsequens, Prodigiorum, Ch. 114

B.C. 85: Burning Shield, Sparks “In the consulship of Lucius Valerius and Caius Marius a burning shield scattering sparks ran across the sky. ” – Pliny, Natural History, Book II, Ch. 34

s17867122B.C. 66: From Spark to Torch “In the consulship of Gnaeus Octavius and Gaius Suetonius a spark was seen to fall from a star and increase in size as it approached the earth. After becoming as large as the moon it diffused a sort of cloudy daylight and then returning to the sky changed into a torch.He also told of how ‘a burning shield scattering sparks ran across the sky at sunset from east to west.’  This is the only record of its occurrence. It was seen by the proconsul Silenus and his suite. ” – Pliny, Natural History, Book II, Ch. 35

B.C. 48: Thunderbolts, Visitations “Thunderbolts had fallen upon Pompey’s camp. A fire had appeared in the air over Caesar’s camp and had fallen upon Pompey’s … In Syria two young men announced the result of the battle (in Thessaly) then  vanished.” – Dio Cassius, Roman History, Book IV

B.C. 42: Night Light, Three Suns “In Rome light shone so brightly at nightfall that people got up to begin work as though day had dawned. At Murtino three suns were seen about the third hour of the day, which presently drew together in a single orb.” – Obsequens, Prodigiorum, Ch. 130B.C.?: Suns, Moons, Globes “How often has our Senate enjoined the decemvirs to consult the books of the Sibyl: For instance, when two suns had been seen or when three moons had appeared and when flames of fire were noticed in the sky; or on that other occasion when the sun was beheld in the night, when noises were heard in the sky, and the heaven itself seemed to burst open, and strange globes were remarked in it.” – Cicero, On Divination, Book I, Ch. 43

Ezekiel's_chariot_vision_traditionalA.D. 70: Chariots in the Sky “On the 2lst of May a demonic phantom of incredible size… For before sunset there appeared in the air over the whole country chariots and armed troops coursing through the clouds and surrounding the cities.” – Josephus, Jewish War, Book CXI

A.D  180: In Japan something similar to a flying saucer was seen, though they described this as a flying ‘earthenware vessel.’ The object or UFO was heading in a northeast direction from a mountain in the Kii province. This suddenly changed direction and vanished below the horizon, leaving a luminous trail.

A.D. 193: Three New Stars “Three stars … suddenly came into view surrounding the sun, when Emperor Julianus in our presence was offering the Sacrifice of Entrance in front of the Senate House. These stars were so very distinct that the soldiers kept continually looking at them and pointing them out to another . . . ” – Dio Cassius, Roman History, Book LXXIV
A.D. 217: Visitation “In Rome, moreover, a `Spirit’ having the appearance of a man led an ass up to the Capitol and afterwards to the palace seeking its master as he claimed and stating that Antoninus was dead and Jupiter was now Emperor. Upon being arrested for this and sent by Matermainus to Antoninus he said, `I go as you bid but I shall face not this emperor but another.’ And when he reached Capua he vanished. ” – Dio Cassius, Roman History

A.D  290: The monks at Byland Abbey in Yorkshire spotted a ‘large round silver disk’ passing through the skies.

A.D  584: St. Gregory, the bishop of Tours in France, recorded various sightings in his Historia Francorum. ‘There appeared in the sky brilliant rays of light which seemed to cross and collide with one another.’ He also described ‘golden globes’ which flashed at speed across the skies of France.



A.D. 776:  Monk Lawrence stood marveling at flaming shields from heaven that were spitting fire at the Saxons besieging Sigiburg,


A.D  793: The Anglo-Saxon Chronicle reports, ‘In this year terrible portents appeared in Northumbria (England) and miserably afflicted the inhabitants. These were exceptional flashing and lightning and fiery dragons seen flying through the air.’


1170: Roger Niger described ‘a wonderfully large dragon’ which was ‘borne up from earth though the air. The air was kindled into fire by its motion and burned a house, reducing it and its outbuildings to ashes.’ This was seen at Osyth, Essex, England.

1561: This time the sighting was in Nuremberg in Germany where it was said that there was ‘a very frightful spectacle.’ During daylight glowing tubes, globes and crosses were seen in the sky and appeared to do battle. This lasted for an hour and some then fell to the earth as ‘if on fire.’

Romans fervently believed that two strange horsemen, taller than normal men, alike in age, height and beauty, saved the day for Posthumus at Lake Regillus and, that same day, miraculously appeared in the Forum, announced the victory, and departed forever.09.imperial_guard_small
The above references are only a sampling of the evidence available. Consider just four writers: Julius Obsequens recorded 63 celestial phenomena; Livy, 30; Pliny, 26; Dio Cassius, 14; Cicero, 9.

A contemporary historian described two shiny shields spitting fire around the rims, diving repeatedly at the columns of Alexander the Great in India, stamping horses and elephants, and then returning to the sky.
When we recall that Romulus was borne to heaven by a whirlwind while giving judgment on the Palatine Hill, that his successor Numa Pomilius, used magic weapons, that Livy, Pliny the Elder, and Julius Obsequens tell of mysterious voices, celestial trumpets, men in white garments hovering in airships, several suns and moons together, sudden new stars, and superhuman apparitions descending among men and then vanishing, we suddenly feel we are reading the wonders of the Bible.
By some strange twist of the human mind, we worship prodigies in old Palestine as manifestations of the Lord, yet scoff at identical phenomena occurring at the same time only a few hundred miles away.
Evidence exists; all we need to do is examine it.


The Evidence for Ancient Atomic Warfare
Religious texts and geological evidence suggest that several parts of the world have experienced destructive atomic blasts in ages past


When the first atomic bomb exploded in New Mexico, the desert sand turned to fused green glass. This fact, according to the magazine Free World, has given certain archaeologists a turn. They have been digging in the ancient Euphrates Valley and have uncovered a layer of agrarian culture 8,000 years old, and a layer of herdsman culture much older, and a still older caveman culture. Recently, they reached another layer.of fused green glass.

It is well known that atomic detonations on or above a sandy desert will melt the silicon in the sand and turn the surface of the Earth into a sheet of glass. But if sheets of ancient desert glass can be found in various parts of the world, does it mean that atomic wars were fought in the ancient past or, at the very least, that atomic testing occurred in the dim ages of history?

This is a startling theory, but one that is not lacking in evidence, as such ancient sheets of desert glass are a geological fact. Lightning strikes can sometimes fuse sand, meteorologists contend, but this is always in a distinctive root-like pattern. These strange geological oddities are called fulgurites and manifest as branched tubular forms rather than as flat sheets of fused sand. Therefore, lightning is largely ruled out as the cause of such finds by geologists, who prefer to hold onto the theory of a meteor or comet strike as the cause. The problem with this theory is that there is usually no crater associated with these anomalous sheets of glass.

Brad Steiger and Ron Calais report in their book, Mysteries of Time and Space 1 that Albion W. Hart, one of the first engineers to graduate from Massachusetts Institute of Technology, was assigned an engineering project in the interior of Africa. While he and his men were travelling to an almost inaccessible region, they first had to cross a great expanse of desert.

“At the time he was puzzled and quite unable to explain a large expanse of greenish glass which covered the sands as far as he could see,” writes Margarethe Casson in an article on Hart’s life in the magazine Rocks and Minerals (no. 396, 1972). She then goes on to mention: “Later on, during his life.he passed by the White Sands area after the first atomic explosion there, and he recognized the same type of silica fusion which he had seen fifty years earlier in the African desert.”2

Tektites: A Terrestrial Explanation?

Large desert areas strewn with mysterious globules of “glass”–known as tektites–are occasionally discussed in geological literature. These blobs of “hardened glass” (glass is a liquid, in fact) are thought to come from meteorite impacts in most instances, but the evidence shows that in many cases there is no impact crater.

Another explanation is that tektites have a terrestrial explanation–one that includes atomic war or high-tech weapons capable of melting sand. The tektite debate was summed up in an article entitled “The Tektite Problem”, by John O’Keefe, published in the August 1978 edition of Scientific American. Said O’Keefe:

If tektites are terrestrial, it means that some process exists by which soil or common rocks can be converted in an instant into homogeneous, water-free, bubble-free glass and be propelled thousands of miles above the atmosphere. If tektites come from the Moon, it seems to follow that there is at least one powerful volcano somewhere on the Moon that has erupted at least as recently as 750,000 years ago. Neither possibility is easy to accept. Yet one of them must be accepted, and I believe it is feasible to pick the more reasonable one by rejecting the more unlikely.

The key to solving the tektite problem is an insistence on a physically reasonable hypothesis and a resolute refusal to be impressed by mere numerical coincidences such as the similarity of terrestrial sediments to tektite material. I believe that the lunar volcanism hypothesis is the only one physically possible, and that we have to accept it. If it leads to unexpected but not impossible conclusions, that is precisely its utility.

To cite just one example of the utility, the lunar origin of tektites strongly supports the idea that the Moon was formed by fission of the Earth. Tektites are indeed much more like terrestrial rocks than one would expect of a chance assemblage. If tektites come from a lunar magma, then deep inside the Moon there must be material that is very much like the mantle of the Earth–more like the mantle than it is like the shallower parts of the Moon from which the lunar surface basalts have originated. If the Moon was formed by fission of the Earth, the object that became the Moon would have been heated intensely and from the outside, and would have lost most of its original mass and in particular the more volatile elements. The lavas constituting most of the Moon’s present surface were erupted early in the Moon’s history, when its heat was concentrated in the shallow depleted zone quite near the surface. During the recent periods represented by tektite falls, the sources of lunar volcanism have necessarily been much deeper, so that any volcanoes responsible for tektites have drawn on the lunar material that suffered least during the period of ablation and is therefore most like unaltered terrestrial mantle material. Ironically, that would explain why tektites are in some ways more like terrestrial rocks than they are like the rocks of the lunar surface.

                                   Mysterious Glass in the Egyptian Sahara


One of the strangest mysteries of ancient Egypt is that of the great glass sheets that were only discovered in 1932. In December of that year, Patrick Clayton, a surveyor for the Egyptian Geological Survey, was driving among the dunes of the Great Sand Sea near the Saad Plateau in the virtually uninhabited area just north of the southwestern corner of Egypt, when he heard his tyres crunch on something that wasn’t sand. It turned out to be large pieces of marvellously clear, yellow-green glass.

In fact, this wasn’t just any ordinary glass, but ultra-pure glass that was an astonishing 98 per cent silica. Clayton wasn’t the first person to come across this field of glass, as various ‘prehistoric’ hunters and nomads had obviously also found the now-famous Libyan Desert Glass (LDG). The glass had been used in the past to make knives and sharp-edged tools as well as other objects. A carved scarab of LDG was even found in Tutankhamen’s tomb, indicating that the glass was sometimes used for jewellery.

An article by Giles Wright in the British science magazine New Scientist (July 10, 1999), entitled “The Riddle of the Sands”, says that LDG is the purest natural silica glass ever found. Over a thousand tonnes of it are strewn across hundreds of kilometres of bleak desert. Some of the chunks weigh 26 kilograms, but most LDG exists in smaller, angular pieces–looking like shards left when a giant green bottle was smashed by colossal forces.

According to the article, LDG, pure as it is, does contain tiny bubbles, white wisps and inky black swirls. The whitish inclusions consist of refractory minerals such as cristobalite. The ink-like swirls, though, are rich in iridium, which is diagnostic of an extraterrestrial impact such as a meteorite or comet, according to conventional wisdom. The general theory is that the glass was created by the searing, sand-melting impact of a cosmic projectile.

However, there are serious problems with this theory, says Wright, and many mysteries concerning this stretch of desert containing the pure glass. The main problem: Where did this immense amount of widely dispersed glass shards come from? There is no evidence of an impact crater of any kind; the surface of the Great Sand Sea shows no sign of a giant crater, and neither do microwave probes made deep into the sand by satellite radar.

Furthermore, LDG seems to be too pure to be derived from a messy cosmic collision. Wright mentions that known impact craters, such as the one at Wabar in Saudi Arabia, are littered with bits of iron and other meteorite debris. This is not the case with the Libyan Desert Glass site. What is more, LDG is concentrated in two areas, rather than one. One area is oval-shaped; the other is a circular ring, six kilometres wide and 21 kilometres in diameter. The ring’s wide centre is devoid of the glass.

One theory is that there was a soft projectile impact: a meteorite, perhaps 30 metres in diameter, may have detonated about 10 kilometres or so above the Great Sand Sea, the searing blast of hot air melting the sand beneath. Such a craterless impact is thought to have occurred in the 1908 Tunguska event in Siberia–at least as far as mainstream science is concerned. That event, like the pure desert glass, remains a mystery.

Another theory has a meteorite glancing off the desert surface, leaving a glassy crust and a shallow crater that was soon filled in. But there are two known areas of LDG. Were there two cosmic projectiles in tandem?

Alternatively, is it possible that the vitrified desert is the result of atomic war in the ancient past? Could a Tesla-type beam weapon have melted the desert, perhaps in a test?

An article entitled “Dating the Libyan Desert Silica-Glass” appeared in the British journal Nature (no. 170) in 1952. Said the author, Kenneth Oakley:3

Pieces of natural silica-glass up to 16 lb in weight occur scattered sparsely in an oval area, measuring 130 km north to south and 53 km from east to west, in the Sand Sea of the Libyan Desert. This remarkable material, which is almost pure (97 per cent silica), relatively light (sp. gin. 2.21), clear and yellowish-green in colour, has the qualities of a gemstone. It was discovered by the Egyptian Survey Expedition under Mr P.A. Clayton in 1932, and was thoroughly investigated by Dr L.J. Spencer, who joined a special expedition of the Survey for this purpose in 1934.

The pieces are found in sand-free corridors between north-south dune ridges, about 100 m high and 2-5 km apart. These corridors or “streets” have a rubbly surface, rather like that of a “speedway” track, formed by angular gravel and red loamy weathering debris overlying Nubian sandstone. The pieces of glass lie on this surface or partly embedded in it. Only a few small fragments were found below the surface, and none deeper than about one metre. All the pieces on the surface have been pitted or smoothed by sand-blast. The distribution of the glass is patchy.

While undoubtedly natural, the origin of the Libyan silica-glass is uncertain. In its constitution it resembles the tektites of supposed cosmic origin, but these are much smaller. Tektites are usually black, although one variety found in Bohemia and Moravia and known as moldavite is clear deep-green. The Libyan silica-glass has also been compared with the glass formed by the fusion of sand in the heat generated by the fall of a great meteorite; for example, at Wabar in Arabia and at Henbury in central Australia.

Reporting the findings of his expedition, Dr Spencer said that he had not been able to trace the Libyan glass to any source; no fragments of meteorites or indications of meteorite craters could be found in the area of its distribution. He said: “It seemed easier to assume that it had simply fallen from the sky.”

It would be of considerable interest if the time of origin or arrival of the silica-glass in the Sand Sea could be determined geologically or archaeologically. Its restriction to the surface or top layer of a superficial deposit suggests that it is not of great antiquity from the geological point of view. On the other hand, it has clearly been there since prehistoric times. Some of the flakes were submitted to Egyptologists in Cairo, who regarded them as “late Neolithic or pre-dynastic”. In spite of a careful search by Dr Spencer and the late Mr A. Lucas, no objects of silica-glass could be found in the collections from Tut-Ankh-Amen’s tomb or from any of the other dynastic tombs. No potsherds were encountered in the silica-glass area, but in the neighbourhood of the flakings some “crude spear-points of glass” were found; also some quartzite implements, “quernstones” and ostrich-shell fragments.

Oakley is apparently incorrect when he says that LDG was not found in Tutankhamen’s tomb, as according to Wright a piece was found.

At any rate, the vitrified areas of the Libyan Desert are yet to be explained. Are they evidence of an ancient war–a war that may have turned North Africa and Arabia into the desert that it is today?

The Vitrified Forts of Scotland


One of the great mysteries of classical archaeology is the existence of many vitrified forts in Scotland. Are they also evidence of some ancient atomic war? Maybe, but maybe not.

There are said to be at least 60 such forts throughout Scotland. Among the most well-known are Tap o’Noth, Dunnideer, Craig Phadraig (near Inverness), Abernathy (near Perth), Dun Lagaidh (in Ross), Cromarty, Arka-Unskel, Eilean na Goar, and Bute-Dunagoil on the Sound of Bute off Arran Island. Another well-known vitrified fort is the Cauadale hill-fort in Argyll, West Scotland.

One of the best examples of a vitrified fort is Tap o’Noth, which is near the village of Rhynie in northeastern Scotland. This massive fort from prehistory is on the summit of a mountain of the same name which, being 1,859 feet (560 metres) high, commands an impressive view of the Aberdeenshire countryside. At first glance it seems that the walls are made of a rubble of stones, but on closer look it is apparent that they are made not of dry stones but of melted rocks! What were once individual stones are now black and cindery masses, fused together by heat that must have been so intense that molten rivers of rock once ran down the walls.

Reports on vitrified forts were made as far back as 1880 when Edward Hamilton wrote an article entitled “Vitrified Forts on the West Coast of Scotland” in the Archaeological Journal (no. 37, 1880). In his article, Hamilton describes several sites in detail, including Arka-Unskel:4

At the point where Loch na Nuagh begins to narrow, where the opposite shore is about one-and-a-half to two miles distant, is a small promontory connected with the mainland by a narrow strip of sand and grass, which evidently at one time was submerged by the rising tide. On the flat summit of this promontory are the ruins of a vitrified fort, the proper name for which is Arka-Unskel.

The rocks on which this fort are placed are metamorphic gneiss, covered with grass and ferns, and rise on three sides almost perpendicular for about 110 feet from the sea level. The smooth surface on the top is divided by a slight depression into two portions. On the largest, with precipitous sides to the sea, the chief portion of the fort is situated, and occupies the whole of the flat surface. It is of somewhat oval form. The circumference is about 200 feet, and the vitrified walls can be traced in its entire length. We dug under the vitrified mass, and there found what was extremely interesting, as throwing some light on the manner in which the fire was applied for the purpose of vitrification. The internal part of the upper or vitrified wall for about a foot or a foot-and-a-half was untouched by the fire, except that some of the flat stones were slightly agglutinated together, and that the stones, all feldspatic, were placed in layers one upon another.

It was evident, therefore, that a rude foundation of boulder stones was first formed upon the original rock, and then a thick layer of loose, mostly flat stones of feldspatic sand, and of a different kind from those found in the immediate neighborhood, were placed on this foundation, and then vitrified by heat applied externally. This foundation of loose stones is found also in the vitrified fort of Dun Mac Snuichan, on Loch Etive.

Hamilton describes another vitrified fort that is much larger, situated on the island at the entrance of Loch Ailort.

This island, locally termed Eilean na Goar, is the most eastern and is bounded on all sides by precipitous gneiss rocks; it is the abode and nesting place of numerous sea birds. The flat surface on the top is 120 feet from the sea level, and the remains of the vitrified fort are situated on this, oblong in form, with a continuous rampart of vitrified wall five feet thick, attached at the SW end to a large upright rock of gneiss. The space enclosed by this wall is 420 feet in circumference and 70 feet in width. The rampart is continuous and about five feet in thickness. At the eastern end is a great mass of wall in situ, vitrified on both sides. In the centre of the enclosed space is a deep depression in which are masses of the vitrified wall strewed about, evidently detached from their original site.

Hamilton naturally asks a few obvious questions about the forts. Were these structures built as a means of defence? Was the vitrification the result of design or accident? How was the vitrification produced?

In this vitrification process, huge blocks of stones have been fused with smaller rubble to form a hard, glassy mass. Explanations for the vitrification are few and far between, and none of them is universally accepted.

One early theory was that these forts are located on ancient volcanoes (or the remains of them) and that the people used molten stone ejected from eruptions to build their settlements.

This idea was replaced with the theory that the builders of the walls had designed the forts in such a way that the vitrification was purposeful in order to strengthen the walls. This theory postulated that fires had been lit and flammable material added to produce walls strong enough to resist the dampness of the local climate or the invading armies of the enemy. It is an interesting theory, but one that presents several problems. For starters, there is really no indication that such vitrification actually strengthens the walls of the fortress; rather, it seems to weaken them. In many cases, the walls of the forts seem to have collapsed because of the fires. Also, since the walls of many Scottish forts are only partially vitrified, this would hardly have proved an effective building method.

Julius Caesar described a type of wood and stone fortress, known as a murus gallicus, in his account of the Gallic Wars. This was interesting to those seeking solutions to the vitrified fort mystery because these forts were made of a stone wall filled with rubble, with wooden logs inside for stability. It seemed logical to suggest that perhaps the burning of such a wood-filled wall might create the phenomenon of vitrification.

Some researchers are sure that the builders of the forts caused the vitrification. Arthur C. Clarke quotes one team of chemists from the Natural History Museum in London who were studying the many forts:5

Considering the high temperatures which have to be produced, and the fact that possibly sixty or so vitrified forts are to be seen in a limited geographical area of Scotland, we do not believe that this type of structure is the result of accidental fires. Careful planning and construction were needed.

However, one Scottish archaeologist, Helen Nisbet, believes that the vitrification was not done on purpose by the builders of the forts. In a thorough analysis of rock types used, she reveals that most of the forts were built of stone easily available at the chosen site and not chosen for their property of vitrification.6

The vitrification process itself, even if purposely set, is quite a mystery. A team of chemists on Arthur C. Clarke’s Mysterious World subjected rock samples from 11 forts to rigorous chemical analysis, and stated that the temperatures needed to produce the vitrification were so intense–up to 1,100°C–that a simple burning of walls with wood interlaced with stone could not have achieved such temperatures.7

Nevertheless, experiments carried out in the 1930s by the famous archaeologist V. Gordon Childe and his colleague Wallace Thorneycroft showed that forts could be set on fire and generate enough heat to vitrify the stone.8 In 1934, these two designed a test wall that was 12 feet long, six feet wide and six feet high, which was built for them at Plean Colliery in Stirlingshire. They used old fireclay bricks for the faces and pit props as timber, and filled the cavity between the walls with small cubes of basalt rubble. They covered the top with turf and then piled about four tons of scrap timber and brushwood against the walls and set fire to them. Because of a snowstorm in progress, a strong wind fanned the blazing mixture of wood and stone so that the inner core did attain some vitrification of the rock.

In June 1937, Childe and Thorneycroft duplicated their test vitrification at the ancient fort of Rahoy, in Argyllshire, using rocks found at the site. Their experiments did not resolve any of the questions surrounding vitrified forts, however, because they had only proven that it was theoretically possible to pile enough wood and brush on top of a mixture of wood and stone to vitrify the mass of stone. One criticism of Childe is that he seems to have used a larger proportion of wood to stone than many historians believe made up the ancient wood and stone fortresses.

An important part of Childe’s theory was that it was invaders, not the builders, who were assaulting the forts and then setting fire to the walls with piles of brush and wood; however, it is hard to understand why people would have repeatedly built defences that invaders could destroy with fire, when great ramparts of solid stone would have survived unscathed.

Critics of the assault theory point out that in order to generate enough heat by a natural fire, the walls would have to have been specially constructed to create the heat necessary. It seems unreasonable to suggest the builders would specifically create forts to be burned or that such a great effort would be made by invaders to create the kind of fire it would take to vitrify the walls–at least with traditional techniques.

One problem with all the many theories is their assumption of a primitive state of culture associated with ancient Scotland.

It is astonishing to think of how large and well coordinated the population or army must have been that built and inhabited these ancient structures. Janet and Colin Bord in their book, Mysterious Britain,9 speak of Maiden Castle to give an idea of the vast extent of this marvel of prehistoric engineering.

It covers an area of 120 acres, with an average width of 1,500 feet and length of 3,000 feet. The inner circumference is about 11Ú2 miles round, and it has been estimated…that it would require 250,000 men to defend it! It is hard, therefore, to believe that this construction was intended to be a defensive position.

A great puzzle to archaeologists has always been the multiple and labyrinthine east and west entrances at each end of the enclosure. Originally they may have been built as a way for processional entry by people of the Neolithic era. Later, when warriors of the Iron Age were using the site as a fortress, they probably found them useful as a means of confusing the attacking force trying to gain entry. The fact that so many of these “hill-forts” have two entrances–one north of east and the other south of west–also suggests some form of Sun ceremonial.

With 250,000 men defending a fort, we are talking about a huge army in a very organised society. This is not a bunch of fur-wearing Picts with spears defending a fort from marauding bands of hunter-gatherers. The questions remain, though. What huge army might have occupied these cliffside forts by the sea or lake entrances? And what massive maritime power were these people unsuccessfully defending themselves against?

The forts on the western coast of Scotland are reminiscent of the mysterious clifftop forts in the Aran Islands on the west coast of Ireland. Here we truly have shades of the Atlantis story, with a powerful naval fleet attacking and conquering its neighbours in a terrible war. It has been theorised that the terrible battles of the Atlantis story took place in Wales, Scotland, Ireland and England–however, in the case of the Scottish vitrified forts it looks as if these were the losers of a war, not the victors. And defeat can be seen across the land: the war dykes in Sussex, the vitrified forts of Scotland, the utter collapse and disappearance of the civilisation that built these things. What long-ago Armageddon destroyed ancient Scotland?

In ancient times there was a substance known through writings as Greek fire. This was some sort of ancient napalm bomb that was hurled by catapult and could not be put out. Some forms of Greek fire were even said to burn under water and were therefore used in naval battles. (The actual composition of Greek fire is unknown, but it must have contained chemicals such as phosphorus, pitch, sulphur or other flammable chemicals.)

Could a form of Greek fire have been responsible for the vitrification? While ancient astronaut theorists may believe that extraterrestrials with their atomic weapons vitrified these walls, it seems more likely that they are the result of a man-made apocalypse of a chemical nature. With siege machines, battleships and Greek fire, did a vast flotilla storm the huge forts and eventually burn them down in a hellish blaze?

The evidence of the vitrified forts is clear: some hugely successful and organised civilisation was living in Scotland, England and Wales in prehistoric times, circa 1000 BC or more, and was building gigantic structures including forts. This apparently was a maritime civilisation that prepared itself for naval warfare as well as other forms of attack.

Vitrified Ruins in France, Turkey and the Middle East

Vitrified forts in France are discussed in the American Journal of Science (vol. 3, no. 22, 1881) in an article entitled “On the Substances Obtained from Some ‘Forts Vitrifiés’ in France”, by M. Daubrée. The author mentions several forts in Brittany and northern France whose granite blocks have been vitrified. He cites the “partially fused granitic rocks from the forts of Château-vieux and of Puy de Gaudy (Creuse), also from the neighbourhood of Saint Brieuc (Côtes-du-Nord)”.10 Daubrée, understandably, could not readily find an explanation for the vitrification.

Similarly, the ruins of Hattusas in central Turkey, an ancient Hittite city, are partially vitrified. The Hittites are said to be the inventors of the chariot, and horses were of great importance to them. It is on the ancient Hittite stelae that we first see a depiction of the chariot in use. However, it seems unlikely that horsemanship and wheeled chariots were invented by the Hittites; it is highly likely that chariots were in use in ancient China at the same time.

The Hittites were also linked to the world of ancient India. Proto-Indic writing has been found at Hattusas, and scholars now admit that the civilisation of India, as the ancient Indian texts like the Ramayana have said, goes back many millennia.

In his 1965 book, The Bible as History,11 German historian Werner Keller cites some of the mysteries concerning the Hittites. According to Keller, the Hittites are first mentioned in the Bible (in Genesis 23) in connection with the biblical patriarch Abraham who acquired from the Hittites a burial place in Hebron for his wife Sarah. Conservative classical scholar Keller is confused by this, because the time period of Abraham was circa 2000-1800 BC, while the Hittites are traditionally said to have appeared in the 16th century BC.

Even more confusing to Keller is the biblical statement (in Numbers 13:29-30) that the Hittites were the founders of Jerusalem. This is a fascinating statement, as it would mean that the Hittites also occupied Ba’albek, which lies between their realm and Jerusalem. The TempleMount at Jerusalem is built on a foundation of huge ashlars, as is Ba’albek. The Hittites definitely used the gigantic megalithic construction known as cyclopean–huge, odd-shaped polygonal blocks, perfectly fitted together. The massive walls and gates of Hattusas are eerily similar in construction to those in the high Andes and other megalithic sites around the world. The difference at Hattusas is that parts of the city are vitrified, and the walls of rock have been partly melted. If the Hittites were the builders of Jerusalem, it would mean that the ancient Hittite Empire existed for several thousand years and had frontiers with Egypt. Indeed, the Hittite hieroglyphic script is undeniably similar to Egyptian hieroglyphs, probably more so than any other language.

Just as Egypt goes back many thousands of years BC and is ultimately connected to Atlantis, so does the ancient Hittite Empire. Like the Egyptians, the Hittites carved massive granite sphinxes, built on a cyclopean scale and worshipped the Sun. The Hittites also used the common motif of a winged disc for their Sun god, just as the Egyptians did. The Hittites were well known in the ancient world because they were the main manufacturers of iron and bronze goods. The Hittites were metallurgists and seafarers. Their winged discs may in fact have been representations of vimanas–flying machines.

Some of the ancient ziggurats of Iran and Iraq also contain vitrified material, sometimes thought by archaeologists to be caused by the Greek fire. For instance, the vitrified remains of the ziggurat at Birs Nimrod (Borsippa), south of Hillah, were once confused with the Tower ofBabel. The ruins are crowned by a mass of vitrified brickwork–actual clay bricks fused together by intense heat. This may be due to the horrific ancient wars described in the Ramayana and Mahabharata, although early archaeologists attributed the effect to lightning.

Greek Fire, Plasma Guns and Atomic Warfare


Just as battles in the 20th century have been fought with incredibly devastating weapons, it may well be that battles in the latter days of Atlantis were fought with highly sophisticated, high-tech weapons.

The mysterious Greek fire was a “chemical fireball”. Incendiary mixtures go back at least to the 5th century BC, when Aineias the Tactician wrote a book called On the Defence of Fortified Positions. Said he:12

And fire itself, which is to be powerful and quite inextinguishable, is to be prepared as follows. Pitch, sulphur, tow, granulated frankincense, and pine sawdust in sacks you should ignite if you wish to set any of the enemy’s works on fire.

  1. Sprague de Camp mentions in his book, The Ancient Engineers,13 that at some point it was found that petroleum, which seeps out of the ground in Iraq and elsewhere, made an ideal base for incendiary mixtures because it could be squirted from syringes of the sort then used in fighting fires. Other substances were added to it, such as sulphur, olive oil, rosin, bitumen, salt and quicklime.

Some of these additives may have helped–sulphur at least made a fine stench–but others did not, although it was thought that they did. Salt, for instance, may have been added because the sodium in it gave the flame a bright orange colour. The ancients, supposing that a brighter flame was necessarily a hotter flame, mistakenly believed that salt made the fire burn more fiercely. Such mixtures were put in thin wooden casks and thrown from catapults at hostile ships and at wooden siege engines and defence works.

According to de Camp, in AD 673 the architect Kallinikos fled ahead of Arab invaders from Helipolis-Ba’albek to Constantinople. There he revealed to Emperor Constantine IV an improved formula for a liquid incendiary. This could not only be squirted at the foe but could also be used with great effect at sea, because it caught fire when it touched the water and floated, flaming on the waves.

De Camp says that Byzantine galleys were armed with a flame-throwing apparatus in the bow, consisting of a tank of this mixture, a pump and a nozzle. With the help of this compound, the Byzantines broke the Arab sieges of AD 674-76 and AD 715-18, and also beat off the Russian attacks of AD 941 and 1043. The incendiary liquid wrought immense havoc; of 800 Arab ships which attacked Constantinople in 716 AD, only a handful returned home.

The formula for the wet version of Greek fire has never been discovered. Says de Camp:

By careful security precautions, the Byzantine Emperors succeeded in keeping the secret of this substance, called “wet fire” or “wild fire”, so dark that it never did become generally known. When asked about it, they blandly replied that an angel had revealed the formula to the first Constantine.

We can, therefore, only guess the nature of the mixture. According to one disputed theory, wet fire was petroleum with an admixture of calcium phosphide, which can be made from lime, bones and urine. Perhaps Kallinikos stumbled across this substance in the course of alchemical experiments.

Vitrification of brick, rock and sand may have been caused by any number of high-tech means. New Zealand author Robin Collyns suggests in his book, Ancient Astronauts: A Time Reversal?,14 that there are five methods by which the ancients or “ancient astronauts” might have waged war on various societies on planet Earth. He outlines how these methods are again on the rise in modern society. The five methods are: plasma guns, fusion torches, holes punched in the ozone layer, manipulation of weather processes and the release of immense energy, such as with an atomic blast. As Collyns’s book was published in Britain in 1976, the mentions of holes in the ozone layer and weather warfare seem strangely prophetic.

Explaining the plasma gun, Collyns says:

The plasma gun has already been developed experimentally for peaceful purposes: Ukrainian scientists from the Geotechnical Mechanics Institute have experimentally drilled tunnels in iron ore mines by using a plasmatron, i.e., a plasma gas jet which delivers a temperature of 6,000°C.

A plasma, in this case, is an electrified gas. Electrified gases are also featured in the Vymaanika-Shaastra,15 the ancient book from India on vimanas, which cryptically talks of using for fuel the liquid metal mercury, which could be a plasma if electrified.

Collyns goes on to describe a fusion torch:

This is still another possible method of warfare used by spacemen, or ancient advanced civilisations on Earth. Perhaps the solar mirrors of antiquity really were fusion torches? The fusion torch is basically a further development of the plasma jet. In 1970 a theory to develop a fusion torch was presented at the New York aerospace science meeting by Drs Bernard J. Eastlund and William C. Cough. The basic idea is to generate a fantastic heat of at least fifty million degrees Celsius which could be contained and controlled. That is, the energy released could be used for many peaceful applications with zero radioactive waste products to avoid contaminating the environment, or zero production of radioactive elements which would be highly dangerous, such as plutonium which is the most deadly substance known to man. Thermonuclear fusion occurs naturally in stellar processes, and unnaturally in man-made H-bomb explosions.

The fusion of a deuterium nucleus (a heavy hydrogen isotope which can be easily extracted from sea water) with another deuterium nucleus, or with tritium (another isotope of hydrogen) or with helium, could be used. The actual fusion torch would be an ionised plasma jet which would vaporise anything and everything that the jet was directed at–if…used for harmful purposes–while for peaceful applications, one use of the torch could be to reclaim basic elements from junk metals.

University of Texas scientists announced in 1974 that they had actually developed the first experimental fusion torch which gave an incredible heat output of ninety-three degrees Celsius. This is five times the previous hottest temperature for a contained gas and is twice the minimum heat needed for fusion, but it was held only for one fifty-millionth of a second instead of the one full second which would be required.

It is curious to note here that Dr Bernard Eastlund is the patent holder of another unusual device–one that is associated with the High-frequency Active Auroral Research Program (HAARP), based at Gakona, Alaska. HAARP is allegedly linked to weather manipulation–one of the ways in which Collyns thinks the ancients waged warfare.

As far as holes in the ozone layer and weather manipulation go, Collyns says:

Soviet scientists have discussed and proposed at the United Nations a ban on developing new warfare ideas such as creating holes or “windows” in the ozone layer to bombard specific areas of the Earth with increased natural ultra-violet radiation, which would kill all life-forms and turn the land into barren desert.

Other ideas discussed at the meeting were the use of “infrasound” to demolish ships by creating acoustic fields on the sea, and hurling a huge chunk of rock into the sea with a cheap atomic device. The resultant tidal wave could demolish the coastal fringe of a country. Other tidal waves could be created by detonating nuclear devices at the frozen poles. Controlled floods, hurricanes, earthquakes and droughts directed towards specific targets and cities are other possibilities.

Finally, although not a new method of warfare, incendiary weapons are now being developed to the point where “chemical fireballs” will be produced which radiated thermal energy similar to that of an atomic bomb.

Vitrified Ruins in California’s Death Valley: Evidence of Atomic War?

In Secrets of the Lost Races,16 Rene Noorbergen discusses the evidence for a cataclysmic war in the remote past that included the use of airships and weapons that vitrified stone cities.

The most numerous vitrified remains in the New World are located in the western United States. In 1850 the American explorer Captain Ives William Walker was the first to view some of these ruins, situated in Death Valley. He discovered a city about a mile long, with the lines of the streets and the positions of the buildings still visible. At the center he found a huge rock, between 20 to 30 feet high, with the remains of an enormous structure atop it. The southern side of both the rock and the building was melted and vitrified. Walker assumed that a volcano had been responsible for this phenomenon, but there is no volcano in the area. In addition, tectonic heat could not have caused such a liquefication of the rock surface.

An associate of Captain Walker who followed up his initial exploration commented: “The whole region between the rivers Gila and San Juan is covered with remains. The ruins of cities are to be found there which must be most extensive, and they are burnt out and vitrified in part, full of fused stones and craters caused by fires which were hot enough to liquefy rock or metal. There are paving stones and houses torn with monstrous cracks. [as though they had] been attacked by a giant’s fire-plough.”

These vitrified ruins in Death Valley sound fascinating–but do they really exist? There certainly is evidence of ancient civilisations in the area. In Titus Canyon, petroglyphs and inscriptions have been scratched into the walls by unknown prehistoric hands. Some experts think the graffiti might have been made by people who lived here long before the Indians we know of, because extant Indians know nothing of the glyphs and, indeed, regard them with superstitious awe.

Says Jim Brandon in Weird America:17

Piute legends tell of a city beneath Death Valley that they call Shin-au-av. Tom Wilson, an Indian guide in the 1920s, claimed that his grandfather had rediscovered the place by wandering into a miles-long labyrinth of caves beneath the valley floor.

Eventually the Indian came to an underworld city where the people spoke an incomprehensible language and wore clothing made of leather.

Wilson told this story after a prospector named White claimed he had fallen through the floor of an abandoned mine at Wingate Pass and into an unknown tunnel. White followed this into a series of rooms, where he found hundreds of leather-clad humanoid mummies. Gold bars were stacked like bricks and piled in bins.

White claimed he had explored the caverns on three occasions. On one, his wife accompanied him; and on another, his partner, Fred Thomason. However, none of them [was] able to relocate the opening to the cavern when they tried to take a group of archaeologists on a tour of the place.

Vitrified Ruins in California’s Death Valley

It seems one local character knew how to find the place. Brandon relates that “Death Valley Scotty”, an eccentric who spent millions building a castle-estate in the area, was known to go “prospecting” when funds ran low. Death Valley Scotty would check out for a few days of wandering in the nearby Grapevine Mountains, bringing back suspiciously refined-looking gold that he claimed he had prospected. Many believe that he got his gold from the stacked gold bars in the tunnel system beneath Death Valley.

Evidence of a lost civilisation in Death Valley came in a bizarre report of caves and mummies in the Hot Citizen, a Nevada paper, on August 5, 1947. The story ran as follows:










A band of amateur archaeologists announced today they have discovered a lost civilization of men nine feet tall in Californian caverns. Howard E. Hill, spokesman for the expedition, said the civilization may be “the fabled lost continent of Atlantis”.

The caves contain mummies of men and animals and implements of a culture 80,000 years old but “in some respects more advanced than ours,” Hill said. He said the 32 caves covered a 180-square-mile area in California’s Death Valley and southern Nevada.


“This discovery may be more important than the unveiling of King Tut’s tomb,” he said.

Professional archaeologists were skeptical of Hill’s story. Los Angeles County Museum scientists pointed out that dinosaurs and tigers which Hill said lay side by side in the caves appeared on Earth 10,000,000 to 13,000,000 years apart.

Hill said the caves were discovered in 1931 by Dr F. Bruce Russell, Beverly Hills physician, who literally fell in while sinking a shaft for a mining claim.

“He tried for years to interest people in them,” Hill said, “but nobody believed him.”

Russell and several hobbyists incorporated after the war as Amazing Explorations, Inc. and started digging. Several caverns contained mummified remains of “a race of men eight to nine feet tall,” Hill said. “They apparently wore a prehistoric zoot suit–a hair garment of medium length, jacket and knee-length trousers.”


Another cavern contained their ritual hall with devices and markings similar to the Masonic order, he said.

“A long tunnel from this temple took the party into a room where,” Hill said, “well-preserved remains of dinosaurs, saber-toothed tigers, imperial elephants and other extinct beasts were paired off in niches as if on display.

“Some catastrophe apparently drove the people into the caves,” he said.

“All of the implements of their civilization were found,” he said, “including household utensils and stoves which apparently cooked by radio waves.”

“I know,” he said, “that you won’t believe that.”

While of doubtful authenticity, this is an interesting story, to say the least. The last comment about cooking food with radio waves being unbelievable is ironic. That is the one thing that modern readers of the story could certainly believe was true, considering the widespread use of microwave ovens today. Who had heard of them in 1947?

Sodom and Gomorrah meet Hiroshima and Nagasaki

Probably the most famous of all ancient “nuke ’em” stories is the well-known biblical tale of Sodom and Gomorrah:

And the Lord said, Because the cry of Sodom and Gomorrah is great, and because their sin is very grievous. Then the Lord rained upon Sodom and upon Gomorrah, brimstone and fire from the Lord out of heaven; And he overthrew those cities, and all the plain, and all the inhabitants of the cities, and that which grew upon the ground. But his [Lot’s] wife looked back from behind him, and she became a pillar of salt. And lo, the smoke of the country went up as the smoke of a furnace. (Genesis 18:20; 19:24-26,28)

This biblical passage has come to epitomise the destructive power of God’s wrath visited on those places which sin. The Bible is very specific about the site of Sodom and Gomorrah plus several other towns; they were in the Vale of Siddim, which was located at the southern end of the Salt Sea (now called the Dead Sea). Other towns in the area, according to the Bible, were Zoar, Admah and Zeboiim (Genesis 14:2). As late as the Middle Ages, a town called Zoar existed in the area.

The Dead Sea is 1,293 feet [394 metres] below sea level and at least 1,200 feet [365 m] deep. The bottom of the sea is therefore about 2,500 feet [762 m] below the level of the Mediterranean. Approximately 25 per cent of the water of the Dead Sea consists of solid ingredients, mostly sodium chloride. Normal ocean water is around 4.6 per cent salt. The Jordan and many smaller rivers empty themselves into this basin, which has no solitary outlet. What its tributaries bring to it in the way of chemical substances remain deposited in theDead Sea’s 500 square miles. Evaporation under the broiling sun takes place on the surface of the sea at a rate of over 230 million cubic feet per day. Arab tradition has it that so many poisonous gases come out of the lake that birds could not fly across it, as they would die before reaching the other side.

The Dead Sea was first explored in modern times in 1848 when W. F. Lynch, an American geologist, led an expedition. He brought ashore from his government research ship two metal boats which he fastened onto large-wheeled carts. Pulled by a long team of horses, his expedition reached the Dead Sea some months later. Lynch and his team discovered that the traditions were correct in that a man could not sink in the sea. They also surveyed the lake, noting its unusual depth and the shallow area or “tongue” at the southern end of the lake. This area is thought to be where the Vale of Siddim was located and the five cities existed. It is possible to see entire forests of trees encrusted with salt beneath the water in this southern part of the lake.

Standard historical theory on the destruction of Sodom and Gomorrah, such as in The Bible As History by Werner Keller,18 holds that the cities of the Vale of Siddim were destroyed when a plate movement caused the Great Rift Valley–of which the Dead Sea is a part–to shift, and the area at the southern end of the Dead Sea to subside. In the great earthquake there were probably explosions, natural gases issuing forth and brimstone falling like rain. This is likely to have happened about 2000 BC, the time of Abraham and Lot, thinks Keller, though geologists place the event many thousands of years before this. Says Keller:

The Jordan Valley is only part of a huge fracture in the Earth’s crust. The path of this crack has meantime been accurately traced. It begins far north, several hundred miles beyond the borders of Palestine, at the foot of the Taurus mountains in Asia Minor. In the south it runs from the south shore of the Dead Sea through the Wadi el-Arabah to the Gulf of Aqabah and only comes to an end beyond the Red Sea in Africa. At many points in this vast depression, signs of intense volcanic activity are obvious. In the Galilean mountains, in the highlands ofTransjordan, on the banks of the Jabbok, a tributary of the Jordan, and on the Gulf of Aqabah are black basalt and lava…

The subsidence released volcanic forces that had been lying dormant, deep down along the whole length of the fracture. In the upper valley of the Jordan near Bashan there are still the towering craters of extinct volcanoes; great stretches of lava and deep layers of basalt have been deposited on the limestone surface. From time immemorial the area around this depression has been subject to earthquakes. There is repeated evidence of them and the Bible itself records them…

Did Sodom and Gomorrah sink when perhaps a part of the base of this huge fissure collapsed still further to the accompaniment of earthquakes and volcanic eruptions?

As for the pillars of salt, Keller says:

To the west of the southern shore and in the direction of the Biblical “Land of the South”, the Negeb, stretches a ridge of hills about 150 feet high and 10 miles from north to south. Their slopes sparkle and glitter in the sunshine like diamonds. It is an odd phenomenon of nature. For the most part this little range of hills consists of pure rock salt. The Arabs call it Jebel Usdum, an ancient name, which preserves in it the word “Sodom”. Many blocks of salt have been worn away by the rain and have crashed downhill. They have odd shapes and some of them stand on end, looking like statues. It is easy to imagine them suddenly seeming to come to life.

These strange statues in salt remind us vividly of the Biblical description of Lot’s wife who was turned into a pillar of salt… And everything in the neighbourhood of the Salt Sea is even to this day quickly covered with a crust of salt.

However, Keller himself admits that there is a very serious problem with this theory of a cataclysm sending the Vale of Siddim to the bottom of the Dead Sea: it must have happened many hundreds of thousands, even millions, of years ago–at least according to most geologists. Says Keller:

In particular, we must remember there can be no question that the Jordan fissure was formed before about 4000 BC. Indeed, according to the most recent presentation of the facts, the origin of the fissure dates back to the Oligocene, the third oldest stage of the Tertiary period. We thus have to think in terms not of thousands, but of millions of years. Violent volcanic activity connected with the Jordan fissure has been shown to have occurred since then, but even so we do not get any further than the Pleistocene which came to an end approximately ten thousand years ago. Certainly we do not come anywhere near to the third, still less the second millennium before Christ–the period, that is to say, in which the patriarchs are traditionally placed.

In short, Keller is saying that any geological catastrophe that would have destroyed Sodom and Gomorrah would have had to have happened a million years ago, or so geologists have told him. Keller says that geologists have not found any evidence of a recent catastrophe at the southern end of the Dead Sea, at least not for about 10,000 years. Says Keller:

In addition, it is precisely to the south of the Lisan peninsula, where Sodom and Gomorrah are reported to have been annihilated, that the traces of former volcanic activity cease. In short, the proof in this area of a quite recent catastrophe which wiped out towns and was accompanied by violent volcanic activity is not provided by the findings of the geologists.

So here is the problem: the Dead Sea area may have had a cataclysm that could be the origin of the Old Testament story; however, conservative uniformitarian geologists have said that any such Earth changes must have occurred long before any sort of collective memory of the event.

In late 1999, a new theory was proposed by British Bible scholar Michael Sanders and an international team of researchers who, after several fraught weeks of diving in a mini-submarine, discovered what appears to be the salt-encrusted remains of ancient settlements on the seabed. Sanders told a television crew from BBC/Channel 4 who were making a documentary about the expedition:

There is a good chance that these mounds are covering up brick structures and are one of the lost cities of the plains, possibly even Sodom or Gomorrah, though I would have to examine the evidence. These Bible stories were handed down by word of mouth from generation to generation before they were written down, and there seems to be a great deal in this one.

Sanders had unearthed a map dating from 1650, which reinforced his belief that the sites of the two cities could be under the northern basin rather than on the southern edge of the Dead Sea. He recruited Richard Slater, an American geologist and expert in deep-sea diving, to take him to the depths of the Dead Sea in the two-man Delta mini-submarine that was involved in the discovery of the sunken ocean-liner, the Lusitania. Sanders’s location for Sodom and Gomorrah, in the deep northern part of the Dead Sea, is even more at odds with history and geology than Keller’s theory of the cities being at the shallow southern end.

Therefore we come back to the popular theory that these cities were not destroyed in a geological cataclysm but in a man-made (or extraterrestrial-made) apocalypse that was technological in nature. Were Sodom and Gomorrah attacked with atomic weapons, as Hiroshimaand Nagasaki were?

Researcher L. M. Lewis, in his book Footprints on the Sands of Time,19 maintains that both Sodom and Gomorrah were destroyed by atomic weapons and that the salt pillars and high salt content around the Dead Sea are evidence of a nuclear blast. Says Lewis:

When Hiroshima was being rebuilt, stretches of sandy soil were found to have been atomically changed into a substance resembling a glazed silicon permeated by a saline crystalloid. Little blocks of this were cut from the mass and sold to tourists as souvenirs of the town–and of atomic action.

Had an even larger explosion pulverized every stone of every building–and had the complete city disappeared into thin air–there would still have been tell-tale indications of what had occurred on the outskirts of the area of devastation. At some points there would surely be a marked difference in the soil or an atomic change in some object of note.

Lewis maintains that if the pillars of salt at the end of the Dead Sea were ordinary salt, they would have disappeared with the periodic rains. Instead, these pillars are of a special, harder salt, only created in a nuclear reaction such as an atomic explosion.

These pillars of salt have indeed lasted a long time. Not only were they present in ancient times, but are still standing today. Lewis quotes from the historian Josephus, who says in his History of the Jews:

…but Lot’s wife, continually turning back to view the city as she went from it, although God had forbidden her so to do, was changed into a pillar of salt; for I have seen it, and it remains to this day.

Comments Lewis:

It should be emphasized that Flavius Josephus lived from 37 to approximately 100 AD. As previously stated, Sodom was disintegrated in 1898 BC. How amazing, then, that Josephus should actually have seen the human “pillar of salt” after it had stood for almost 2,000 years! If it had been ordinary salt, it would have disappeared with the first rains.

There may have been many pillars of salt throughout history, but Lewis thinks the evidence supports an atomic blast:

The atomic change of the soil upon which Lot’s wife stood and that of the shore of Hiroshima have a similarity that cannot be denied! Both had undergone a sudden atomic conversion which could only have been caused by the instant action of nuclear fission. As those things which equal the same thing must be equal to one another, it is difficult to escape the conviction that as Hiroshima was destroyed, so, by similar means, Sodom was disintegrated and Lot’s wife at the same moment atomically changed. Relying on the veracity of Josephus, the only conclusion that can be reached is that Sodom was destroyed by nuclear fission.
The story of Sodom and Gomorrah is puzzling not just because of the destruction but also because of the personalities involved, such as the angel warning Lot to leave the doomed cities. Was Lot warned beforehand that the cities were going to be “nuked” by extraterrestrials or humans with high-tech weapons? Lot was warned to get his family out, but his wife looked back and was blinded by the atomic flash. Perhaps her body was even atomically changed.

At the southern end of the Dead Sea today is a modern chemical plant that looks like an alien base. Strange towers shoot up out of the desert. Bizarre buildings with domes and spires are covered with multi-coloured lights. One expects to see a flying saucer land at any moment. It is the Dead Sea Chemical Works. During the day it looks like an oil refinery or something similar, but at night the lights that are strung about the facility make it seem otherworldly. This huge chemical plant is said to have an endless supply of valuable minerals, including radioactive salts, with which to work. Are some of these chemicals the result of an ancient atomic blast?

Atomic War in Ancient India

These verses are from the Mahabharata (written in ancient Dravidian, then later in Sanskrit) and describe horrific wars fought long before the recorder’s lifetime.

Various omens appeared among the gods: winds blew, meteors fell in thousands, thunder rolled through a cloudless sky.

There he saw a wheel with a rim as sharp as a razor whirling around the soma… Then taking the soma, he broke the whirling machine…

Drona called Arjuna and said: “Accept from me this irresistible weapon called Brahmasira. But you must promise never to use it against a human foe, for if you did it might destroy the world. If any foe who is not a human attacks you, you may use it against him in battle. None but you deserves the celestial weapon that I gave you.”

This is a curious statement, as what other kind of foe different from a human might there have been? Are we talking about an interplanetary war?

I shall fight you with a celestial weapon given to me by Drona. He then hurled the blazing weapon…

At last they came to blows, and seizing their maces struck each other.they fell like falling suns.

These huge animals, like mountains struck by Bhima’s mace, fell with their heads broken, fell upon the ground like cliffs loosened by thunder.

Bhima took him by the arm and dragged him away to an open place where they began to fight like two elephants mad with rage. The dust they raised resembled the smoke of a forest fire; it covered their bodies so that they looked like swaying cliffs wreathed in mist.

Arjuna and Krishna rode to and fro in their chariots on either side of the forest and drove back the creatures which tried to escape. Thousands of animals were burnt, pools and lakes began to boil… The flames even reached Heaven… Indra without loss of time set out for Khandava and covered the sky with masses of clouds; the rain poured down but it was dried in mid-air by the heat.

Several historical records claim that Indian culture has been around for literally tens of thousands of years. Yet, until 1920, all the “experts” agreed that the origins of the Indian civilisation should be placed within a few hundred years of Alexander the Great’s expedition to the subcontinent in 327 BC. However, that was before several great cities like Harappa and Mohenjo-Daro (Mound of the Dead), Kot Diji, Kalibanga and Lothal were discovered and excavated. Lothal, a former port city now miles from the ocean, was discovered in Gujarat, western India, just in the late 20th century.20 These discoveries have forced archaeologists to push back the dates for the origin of Indian civilisation by thousands of years–in line with what the Indians themselves have insisted all along.

A wonder to modern-day researchers, the cities were highly developed and advanced. The way that each city was laid out in regular blocks, with streets crossing each other at right angles and the entire city laid out in sections, gives archaeologists cause to believe that the cities were conceived as a whole before they were built–a remarkable early example of city planning. Even more remarkable is that the plumbing/sewage systems throughout the large cities were so sophisticated–superior to those found in Pakistan, India and many Asian countries today. Sewers were covered, and most homes had private toilets and running water. Furthermore, the water and sewage systems were kept well separated.21, 22, 23

This advanced culture had its own writing, which has never been deciphered. The people used personalised clay seals, much as the Chinese still do today, to officialise documents and letters. Some of the seals found contain figures of animals that are unknown to us today, including an extinct form of the Brahman bull.

Archaeologists really have no idea who the builders were, but their attempts to date the ruins (which they ascribe to the “Indus Valley civilisation”, also called “Harappan”) have come up with something like 2500 BC and older, but radiation from the wars apparently fought in the area may have thrown off the date.

The Rama Empire, described in the Mahabharata and Ramayana, was supposedly contemporaneous with the great cultures of Atlantis and Osiris in the West.

Atlantis, well known from Plato’s writings and ancient Egyptian records, apparently existed in the mid-Atlantic and was a highly technological and patriarchal civilisation.

The Osirian civilisation existed in the Mediterranean basin and northern Africa, according to esoteric doctrine and archaeological evidence, and is generally known as pre-dynastic Egypt. It was flooded when Atlantis sank and the Mediterranean began to fill up with water.

The Rama Empire flourished during the same period, according to esoteric tradition, fading out in the millennium after the destruction of the Atlantean continent.

As noted above, the ancient Indian epics describe a series of horrific wars–wars which could have been fought between ancient India and Atlantis, or perhaps a third party in the Gobi region of western China. The Mahabharata and the Drona Parva speak of the war and of the weapons used: great fireballs that could destroy a whole city; “Kapila’s Glance”, which could burn 50,000 men to ashes in seconds; and flying spears that could ruin whole “cities full of forts”.

The Rama Empire was started by the Nagas (Naacals) who had come into India from Burma and ultimately from “the Motherland to the east”–or so Colonel James Churchward was told. After settling in the Deccan Plateau in northern India, they made their capital in the ancient city of Deccan, where the modern city of Nagpur stands today.

The empire of the Nagas apparently began to extend all over northern India to include the cities of Harappa, Mohenjo-Daro and Kot Diji (now in Pakistan), as well as Lothal, Kalibanga, Mathura and possibly other cities such as Benares, Ayodha and Pataliputra.

These cities were led by “Great Teachers” or “Masters” who were the benevolent aristocracy of the Rama civilisation. Today they are generally called “Priest-Kings” of the Indus Valley civilisation, and a number of statues of these so-called gods have been discovered. In reality, these were apparently men whose mental and psychic powers were of a degree that seems incredible to most people of today. It was at the height of power for both the Rama Empire and Atlantis that the war allegedly broke out, seemingly because of Atlantis’s attempt to subjugate Rama.

According to the Lemurian Fellowship lesson materials, the populace surrounding Mu (Lemuria, which predated the other civilisations) eventually split into two opposing factions: those who prized practicality and those who prized spirituality. The citizenry, or educated elite, of Mu itself was balanced equally in these two qualities. The citizenry encouraged the other groups to emigrate to uninhabited lands. Those who prized practicality emigrated to the Poseid Island group (Atlantis), and those who prized spirituality eventually ended up in India. The Atlanteans, a patriarchal civilisation with an extremely materialistic, technologically oriented culture, deemed themselves “Masters of the World” and eventually sent a well-equipped army to India in order to subjugate the Rama Empire and bring it under the suzerainty of Atlantis.

One account of the battle, related by the Lemurian Fellowship, tells how the Rama Empire Priest-Kings defeated the Atlanteans. Equipped with a formidable force and a “fantastic array of weapons”, the Atlanteans landed in their vailixi outside one of the Rama cities, got their troops in order and sent a message to the ruling Priest-King of the city that he should surrender. The Priest-King sent word back to the Atlantean General:

We of India have no quarrel with you of Atlantis. We ask only that we be permitted to follow our own way of life.

Regarding the ruler’s mild request as a confession of weakness and expecting an easy victory–as the Rama Empire did not possess the technology of war or the aggressiveness of the Atlanteans–the Atlantean General sent another message:

We shall not destroy your land with the mighty weapons at our command, provided you pay sufficient tribute and accept the rulership of Atlantis.

The Priest-King of the city responded humbly again, seeking to avert war:

We of India do not believe in war and strife, peace being our ideal. Neither would we destroy you or your soldiers who but follow orders. However, if you persist in your determination to attack us without cause and merely for the purpose of conquest, you will leave us no recourse but to destroy you and all of your leaders. Depart, and leave us in peace.

Arrogantly, the Atlanteans did not believe that the Indians had the power to stop them, certainly not by technical means. At dawn, the Atlantean army began to march on the city. From a high viewpoint, the Priest-King sadly watched the army advance. Then he raised his arms heavenward, and using a particular mental technique he caused the General and then each officer in order of rank to drop dead in his tracks, perhaps of some sort of heart failure. In a panic, and without leaders, the remaining Atlantean force fled to the waiting vailixi and retreated in terror to Atlantis. Of the sieged Rama city, not one man was lost.

While this may be nothing but fanciful conjecture, the Indian epics go on to tell the rest of the horrible story, and things do not turn out well for Rama. Assuming the above story is true, Atlantis was not pleased at the humiliating defeat and therefore used its most powerful and destructive weapon–quite possibly an atomic-type weapon!

Consider these verses from the ancient Mahabharata:

...(it was) a single projectile charged with all the power of the Universe. An incandescent column of smoke and flame ss bright as the thousand suns rose in all its splendour.. was an unknown weapon, an iron thunderbolt, a gigantic messenger of death, which reduced to ashes the entire race of the Vrishnis and the Andhakas.

..The corpses were so burned as to be unrecognisable. The hair and nails fell out; Pottery broke without apparent cause, and the birds turned white. After a few hours all foodstuffs were infected…

…to escape from this fire the soldiers threw themselves in streams to wash themselves and their equipment.24

In the way we traditionally view ancient history, it seems absolutely incredible that there was an atomic war approximately 10,000 years ago. And yet, of what else could the Mahabharata be speaking? Perhaps this is just a poetic way to describe cavemen clubbing each other to death; after all, that is what we are told the ancient past was like. Until the bombing of Hiroshima and Nagasaki, modern mankind could not imagine any weapon as horrible and devastating as those described in the ancient Indian texts. Yet they very accurately described the effects of an atomic explosion. Radioactive poisoning will make hair and nails fall out. Immersing oneself in water gives some respite, though is not a cure.

Interestingly, Manhattan Project chief scientist Dr J. Robert Oppenheimer was known to be familiar with ancient Sanskrit literature. In an interview conducted after he watched the first atomic test, he quoted from the Bhagavad Gita:

‘Now I am become Death, the Destroyer of Worlds.’
I suppose we all felt that way.

When asked in an interview at Rochester University seven years after the Alamogordo nuclear test whether that was the first atomic bomb ever to be detonated, his reply was:

Well, yes, in modern history.25

Great Civilisations Meet their Doom

Incredible as it may seem, archaeologists have found evidence in India and Pakistan, indicating that some cities were destroyed in atomic explosions. When excavations of Harappa and Mohenjo-Daro reached the street level, they discovered skeletons scattered about the cities, many holding hands and sprawling in the streets as if some instant, horrible doom had taken place. People were just lying, unburied, in the streets of the city. And these skeletons are thousands of years old, even by traditional archaeological standards. What could cause such a thing? Why did the bodies not decay or get eaten by wild animals? Furthermore, there is no apparent cause of a physically violent death.

These skeletons are among the most radioactive ever found, on par with those at Nagasaki and Hiroshima. At one site, Soviet scholars found a skeleton which had a radioactive level 50 times greater than normal.26

The Russian archaeologist A. Gorbovsky mentions the high incidence of radiation associated with the skeletons in his 1966 book, Riddles of Ancient History.27 Furthermore, thousands of fused lumps, christened “black stones”, have been found at Mohenjo-Daro. These appear to be fragments of clay vessels that melted together in extreme heat.

Other cities have been found in northern India that show indications of explosions of great magnitude. One such city, found between the Ganges and the mountains of Rajmahal, seems to have been subjected to intense heat. Huge masses of walls and foundations of the ancient city are fused together, literally vitrified! And since there is no indication of a volcanic eruption at Mohenjo-Daro or at the other cities, the intense heat to melt clay vessels can only be explained by an atomic blast or some other unknown weapon.28, 29, 30 The cities were wiped out entirely.

If we accept the Lemurian Fellowship stories as fact, then Atlantis wanted to waste no more time with the Priest-Kings of Rama and their mental tricks. In terrifying revenge, they utterly destroyed the Rama Empire, leaving no country even to pay tribute to them. The areas around the cities of Harappa and Mohenjo-Daro have also been desolated in the past, though agriculture takes place to a limited extent in the vicinity today.

It is said in esoteric literature that Atlantis at the same time, or shortly afterwards, also attempted to subjugate a civilisation extant in the area of the Gobi Desert, which was then a fertile plain. By using so-called scalar wave weaponry and firing through the centre of the Earth, they wiped out their adversaries–and possibly did themselves in at the same time!

Much speculation naturally exists in connection with remote history. We may never actually know the complete truth, though ancient texts still in existence are certainly a good start.

Atlantis met its own doom, according to Plato, by sinking into the ocean in a mighty cataclysm–not too long after the war with the Rama Empire, I imagine.

Kashmir is also connected with the fantastic war that destroyed the Rama Empire in ancient times. The massive ruins of a temple called Parshaspur can be found just outside Srinagar. It is a scene of total destruction. Huge blocks of stone are scattered about a wide area, giving the impression of explosive annihilation.31 Was Parshaspur destroyed by some fantastic weapon during one of the horrendous battles detailed in the Mahabharata?

Another curious sign of an ancient nuclear war in India is a giant crater near Bombay. The nearly circular 2,154-metre-diameter Lonar crater, located 400 kilometres northeast of Bombay and aged at less than 50,000 years old, could be related to nuclear warfare of antiquity. No trace of any meteoric material, etc., has been found at the site or in the vicinity, and this is the world’s only known “impact” crater in basalt. Indications of great shock (from a pressure exceeding 600,000 atmospheres) and intense, abrupt heat (indicated by basalt glass spherules) can be ascertained from the site.

Orthodoxy cannot, of course, concede nuclear possibilities for such craters, even in the absence of any material meteorite or related evidence. If such geologically recent craters as the Lonar are of meteoric origin, then why don’t such tremendous meteorites fall today? The Earth’s atmosphere 50,000 years ago probably was not much different from today’s, so a lighter atmosphere cannot be advanced as an hypothesis to explain an immense-sized meteorite, which of course would be considerably reduced by heat oxidisation within a gaseously heavier atmosphere. A theory was advanced by American space consultant Pat Frank, to the effect that some of the huge craters on the Earth may be scars from ancient nuclear explosions!32

When one delves further into these mysterious events and catastrophic consequence, it is hard to disregard the existence of nuclear fusion long before anyone in modern scientific history even knew an atom existed..

But there is always the possibility that all the events of our histories literature found in ancient tablets, the dead sea scrolls, the bible, the Mahabharata are all lies created for amusement of the bored religious, political and social leaders of the time.  Hmmm. K.P

The Bible Connection



Pride goes before destruction and humility before honour.  Proverbs 18:12

Before we get started,  In no way is the following information intended to diminish in anyway or bring doubt to the existence of a ruling spiritual power or a persons faith in that existence. The below is designed only to make clearer the biblical text that for so many  remain confusing in it’s context.  I have a strong faith in the word, but It must be understood that most clerical teachings now and in the past are not, and rarely were, intended to impart true biblical understanding or spiritual enlightenment. The teachings were  designed  for the simple purpose of creating and maintaining a socially structured moral environment. 

The fact is,  History has shown, to control the direction of any society you must first have the power to do so. Thus, in the initial stages of Christianity, many religious leaders founded their faith system around the objective of gaining trust then control, not truth and biblical facts.  Once this control was achieved, to maintain their dominance over the masses, spiritual and governing leaders applied strict guidelines of adherence to their faith and their biblical meanings. If anybody contradicted their word or dared to question their spiritual knowledge, death and torture soon followed.

The witch hunts of the 16th century are a prime example of this. This time saw between 40,000 to 60,000 people tortured and executed for believing in alternatives to this man made faith. 

Another example is the crusades which saw approx 1 . 7 million slaughtered under the supposed name of God’s word and faith. Whereas in fact, all these deaths were  carried out to gain POWER and TERRITORY.  People were just convinced or made to believe by the clerics and kings of the time, that it was God’s will to slaughter the millions of infidels. When in actual fact, as stated, it was not God’s will but the spiritual rulers and kings want of more territory and stronger control over other religious foundations.  

The below may be controversial but being controversial doesn’t remove the fact that it is truth, written and recorded by the original scribes of biblical text. “The Hebrews”.   Only those blinded by there belief or sectarian upbringing will disregard the next 2 paragraphs, preferring to remain hidden under the rock of false teachings, lies and distorted clerical teachings.

The fact is, the western word “God” is an actual translation of the Hebrew word “Eliohim”, as written in the old testament. The etymology or root, of the word “Eliohim” as written in the original bible, means literally “those who came from the sky”  This revelation throws a whole new light on the lies and deception that has embedded itself within past and modern clerical teachings.   What this  revelation means to a TRUE christian is that every time you read the word ‘God’ you have to replace it with “those who came from the sky”.

The true meaning of the word God  is enough to change the entire christian based faith system and collapse the foundation of sectarianism power.   (which is why the true meaning is ignored or swept under the carpet)  Sectarian leaders chose to ignore indisputable evidence simply to maintain the stringent guidelines of teachings imposed by the upper church echelons. Thus creating a “Deluded faith”.

The fact is, The profound differences this GOD  translation makes can be found in the bibles foundation book, “Genesis” when ‘God created man in his own image’  But when the actual meaning of God is applied,  the line translates to “Those who came from the sky” created man in his own image”

Genesis 1:26  Änd God said, let us make man in our image. Even without substituting God for the real translation, the quote still uses the plural, ‘US’ and ‘OUR’ not the singular ‘I’  as most Christians have been conditioned by religious salesman to believe. YES, this is a major point of contention, but you don’t have true knowledge or faith if you choose to defend a concocted story of singular that was created by sectarian clerics merely to simplify and make easier the understanding of the word God.  “THE TRUTH WILL SET YOU FREE”if that is what you seek.  When questioned further on this üs”point, church and sect leaders like to “imply” with no factual biblical backup,  that ‘ús’ and ‘our’  meant God and the angels. The HUGE problem with this explanation is, in the bible it states categorically that God and angels  differ GREATLY in appearance, making it impossible for man to be created in the likeness of both.

The fact is: This modern day interpretation of us  (being God and Angel)  has merely been used to simplify the bible’s complex meaning for ease of cleric and sect manipulation. 

This dismissive attitude of the FACTS by supposed learned clerics is both dangerous and non productive to the advancement of biblical understanding and spiritual enlightenment… The purpose of this blog is not to dispute or in anyway degrade the existence or nature of God’s word, but to bring to light  the exactness of current day aerial phenomena compared to the angelic appearances and strange machines mentioned within many original bible text.

The fact is, These strange appearances and machines have been present in the  bible even through it’s many translations.  these translations started with the language of his chosen people, then adopted the language of the Roman world, and now exists in over 2,000 different languages. Far from being a static, one-language text, the Bible actually embraces translation and cross-language accessibility by its very nature. Whether you read the Bible or text in the original languages or in one of a thousands modern tongues you cant deny the presence and exact comparison of ancient aerial phenomena and magic to the hundreds of thousands of modern day UFO and E.B.E contact reports and descriptions.

Hopefully, armed with the FACTS and a spiritually objective mind, this blog may offer a more adjusted understanding as to what actually happened in the many bible text that mention strange Angelic contacts, unusual magical clouds and flaming aerial scrolls.

Whilst we are on the subject of biblical word meanings, I might point out a couple of other actual translations and there implications. The word ‘Angels’ for example, appears hundreds of times throughout the Old Testament.This word stems from the Greek ‘Angelos’ meaning  ‘messenger or agent’.  Therefore, whenever we read ‘An Angel of God descended’ The true translation is  ‘A messenger from those who came from the sky descended’.

Hopefully, for those of you new to the word of God or unblemished by sectarian leaders,   you will be able to comprehend this blog in a light in which it is intended. To those that continue to defend their blind faith based on no true biblical understanding but that of supposed christian leaders you may realise  you have merely been taught (in many cases) by evil people for the purpose of keeping you thoughtless, under control and behaving in a way that satisfies their power ego and financial gain.

To be very blunt, you must see past your deluded faith, comprehend and  accept that “those who came from the sky” in ancient history influenced heavily the religious and social structures of the time. They were not all evil in fact good came from most EBE / Angelic contacts.

Strange aerial phenomena have been reported for many centuries, but only in this century has the phenomenon been studied and analysed in depth by a variety of different disciplines.

  • The M.O.D has studied the phenomena since the 1940’s and has its own reasons for trying to find out what these objects are. (technology being the motivation) 
  • Some New Age religions believe in the phenomena as it feeds into their spiritual view. They believe that these are superior beings from other planets, another dimension, or from within our own planet.
  • Christians believe (are taught) all strange phenomena are demonic and the devils work. Unfortunately this explanation is due mostly to the acceptance of incorrect translations by clerical students. These incorrect teachings are in some cases deliberate so as to ensure their eventual followers will remain subservient and naive to the true text understanding of biblical aerial phenomena.

In the following pages I have listed  Alien/Angelic contact experiences that appear throughout the bible.  I have also noted in some cases historical and modern day reports that mimic the exact experience. These comparisons are not conclusive evidence of ancient Alien/Angelic or UFO existence, nor do they confirm biblical Alien contact.  They do however offer a more feasible and acceptable explanation to many confusing events present within bible that clergyman refuse to discuss or even in some cases acknowledge as fact..

Having read  many  blogs and books authored by supposed learned cleric leaders, I have drawn the conclusion that the majority reject out right any connection between UFO’s and the bible. For many it seems easier to merely blurt out unrelated bible terms or passages that imply “It’s the devils work”  than seek true understanding of the actual events.

It is certainly disconcerting knowing that when supposed biblical theologians  are confronted with questions in relation to unusual aerial observances mentioned in the bible, they basically ignore the question or provide a ridiculous and dismissive response. This is certainly a dangerous practice as it has the potential to leave an individual confused, worse still, reluctant in the future to relay any experience that does not fall within the churches guidelines.  Even when that experience could potentially have been an epiphany.” ( The Fatima incident comes to mind.) 

Personally I find the UFO and BIBLE  connection quite feasible and its pious implications sometimes more acceptable then what is currently being laundered and promoted by church leaders in regards to the UFO  phenomena in general. To state  “It’s ALL  Devil’s work” —  “It’s NOT real”– “It’s ANTI church” is ridiculous,  these are statements of need. (need to say something) not true text understanding.

The fact is… Most social leaders of institutionalized churches are reluctant to relay personal views. Instead choosing for job security reasons, to maintain the teaching guidelines set down by higher church echelon’s.

The fact is…  Most religious leaders reside under a cloud of ignorance and have difficulty accepting truths that contradict their lifetime belief. It is also possible personal embarrassment due to naivety of the subject matter may have a bearing on their decision to remain ignorant and continue down the track of  “All UFO’s are demonic”.

The fact is..  Many  verses within the bible indicate the complete opposite when it comes to  UFO’s and E.B.E contacts  they show in most cases a more benign and enlightening experience for those who were fortunate enough to experience it.

Lets have a quick look at a couple of examples of excepted truth.                                      “The wise men followed a star.”

  1. We have seen his star in the East.— And, behold, the star which they had seen in the East went before them. — Let us examine what this star actually did. It appeared at the moment of Jesus’ birth, and was visible to the wise men in Babylon. If they saw the star over Israel, it would indicate that the star was not astronomical, because stars do not rise in the West — they rise in the East.                                        ”How could a star in the universe go before the wise men? It could not. Bethlehem is to the south of Jerusalem. Stars do not move south; they move west. Also, stars do not settle over single houses,as this one did. ( which begs the question. What aerial object travels low enough to stop mid movement so as to outline a specific manger ?)
  2. And the LORD went before them by day in a pillar of a cloud, to lead them the way; and by night in a pillar of fire, to give them light; to go by day and night: These clouds were also instrumental in slowing down the pursuing armies of the Egyptian pharaoh.  They also emitted light in the darkness to guide the Israelite’s way.  (What clouds are you aware of that can move opposite in direction, deter an army from attacking and produce enough light to guide thousands of people?) 
  3. Why are you crying out to me? Tell the Israelites to move on. 16 Raise your staff and stretch out your hand over the sea to divide the water so that the Israelites can go through the sea on dry ground.   This event along with the other 2 mentioned in the bible mimic closely the USO phenomena where Navy, Trawler and pilot reports describe instances where unknown aerial craft  have used the manipulation of gravitational fields so as to allow water separation or displacement without creating waves for the purpose of craft entry into and out of oceans and lakes.

The more you look into this association the more you realize there seems to be a definite  connection and exactness between bible scriptures and historical UFO experiences.

So what changed that we now call anything observed coming from the heavens evil or devil controlled. Certainly there are lines within scriptures that justify this demon heading, for example, in Corinthians 11:14   we read  “And no wonder, for even Satan disguises himself as an angel of light…”  but why do we not hear more about the complete scriptures  that seem to reveal a definite Angelic attachment to heavenly encountered UFO’s and Aliens.

Regardless of what you currently believe or would like to believe, the UFO phenomena is as real as your next dinner and has been a part of human civilisation for 10’s of thousands of years.  If you do not believe that alternative specie exist in our realm of reality, take the time to view my  “A Difference in Perspective” blog which contains centuries of official and ancient documented aerial phenomena and E.B.E visitations.

If you consider the below in the Alien/Angelic context it will enable a true Christian (One lead by the spirit not the tongue) to understand with far more clarity the link between current UFO experiences and the bible connection.

NOTE:: If you do not believe God is capable of creating other intelligent specie within his own universe which  differ greatly in genetic structure, or who’s intelligence is far more advanced than ourselves,  you probably need to re access your chosen faith also re-adjust your thinking and understanding as to just how powerful our god really is…  

 John 18:36   Jesus answered, “My kingdom is not of this world. If my kingdom were of this world, my servants would have been fighting, that I might not be delivered over to the Jews. But my kingdom is not from the world.”  

The fact is…  Jesus is pointing out physical servants not spiritual servants as portrayed by the current churches….  A spiritual servant would know Jesus’s circumstances and assist him in any way possible,  A physical one, “not of this world” would not be able to do anything  or may not even  be  aware of Jesus’s  impending ordeal.  

Just remember,  when a biblical text is explained in a different light than that proposed by church or sect leaders, this does not mean the alternative explanation is of an evil nature.  It merely means you have an opportunity to decide for yourself whether or not what you believe is based on actual historical biblical truth  or the manipulated emotional teachings of a clergy salesman for purpose of power control and financial gain.   


That said, lets get started..


Who layeth the beams of his chambers in the waters: who maketh the clouds his chariot: who walketh upon the wings of the wind:  Yhovah makes thick clouds his vehicles and travels on the edge of the  wind.  Psalm 104:3



After some of the following scriptures I have included documented comparisons to  historical and modern day experiences that resemble the same biblical phenomena. (So as to grasp the enormity  of this phenomena, to include ALL similar comparison  throughout history would take years of writing or copying .   

Revelation 16:14. “For they are demonic spirits, performing signs, who go abroad to the kings of the whole world, to assemble them for battle on the great day of God the Almighty

.To put this verse into the connection perspective, but not detract from its powerful message,  God created man…  which in the course of history  has developed into many nations of  differing appearances  Japanese, Chinese, European, Indian, Eskimo’s, Black, White.  Many within these cultures have developed evil intentions and possibly demonic spirits.  This too would apply to other biological entities God has chosen to create within his universe, and like their human counterparts, some would have developed  evil and controlling intentions, whilst others would remain peaceful, loving and pious. 

Isaiah 60:8   Who are these that fly like a cloud, and like doves to their windows?

Historical text relate stories of  angels on clouds, Hindu avatars flying in craft covered by clouds,  even an image that the gods or god live on the clouds. 


1809,  I saw many objects  moving around the edge of a  cloud from which lightnings flashed. They were like dazzling specks of light, dancing and traipsing thro’ the clouds. One increased in size till it became of the brilliancy and magnitude of Venus, on a clear evening. But I could see no body in the light. It moved with great rapidity, and coasted the edge of the cloud. Then it be­came stationary, dimmed its splendour, and vanished. I saw these strange lights for minutes, not seconds. For at least an hour, these lights, so strange, and in innumerable points, played in and out of this black cloud. No lightning came from the clouds where these lights were playing. 


*”The cloud like object was seen moving slowly through the sky and tumbling in such a way to          reveal a transparency effect and twinkling lights within it”.

*”The object was covered with what looked like a mist.”

*”A cloud lighted up from behind, and then I saw the saucer.”

*”The objects seem to be half-covered with clouds, and I wondered if there was an optical                  illusion involved.”

  • Zechariah 5:1-2   Again I lifted my eyes and saw, and behold, a flying scroll! And he said to me, “What do you see?” I answered, “I see a flying scroll. Its length is twenty cubits, and its width ten cubits.”


1877 -Vence France “Fiery Speres that were extremely luminous came from a cloud of peculiar shape, similar to a cigar and traveled slowly towards the west for an hour.   

North Carolina   As this strange  “cigar shaped”   object passed overhead, we listened specifically for any sound patterns. There were none. The object just passed by at quick and steady pace until it was no longer visible.


Zechariah 5:1  Again I lifted my eyes and saw, and behold, a flying scroll!

International Space Station- 2006 = , ‘As I was watching, I noticed a long “cylinder object” (Flying Scroll)  floating along side and below the space station. Its speed was matched with the ISS, but the object was semi-transparent. Astronaut Waring ISS.


Note:  NASA immediately cut the live feed  from the ISS when this object was discovered.

2 Kings 2:11  And as they still went on and talked, behold, chariots of fire and horses of fire separated the two of them. And Elijah went up by a whirlwind into heaven.


Pennsylvania- The path it was traveling in was coming directly towards me,  it was  brilliant white flames, that appeared to be what looked like an upside down white Styrofoam cup type object. The flames were the brightest white I’ve ever seen.

The Manhattan Abduction case -1989- Two CIA bodyguards of a senior United Nations statesman identified later as Javier Perez de Cuellar, who, according to them, was visibly shaken while viewing the surreal scene and unbelievable sight…the plight of a woman being abducted and floated through the air.

Note: The high-level of security clearance, mental balance and professionalism required to become a diplomatic bodyguard’  was no help in dealing with what they had seen. What they witnessed that night created a deep impact on their lives  so much so that after the event they both became irrational and psychotic, . Both were retired from the CIA soon after. One eventually ended up in a mental institution under permanent suicide watch. 

Acts 9:3  Now as he went on his way, he approached Damascus, and suddenly a light from heaven flashed around him.



Toronto – 2014- When asked to describe what she saw that night, Sarah Chun shared that the bright lights were high up in the sky, round in shape and stayed for about 25 minutes before flying off and finally disappearing in the sky.

Lake Sorell, AustraliaFebruary, 26, 1975 –Two men sighted two UFOs at Lake Sorell in Tasmania. “It was about 2-1/2 miles away when we saw it move – and then it was right there only about 1,000 yards away and 500 feet above the lake.” The size of the object was no less than 200 feet in diameter. During the next few minutes the object turned on a “monstrous light” which was directed down toward the lake.

NEWSPAPER CLIPPINGS of  ufo stories (10)

Ezekiel 10:9-11  And I looked, and behold, there were four wheels beside the cherub, one beside each cherub, and the appearance of the wheels was like sparkling beryl. And as for their appearance, the four had the same likeness, as if a wheel were within a wheel. When they went, they went in any of their four directions without turning as they went, but in whatever direction the front wheel faced, the others followed without turning as they went.



May 15, 1879, the following was recorded in the ship “Vulture”  captains log at 9:40 P.M.,   “In the Persian Gulf two giant luminous wheels were observed spinning and slowly descending. They were seen for thirty five minutes, had an estimated diameter of forty meters and were about four diameters apart.”

Another log entry 1 year later, but by another ship, the steamer “Patna”  Log report.. “giant wheels” were seen in May and in the same part of the ocean as the Vulture reported 

In 1893 several observations by ships and trawlers were recorded of  “wheels” at sea . were made, mainly between Japan and China.

United ‘ States, December 20, 1893, another huge “wheel”giv­ing off noise appeared; it remained motionless for fifteen minutes before leavingaaaaa

Ezekiel’s narrative in the Bible is mainly concerned with describing this incident in his own phraseology, however vague it may seem to us today. Ezekiel lived in an era of few metals’ and no machines. The war chariot and the plough were the last word in their “technology.” For this reason it was extremely difficult for Ezekiel to portray with his vocabulary the event he witnessed.

The vehicle which Ezekiel observed had four distinct pillars. From each pillar protruded two wings, eight in all, which moved about. At the base of each column
there were rings with circular openings. The four columns formed a cubic body over which there was a transparent dome. For lack of any better term Ezekiel defined it as
a “firmament.” A throne of sapphire stone crowned the dome, encircled by a rainbow. The reference to sapphire, amber, crystal and beryl may be allusions to plastics which certain parts of the ship were made of. The prophet describes the workings of this extraordinary craft. Except for the wings no other parts moved. The wings produced a sound “like the noise of great waters.” A fiery and thunderous exhaust issued from the base of the engine. The incident is so objectively depicted that it could hardly be considered a tale to impress superstitious lis­teners. This ship had other unusual features-it could ex­tend a “hand” giving Ezekiel a roll with inscriptions “within and without.” Then the prophet was taken on board the craft to Tel Abib Mountains. There he remained “speechless” for seven days.

Ezekiel 1:4-5 

As I looked, behold, a stormy wind came out of the north, and a great cloud, with brightness around it, and fire flashing forth continually, and in the midst of the fire, as it were gleaming metal. And from the midst of it came the likeness of four living creatures. And this was their appearance: they had a human likeness.



In 213 B.c. in Hadria an “altar” was seen in the sky, accompanied by the· form of a man in white clothing. A total of a dozen such observations between 222 and 90 B.c. can be listed.

Washington – 2014 – “I saw a being hovering about 5 feet above the ground in the middle of the freeway “The being was translucent in appearance, about 7 feet tall. It had long lanky limbs. It did not appear to be clothed yet did not look naked as it was reflecting everything around it, like you could see through it but it still obviously had a definite form. It was a human-like form. 

Imjärvi, Finland – 1970 – Aarno Heinonen and Esko Viljo were out skiing, when they encountered a 10-foot wide UFO that approached and hovered near them. A bright light beam was the emitted, and a thin tall humanoid creature appeared, carrying a black box with a pulsating yellow light.

Ephesians 6:12  For we do not wrestle against flesh and blood, but against the rulers, against the authorities, against the cosmic powers over this present darkness, against the spiritual forces of evil in the heavenly places.

NOTE;  Unless you are a believer and follower of the Most High with your eyes opened as to what’s going on, then you are most likely being manipulated and controlled  in one way or another. And this manipulation includes the majority of faithful believers as well,  they have not yet had their eyes opened to the truth and facts, they have faith only in the emotional manipulated teachings  of our blinded leaders.  Every person now born and every group we form whether it be a government,  religion, military,  even secret societies and cults have all fallen  under the influence of some outside influences that are not necessarily beneficial to our existence.   Fact not Fiction.  

2 Samuel 22:8-16  “Then the earth reeled and rocked; the foundations of the heavens trembled and quaked, because he was angry. Smoke went up from his nostrils, and devouring fire from his mouth; glowing coals flamed forth from him. He bowed the heavens and came down; thick darkness was under his feet. He rode on a cherub and flew; he was seen on the wings of the wind. He made darkness around him his canopy, thick clouds, a gathering of water. …


332 BC Phoenicia, Tyre  During a siege by the Greeks a fleet of flying shields is described as plunging from the sky and breaching the city walls. Alexander the Great was not the first to see them nor was he the first to find them troublesome. He tells of two strange craft that dived repeatedly at his army until the war elephants, the men, and the horses all panicked and refused to cross the river where the incident occurred. What did the things look like? His historian describes them as great shining silvery shields, spitting fire around the rims… things that came from the skies and returned to the skies.”


Revelation 18:1  After this I saw another angel coming down from heaven, having great authority, and the earth was made bright with his glory.



August 18, 1783 four witnesses on the terrace of Windsor Castle observed a luminous object in the skies.  “An oblong cloud moving more or less parallel to the horizon. Under this cloud could be seen a luminous object which soon became spherical, brilliantly lit, which came to a halt; this strange sphere seemed at first to be pale blue in colour but then its luminosity increased and soon it set off again towards the East. Then the object changed direction and moved parallel to the horizon before disappearing to the South-East; the light it gave out was prodigious; it lit us everything on the ground.”

Psalm 68:17  The chariots of God are twice ten thousand, thousands upon thousands; the Lord is among them; Sinai is now in the sanctuary.



Hundreds if not thousands of small orb like UFO’s were seen hovering in the sky above Menifee, California on January 24th.


Revelation 12:12 

Therefore, rejoice, O heavens and you who dwell in them! But woe to you, O earth and sea, for the devil has come down to you in great wrath, because he knows that his time is short!”

Note: Another text used by supposed biblical scholars to hide all aerial phenomena under the blanket of evil.   The common clergy salesmans’ ploy. 

Revelation 12:7 

Now war arose in heaven, Michael and his angels fighting against the dragon. And the dragon and his angels fought back,



14th April 1561  On the 14th of April 1561 the citizens of Nuremberg beheld “A very frightful spectacle.” The sky appeared to fill with cylindrical objects from which red, black, orange and blue white disks and globes emerged. Crosses and tubes resembling cannon barrels also appeared whereupon the objects promptly “began to fight one another.”  The events lasted one hour and had such repercussions that an artist, Hans Glaser, drew a woodcut of it at the time. It describes two immense black cylinders launching many blue and black spheres, blood red crosses, and flying discs. They seem to fight a battle in the sky, it also seems that some of these spheres and objects have crashed outside the city.

Revelation 4:1 

After this I looked, and behold, a door standing open in heaven! And the first voice, which I had heard speaking to me like a trumpet, said, “Come up here, and I will show you what must take place after this.”



Joel 2:2 

A day of darkness and gloom, a day of clouds and thick darkness! Like blackness there is spread upon the mountains a great and powerful people; their like has never been before, nor will be again after them through the years of all generations.


Ezekiel 10:15-18 

And the cherubim mounted up. These were the living creatures that I saw by the Chebar canal. And when the cherubim went, the wheels went beside them. And when the cherubim lifted up their wings to mount up from the earth, the wheels did not turn from beside them. When they stood still, these stood still, and when they mounted up, these mounted up with them, for the spirit of the living creatures was in them. Then the glory of the Lord went out from the threshold of the house, and stood over the cherubim.


Mark 9:7-8 

And a cloud overshadowed them, and a voice came out of the cloud, “This is my beloved Son; listen to him.” And suddenly, looking around, they no longer saw anyone with them but Jesus only.

Ezekiel 1:16 

As for the appearance of the wheels and their construction: their appearance was like the gleaming of beryl. And the four had the same likeness, their appearance and construction being as it were a wheel within a wheel.

Isaiah 13:5 

They come from a distant land, from the end of the heavens, the Lord and the weapons of his indignation, to destroy the whole land.

Genesis 15:17 

When the sun had gone down and it was dark, behold, a smoking fire pot and a flaming torch passed between these pieces.

Revelation 20:9 

And they marched up over the broad plain of the earth and surrounded the camp of the saints and the beloved city, but fire came down from heaven and consumed them,

Revelation 11:12 

Then they heard a loud voice from heaven saying to them, “Come up here!” And they went up to heaven in a cloud, and their enemies watched them.

Acts 17:26 

And he made from one man every nation of mankind to live on all the face of the earth, having determined allotted periods and the boundaries of their dwelling place,

John 16:28 

I came from the Father and have come into the world, and now I am leaving the world and going to the Father.”

Genesis 11:7 

Come, let us go down and there confuse their language, so that they may not understand one another’s speech.”

Genesis 1:26 

Then God said, “Let us make man in our image, after our likeness. And let them have dominion over the fish of the sea and over the birds of the heavens and over the livestock and over all the earth and over every creeping thing that creeps on the earth.”

Genesis 1:2 

The earth was without form and void, and darkness was over the face of the deep. And the Spirit of God was hovering over the face of the waters.

Revelation 21:10 

And he carried me away in the Spirit to a great, high mountain, and showed me the holy city Jerusalem coming down out of heaven from God,

Revelation 21:2-3 

And I saw the holy city, new Jerusalem, coming down out of heaven from God, prepared as a bride adorned for her husband. And I heard a loud voice from the throne saying, “Behold, the dwelling place of God is with man. He will dwell with them, and they will be his people, and God himself will be with them as their God.

Revelation 1:7 

Behold, he is coming with the clouds, and every eye will see him, even those who pierced him, and all tribes of the earth will wail on account of him. Even so. Amen.

Matthew 24:27 

For as the lightning comes from the east and shines as far as the west, so will be the coming of the Son of Man.

Zechariah 5:1-11 

Again I lifted my eyes and saw, and behold, a flying scroll! And he said to me, “What do you see?” I answered, “I see a flying scroll. Its length is twenty cubits, and its width ten cubits.” Then he said to me, “This is the curse that goes out over the face of the whole land. For everyone who steals shall be cleaned out according to what is on one side, and everyone who swears falsely shall be cleaned out according to what is on the other side. I will send it out, declares the Lord of hosts, and it shall enter the house of the thief, and the house of him who swears falsely by my name. And it shall remain in his house and consume it, both timber and stones.” Then the angel who talked with me came forward and said to me, “Lift your eyes and see what this is that is going out.” …

Joel 2:5 

As with the rumbling of chariots, they leap on the tops of the mountains, like the crackling of a flame of fire devouring the stubble, like a powerful army drawn up for battle.

Daniel 7:13 

“I saw in the night visions, and behold, with the clouds of heaven there came one like a son of man, and he came to the Ancient of Days and was presented before him.

Isaiah 66:15 

“For behold, the Lord will come in fire, and his chariots like the whirlwind, to render his anger in fury, and his rebuke with flames of fire.

Isaiah 63:15 

Look down from heaven and see, from your holy and beautiful habitation. Where are your zeal and your might? The stirring of your inner parts and your compassion are held back from me.

Psalm 68:4 

Sing to God, sing praises to his name; lift up a song to him who rides through the deserts; his name is the Lord; exult before him!

Psalm 18:12-14 

Out of the brightness before him hailstones and coals of fire broke through his clouds. The Lord also thundered in the heavens, and the Most High uttered his voice, hailstones and coals of fire. And he sent out his arrows and scattered them; he flashed forth lightnings and routed them.

 Thessalonians 4:16-17 E

For the Lord himself will descend from heaven with a cry of command, with the voice of an archangel, and with the sound of the trumpet of God. And the dead in Christ will rise first. Then we who are alive, who are left, will be caught up together with them in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air, and so we will always be with the Lord.

Luke 17:29-30 

But on the day when Lot went out from Sodom, fire and sulfur rained from heaven and destroyed them all— so will it be on the day when the Son of Man is revealed.

Luke 2:9-15 

And an angel of the Lord appeared to them, and the glory of the Lord shone around them, and they were filled with fear. And the angel said to them, “Fear not, for behold, I bring you good news of great joy that will be for all the people. For unto you is born this day in the city of David a Savior, who is Christ the Lord. And this will be a sign for you: you will find a baby wrapped in swaddling cloths and lying in a manger.” And suddenly there was with the angel a multitude of the heavenly host praising God and saying, …

Isaiah 30:27 

Behold, the name of the Lord comes from afar, burning with his anger, and in thick rising smoke; his lips are full of fury, and his tongue is like a devouring fire;

2 Chronicles 18:18 

And Micaiah said, “Therefore hear the word of the Lord: I saw the Lord sitting on his throne, and all the host of heaven standing on his right hand and on his left.

Revelation 20:11 

Then I saw a great white throne and him who was seated on it. From his presence earth and sky fled away, and no place was found for them.

Revelation 9:1 

And the fifth angel blew his trumpet, and I saw a star fallen from heaven to earth, and he was given the key to the shaft of the bottomless pit.

Acts 22:6 

“As I was on my way and drew near to Damascus, about noon a great light from heaven suddenly shone around me.

Luke 9:34-35 

As he was saying these things, a cloud came and overshadowed them, and they were afraid as they entered the cloud. And a voice came out of the cloud, saying, “This is my Son, my Chosen One; listen to him!”

Mark 13:26 

And then they will see the Son of Man coming in clouds with great power and glory.

Zechariah 6:1 

Again I lifted my eyes and saw, and behold, four chariots came out from between two mountains. And the mountains were mountains of bronze.

Isaiah 33:17 

Your eyes will behold the king in his beauty; they will see a land that stretches afar.

Psalm 78:23-25 

Yet he commanded the skies above and opened the doors of heaven, and he rained down on them manna to eat and gave them the grain of heaven. Man ate of the bread of the angels; he sent them food in abundance.

Exodus 16:4 

Then the Lord said to Moses, “Behold, I am about to rain bread from heaven for you, and the people shall go out and gather a day’s portion every day, that I may test them, whether they will walk in my law or not.

Acts 1:9-11 

And when he had said these things, as they were looking on, he was lifted up, and a cloud took him out of their sight. And while they were gazing into heaven as he went, behold, two men stood by them in white robes, and said, “Men of Galilee, why do you stand looking into heaven? This Jesus, who was taken up from you into heaven, will come in the same way as you saw him go into heaven.”

Matthew 25:14 

“For it will be like a man going on a journey, who called his servants and entrusted to them his property.

Matthew 24:30 

Then will appear in heaven the sign of the Son of Man, and then all the tribes of the earth will mourn, and they will see the Son of Man coming on the clouds of heaven with power and great glory.

Matthew 17:5-6 

He was still speaking when, behold, a bright cloud overshadowed them, and a voice from the cloud said, “This is my beloved Son, with whom I am well pleased; listen to him.” When the disciples heard this, they fell on their faces and were terrified.

Matthew 2:9 

After listening to the king, they went on their way. And behold, the star that they had seen when it rose went before them until it came to rest over the place where the child was.

Zechariah 14:12 

And this shall be the plague with which the Lord will strike all the peoples that wage war against Jerusalem: their flesh will rot while they are still standing on their feet, their eyes will rot in their sockets, and their tongues will rot in their mouths.

Isaiah 26:21 

For behold, the Lord is coming out from his place to punish the inhabitants of the earth for their iniquity, and the earth will disclose the blood shed on it, and will no more cover its slain.

Psalm 102:19 

That he looked down from his holy height; from heaven the Lord looked at the earth,

Psalm 33:13-14 

The Lord looks down from heaven; he sees all the children of man; from where he sits enthroned he looks out on all the inhabitants of the earth,

Deuteronomy 33:26 

“There is none like God, O Jeshurun, who rides through the heavens to your help, through the skies in his majesty.

Exodus 13:21 

And the Lord went before them by day in a pillar of cloud to lead them along the way, and by night in a pillar of fire to give them light, that they might travel by day and by night.

Acts 26:13-14 

At midday, O king, I saw on the way a light from heaven, brighter than the sun, that shone around me and those who journeyed with me. And when we had all fallen to the ground, I heard a voice saying to me in the Hebrew language, ‘Saul, Saul, why are you persecuting me? It is hard for you to kick against the goads.’

Luke 21:27 

And then they will see the Son of Man coming in a cloud with power and great glory.

Luke 12:40 

You also must be ready, for the Son of Man is coming at an hour you do not expect.”

Daniel 7:9 

“As I looked, thrones were placed, and the Ancient of Days took his seat; his clothing was white as snow, and the hair of his head like pure wool; his throne was fiery flames; its wheels were burning fire.

Ezekiel 10:1 

Then I looked, and behold, on the expanse that was over the heads of the cherubim there appeared above them something like a sapphire, in appearance like a throne.

Isaiah 19:1 

An oracle concerning Egypt. Behold, the Lord is riding on a swift cloud and comes to Egypt; and the idols of Egypt will tremble at his presence, and the heart of the Egyptians will melt within them.

Psalm 68:33 

To him who rides in the heavens, the ancient heavens; behold, he sends out his voice, his mighty voice.

Nehemiah 9:13 

You came down on Mount Sinai and spoke with them from heaven and gave them right rules and true laws, good statutes and commandments,

1 Kings 18:36-38 

And at the time of the offering of the oblation, Elijah the prophet came near and said, “O Lord, God of Abraham, Isaac, and Israel, let it be known this day that you are God in Israel, and that I am your servant, and that I have done all these things at your word. Answer me, O Lord, answer me, that this people may know that you, O Lord, are God, and that you have turned their hearts back.” Then the fire of the Lord fell and consumed the burnt offering and the wood and the stones and the dust, and licked up the water that was in the trench.

Joshua 10:11 

And as they fled before Israel, while they were going down the ascent of Beth-horon, the Lord threw down large stones from heaven on them as far as Azekah, and they died. There were more who died because of the hailstones than the sons of Israel killed with the sword.

Numbers 11:25 

Then the Lord came down in the cloud and spoke to him, and took some of the Spirit that was on him and put it on the seventy elders. And as soon as the Spirit rested on them, they prophesied. But they did not continue doing it.

Numbers 10:12 

And the people of Israel set out by stages from the wilderness of Sinai. And the cloud settled down in the wilderness of Paran.

Numbers 9:15-22 

On the day that the tabernacle was set up, the cloud covered the tabernacle, the tent of the testimony. And at evening it was over the tabernacle like the appearance of fire until morning. So it was always: the cloud covered it by day and the appearance of fire by night. And whenever the cloud lifted from over the tent, after that the people of Israel set out, and in the place where the cloud settled down, there the people of Israel camped. At the command of the Lord the people of Israel set out, and at the command of the Lord they camped. As long as the cloud rested over the tabernacle, they remained in camp. Even when the cloud continued over the tabernacle many days, the people of Israel kept the charge of the Lord and did not set out. …

Exodus 34:5 

The Lord descended in the cloud and stood with him there, and proclaimed the name of the Lord.

Exodus 33:9 

When Moses entered the tent, the pillar of cloud would descend and stand at the entrance of the tent, and the Lord would speak with Moses.

Exodus 19:17-19 

Then Moses brought the people out of the camp to meet God, and they took their stand at the foot of the mountain. Now Mount Sinai was wrapped in smoke because the Lord had descended on it in fire. The smoke of it went up like the smoke of a kiln, and the whole mountain trembled greatly. And as the sound of the trumpet grew louder and louder, Moses spoke, and God answered him in thunder.

Exodus 19:16-18 

On the morning of the third day there were thunders and lightnings and a thick cloud on the mountain and a very loud trumpet blast, so that all the people in the camp trembled. Then Moses brought the people out of the camp to meet God, and they took their stand at the foot of the mountain. Now Mount Sinai was wrapped in smoke because the Lord had descended on it in fire. The smoke of it went up like the smoke of a kiln, and the whole mountain trembled greatly.

Exodus 19:9 

And the Lord said to Moses, “Behold, I am coming to you in a thick cloud, that the people may hear when I speak with you, and may also believe you forever.” When Moses told the words of the people to the Lord,

Exodus 14:24 

And in the morning watch the Lord in the pillar of fire and of cloud looked down on the Egyptian forces and threw the Egyptian forces into a panic,

Genesis 19:24 

Then the Lord rained on Sodom and Gomorrah sulfur and fire from the Lord out of heaven.

Revelation 8:13 

Then I looked, and I heard an eagle crying with a loud voice as it flew directly overhead, “Woe, woe, woe to those who dwell on the earth, at the blasts of the other trumpets that the three angels are about to blow!”

Revelation 1:20 

As for the mystery of the seven stars that you saw in my right hand, and the seven golden lampstands, the seven stars are the angels of the seven churches, and the seven lampstands are the seven churches.

Acts 2:2 

And suddenly there came from heaven a sound like a mighty rushing wind, and it filled the entire house where they were sitting.

John 13:3 

Jesus, knowing that the Father had given all things into his hands, and that he had come from God and was going back to God,

Luke 19:12 

He said therefore, “A nobleman went into a far country to receive for himself a kingdom and then return.

Mark 5:1-17 

They came to the other side of the sea, to the country of the Gerasenes. And when Jesus had stepped out of the boat, immediately there met him out of the tombs a man with an unclean spirit. He lived among the tombs. And no one could bind him anymore, not even with a chain, for he had often been bound with shackles and chains, but he wrenched the chains apart, and he broke the shackles in pieces. No one had the strength to subdue him. Night and day among the tombs and on the mountains he was always crying out and cutting himself with stones. …

Joel 2:30 

“And I will show wonders in the heavens and on the earth, blood and fire and columns of smoke



I might just finish this blog by saying the above information was in no way intended to ridicule, offend or insult any specific religious faith or group, I was merely trying to point out the inadequacies of most church leaders also to strike a chord, that may for some, open their eyes to the lies and deception being used to cover up a current phenomenon that puts some aspects of the bible into a more understandable light.

The final word  i will leave to revelations.

Revelation 1:1-20 

The revelation of Jesus Christ, which God gave him to show to his servants the things that must soon take place. He made it known by sending his angel to his servant John, who bore witness to the word of God and to the testimony of Jesus Christ, even to all that he saw. Blessed is the one who reads aloud the words of this prophecy, and blessed are those who hear, and who keep what is written in it, for the time is near. John to the seven churches that are in Asia: Grace to you and peace from him who is and who was and who is to come, and from the seven spirits who are before his throne, and from Jesus Christ the faithful witness, the firstborn of the dead, and the ruler of kings on earth. To him who loves us and has freed us from our sins by his blood …



A Separate Reality (Aerial Phenomena)


Reality,  “The state of things as they actually exist”    

“The negative social implications associated with considering or discussing an alternative to our perceived reality, is such, that people have this remarkable ability to totally disregard any factual evidence or visual experience that does not conform to their conceived ideas of reality”. This being the case, to put forth facts and admissions of UFO existence by renowned scientist, Politicians, Presidents and high ranking military defence personnel  seems fruitless, but hopefully after reading the below statements and pertinent information some readers may start to believe that what we have been lead to believe about the UFO phenomena (In fact most aspects of history) has been no more than a manipulation of media and a cauldron of lies.

This slideshow requires JavaScript.

There are literally millions of UFO reports worldwide, in fact,  2015 records equated to one every 3 mins  These reports are being made by people covering the spectrum of working society… pilots, cleaners, dentist, builders, doctors farmers, astronauts, politicians, the list is endless…  In most cases, reporting their experience to the authorities is not done with the intention of deceiving, it is done in the hope of receiving a logical answer or an explanation that fits their known reality. The problem however is that for 60 years Government officials, CIA and the M.O.D  have lied and deceived the general population. And in turn creating all sorts of ridiculous explanations to cover the facts, whilst secretly running top secret projects to study the phenomena. Majestic 12, (debatable)  Sign, Grudge, Blue book, Robertson report, Condon Report,4602d AISS to name but a few…

This hypercritical approach  makes it impossible for the public to receive any logical or acceptable explanation for their own personal experience, thus leaving most to conclude that there is a possible existence of an untold Separate Reality… The UFO/flying saucer phenomenon is a complex story with the subject matters like the roots of a weeping willow, travelling in many directions. Thus making it impossible to grasp the entire information tree. To the casual observer,  all that is known of the phenomena is via single paragraphs in a newspaper or TV programmes that tend to mock the true significance, importance and enormity of the subject.

Though not publicly known (except via F.I.O research) the UFO subject has for decades been considered by every government around the world as being real and defensively concerning.  M.o.D’s world wide were at one stage told to shoot them down if seen. This policy ended when all that got shot down were the fighters.

Hopefully after the reader completes the below  work, he or she will at least have an idea of the  the mountain of evidence proving UFOs exist and how for 60 years some world government’s  have concealed  this important subject from the general population.

NOTE: Many researchers believe (as I do) there is a great deception being played upon society using the UFO’s as bait. Only time will tell if this is correct. The problem is, by then, it will be too late and too dangerous to question anything.

 UPDATE ….   26th APRIL 2016 – Army Chief of Staff Gen. Mark Milley made the following remark in a speech to celebrate the 100th anniversary of Norwich University’s ROTC program. (View full speech on Youtube)

Part of the speech by Staff Gen Mark Milley  states…   “You’ll be dealing with terrorists, you’ll be dealing with hybrid armies, you’ll be dealing with little green men, you’ll be dealing with tribes, you’re going to be dealing with it all, and you’re going to be dealing with it simultaneously,”

For decades the official term to discredit and make a joke of  people who claim they have seen an Extraterrestrial was to refer to the ET as little green men…  No better description if you want all to understand exactly what your saying. 

Side Line NOTE :  He had only that day been promoted to the second highest position ( Under Abama) in the United States. The above comment would have to have been approved, he was certainly not going to jeopardize his credibility, rank or official status on the very day of receiving this appointment. ALL speeches would have been pre-written and approved. So this leaves us with the facts…  Either the United States and other nations are about to enter a  SCIENCE FICTION war, or the United States has just officially started the “Great Deception” in earnest. A possible third alternative could be, that this speech was the beginning of E.B.E and UFO Discloser by the United States. If this is the case both previous scenarios could apply.

UFO Disclosure is not confirming that UFOs are real, it is formal acknowledgment of extraterrestrial presence throughout the universe by prominent global nations, space agencies and religious institutions. Anyone careful enough to connect the dots can clearly see that we have been on a path leading to disclosure for sometime.

It is very clear that mankind is being prepared for disclosure. It is no coincidence that more than 20 countries have started partial or full disclosure. Also comments and actions from the Vatican and the UN indicate that the “so called powers” want some of this information to become public. The preparation process is well under way and it is not that difficult to connect the dots. .

The following lists contains countries and organisations that have partially or fully disclosed UFO/Alien information, those that are in litigation to disclose all or specific files and countries that have released significant aspects of UFO and alien encounters.

on a final note, full, honest and complete disclosure may never happen. At best, we can expect some type of limited or partial disclosure.


Prime Minister’s, Presidents and Military Personnel

STATEMENTS and QUOTES on aerial phenomena

 Prime Minister Dmitry Medvedev’s  

In 2013 after an influx of UFO reports the Russian Prime Minister openly and via media publicly warned President Obama that the “time has come” for the world to know the truth about aliens, and if the United States won’t participate in the announcement the Kremlin will. I tell you the first and last time. Together with a nuclear suitcase the president has a folder, which is top secret and devoted entirely to the report by the Russian secret service which handles the control of extraterrestrials in our country. After the term, the two folders and a small nuclear suitcase are transferred to the new president. How many of them are among us I cannot say because panic might begin.

President  Obama  2013

I can neither confirm nor deny the existence of extraterrestrials, but I can tell you, if there had been a top secret meeting, and if there would have been a discussion about it, it would have taken place in this room. ( Refer also a lengthy comment made further down this list.)

President Harry S. Truman,

1st comment …  I can assure you that, given they exist, these flying saucers are made by no power on this Earth.”

2nd Comment … I have regular meetings with the airforce and they still cant provide me with any information, there’s always things like this going on, flying saucers and things…

President Richard M. Nixon

“I’m not at liberty to discuss the governments knowledge of extraterrestrial UFO’s at this time. I am still personally being briefed on the subject!”

President Gerald Ford

“No doubt, you have noted the recent flurry of newspaper stories about unidentified flying objects. I have taken special interest in these accounts because many of the latest reported sightings have been in my home state of Michigan… Because I think there may be substance to some of these reports and because I believe the American people are entitled to a more thorough explanation than has been given them by the Air Force to date, I am proposing that either the Science and Astronautics Committee or the Armed Services
Committee of the House schedule hearings on the subject of UFOs and invite testimony from both the executive branch of the Government and some of the persons who claim to have seen UFOs… In the firm belief that the American public deserves a better explanation than that thus far given by the Air Force, I strongly recommend that there be a committee investigation of the UFO phenomena. I think we owe it to the people to establish credibility regarding UFOs and to produce the greatest possible enlightenment on this subject.

NEWSPAPER CLIPPINGS of  ufo stories (4)

President Jimmy Carter

“I don’t laugh at people any more when they say they’ve seen UFOs. It was the
darndest thing I’ve ever seen. It was big, it was very bright, it changed colors and
it was about the size of the moon. We watched it for ten minutes, but none of us
could figure out what it was. One thing’s for sure I’ll never make fun of people
who say they’ve seen unidentified objects in the sky. “I am convinced that UFOs exist because I have seen one.” While at a Wisconsin press conference in 1976, a few months prior to his election victory, Carter was asked if, as President, he would, “air what’s behind closed doors in regards to UFOs.” “Yes,” replied Carter, “I would make these kinds of data available to the public… to help resolve the mystery about it.” Later that same year, however, when the now President-elect asked outgoing Director of Central Intelligence George Bush Sr. for, “the information that we have on UFOs and Extraterrestrial intelligence,” Bush denied Carter’s request, stating that, “simple curiosity on the part of the President” was inadequate, as the information existed, “on a need to know basis only.

President Ronald Reagen

“I looked out the window and saw this white light.It was zigzagging around. I went up to the pilot and said,Have you ever seen anything like that? He was shocked and he said, “Nope.” And I said to him: “Let’s follow it!” We followed it for several minutes. It was a bright white light.We followed it to Bakersfield, and all of a sudden to our utter amazement it went straight up into the heavens. When I got off the plane I told Nancy all about it.”

Towards the end of his speech to the Forty-second Session General Assembly of the United Nations. on September 21, 1987, the President said that, “in our obsession with antagonisms of the moment, we often forget how much unites all the members of humanity. Perhaps we need some outside, universal threat to make us recognize this common bond.  “I occasionally think,” continued Reagan, “how quickly our differences worldwide would vanish if we were facing an alien threat from outside this world. And yet, I ask” “is not an alien force ALREADY among us?”

President John F. Kennedy

“The US Airforce assures me that UFO’s pose no threat to National Security.”

President Kennedy and other officials present once sighted a UFO. The event occurred in 1963, while boating off Hyannisport on Cape Cod. The object was “disc-shaped, about 60 feet in diameter, with a gray top, and shiny bottom.” It hovered above the water for 40 seconds, emitting a low pitched humming sound. Then it flew straight up in the air and was gone. Kennedy swore those present to keep the incident secret. It was only after Kennedy’s assassination that the information was revealed by one of those present. (Name withheld)

On another occasion Bill Holden, was on board Air Force One with Kennedy flying to Europe in the summer of 1963. A UFO convention being held in Bonn Germany that month prompted Holden to bring up the subject of UFOs with the President. Holden asked “What do you think about UFOs, Mr. President? According to the account Kennedy became quite serious thinking for a moment. “I’d like to tell the public about the UFO situation” he stated, ” but my hands are tied.” he was assassinated very soon after and rumor has it, in his pocket was a speech which included UFO discloser. Like his brain, it went missing after the autopsy.

Prime minister  Mikhail Gorbachev

“The phenomenon of UFOs does exist, and it must be treated seriously.”

President Ilyumzhinov President of Kalymkia

President Ilyumzhinov  stated in an interview on prime time television that he had been taken on board an alien spaceship which had come to planet Earth to take samples – and can produce several witnesses which includes his driver, a Minister, and his assistant.” He added : They communicated with me via telepathy.

President Bill Clinton 

In April 2014 UFO buffs, and reporters, where poised at their televisions last night, ready to find out if Jimmy Kimmel would keep his promise when the other night he said he would ask Clinton about UFOs when he came on the show. Kimmel kept his promise, and in typical Kimmel fashion, in a light hearted and funny way. However, he did get some interesting and heartfelt comments from the former president.

Kimmel brought up the subject by saying that if he were president he would immediately go find out about UFOs. He said, “I probably wouldn’t even finish the oath. I would run to the White House. I’d demand to see all of the classified files on the UFOs because I want to know. I want to know what has been going on. Did you do that?”

Clinton replied, “Sort of.”

Clinton said he began looking into it at the beginning of his second term, during the 50th anniversary of the alleged Roswell UFO crash. Kimmel was surprised he waited so long. Clinton also said he looked into Area 51.

Kimmel suggested, “Oh, you are trying to give me a hint that there are aliens.”

Clinton replied, “No, I am trying to tell you I don’t know, but if we were visited some day I wouldn’t be surprised.

Finally, Clinton embarked some sentiments, and repeated several times, that if there was an alien threat that humans would need to unite and forget our petty difference.

Clinton by far, more than any other president, has demonstrated the biggest presidential interest in UFOs. Every time he has talked on the subject he has left open the possibility that there could be more to the subject than we know. It seems he has been open to the idea of alien visitation for some time, even before it was cool. And yes, it is now very cool to believe in aliens.

President Clinton also stated on a separate occasion that,  “We are going to come up against the limits of our mortality in a way we never could before, and a lot of the things that will happen will be stranger than anything ever written in science fiction”.

NEWSPAPER CLIPPINGS of  ufo stories (29)


President George Herbert Walker Bush ( Born 1924 ) 

” Yes, I know some. I know a fair amount.”
[Replying in 1988 to a question about UFOs while campaigning]

Some feel that George W. Bush actually knows a great deal about what is going on regarding UFOs.  Bush had solid knowledge of the UFO situation because of his former role as Director of Central Intelligence under President Ford, his eight-years as vice-president under President Reagan, and his four-years as President.

President George  Walker Bush ( Born 1946 ) 

Whilst campaigning for the presidency,  Governor Bush was asked, When you become president, Would you finally tell us what the hell is going on with UFO’s as half the public believes that they are real.
BUSH’s  response was – Sure, I will. This man [points to Cheney]
knows. He was Secretary of Defense.

Dennis John Kucinich ( 1946)

Democratic member of the United States House of Representatives and was a candidate
for the Democratic nomination for President of the United States in the 2004 and 2008

Journalist question to Kucinich –  Did you see a UFO?
Kuninich response: “… I did … It was an unidentified flying object .. I saw something. ”
[ Presidential Debate, Philadelphia, October 30, 2007, )

Robert Francis “Bobby” Kennedy 

Also known as RFK, he was an American politician, a Democratic Senator from New York, and a noted civil rights activist. An icon of modern American liberalism, he was a
younger brother of President John F. Kennedy and acted as one of his advisers during his
presidency. From 1961 to 1964, he was the U.S. Attorney General.

When asked about UFO’s RFK responded by saying  “I am keeping myself abreast of information developed on this subject.”

” If it were desirable to hold congressional hearings on the question of unidentified flying objects, I would certainly agree that they should be open to the public.”


 Senator Barry Morris Goldwater 

A five-term United States Senator  and the Republican Party’s nominee for President in the 1964 election. A retired Air Force Reserve Brigadier General and pilot.

“I certainly believe in aliens  and that they are indeed visiting our planet. They may not all look like us, but I have very strong feelings that they have advanced beyond our mental capabilities.”

“It is true that I was denied access to a facility at Wright-Patterson Air Force Base
in Dayton, Ohio,  I can’t tell you what was inside. We both know about the rumors concerning a captured UFO and crew members. I have never seen what I would call a UFO, but I have intelligent friends who have.”

 Steven Harvey Schiff ( House of representatives) 

He served as a member of the United States House of Representatives,  from 1989 until his death in 1998.
“I was not told that we have a file that’s classified. I was simply referred to an agency which I have to believe – now that I know the prominence of the Roswell incident – I have to believe the Dept. of Defense knew very well that I wasn’t going to find anything in the National Archives when they sent me there twice.”

“It’s difficult for me to understand even if there was a legitimate security concern in 1947, that it would be a present security concern these many years later. Frankly I am baffled by the lack of responsiveness on the part of the Defense Dept. on the UFO issue, I simply can’t explain it.”

                                               Senator Richard Brevard Russell, Jr. 

Regarding the UFO phenomena, “I have discussed this matter with the affected agencies of the government, and they are of the opinion that it is not wise to publicize this matter at this time.”

Governor John Fife Symington III 

 He served in the United States Air Force during the Vietnam War, stationed at Luke Air Force Base in Maricopa County, Arizona.
“I’m a pilot and I know just about every machine that flies, It was bigger than anything that I’ve ever seen. It remains a great mystery. Other people saw it, responsible people. I don’t know why people would ridicule it.”

Governor Fife Symington, III,

Ten years after the Arizona UFO incident known as the ‘Phoenix Lights’, former Arizona Republican Governor Fife Symington, III, now says that he himself was a witness to one of the strange unidentified flying objects, even though he originally did not say so publicly at the time.

                                    Governor William Blaine “Bill” Richardson III 
T U.S. Ambassador to the United Nations, served as a U.S.Representative and as the U.S. Secretary of Energy.
“I’ve been in government a long time, I’ve been in the cabinet, I’ve been in the
Congress and I’ve always felt that the government doesn’t tell the truth as much
as it should on a lot of issues. When I was in Congress I said to the Department
of Defense, ‘What is the data you have on UFO’s ?’ I was told that the records were
classified. That ticked me off.
“The federal government has not come clean on the UFO issue and it should. They have not and do not produce documents on this subject … That is a historical fact.”

George A. McCalvy  Deputy Secretary of State, California

“When the mysterious light first appeared it was seen moving rapidly from the
northeast and heading in a southwesterly direction. As it neared the southern
boundary of the city of Sacramento it turned directly toward the west and after
passing the city went south, being distinctly visible for upward of 20 minutes.”

Japanese cabinet secretary.Nobutaka Machimura

Yes, UFOs do exist”, This statement was made by a cabinet minister during one of his regular media briefings on Government policy. Reporters were also told that the Japanese government is still investigating hundreds of sightings and this will be followed by an official announcement when the GOVERNMENT is ready to go PUBLIC with all the evidence they have accumulated.

Australian Prime Minister Malcolm Turnbull  

Turnbull claimed not to be informed on the UFO subject and stated   UFO information is considered “above top secret, the highest classification of secrecy.”

General Douglas Mcarther   

‘The next war will be an interplanetary war. The nations of the earth must someday make a common front against attack by people from other planets.

Sarah Newcomb McClendon 

Long-time White House reporter, and Dean of the White House Press Corps who
covered presidential politics for a half-century.
“The real danger to the U.S. and perhaps this whole planet is the government
has placed such a heavy blanket of secrecy upon the UFO issue. So much secrecy,
those in government who have knowledge showing UFOs are identifiable feel
the subject cannot be discussed by those in the know without serious
repercussions. Others are afraid their friends and co-workers will think they are
crazy if they even so much as insinuate that UFOs are identifiable as manned
craft from outside the earth. This particularly applies to newspaper editors and
publishers, reporters and analysts.
“Not publicized but true is that the Clinton administration, soon after coming to
office, had many briefings on the subject. Laurance Rockefeller provided the
information for the President and Mrs. Clinton. Others provided documents and
verbal briefings to presidential advisors Jack Gibbons (science), Bruce Lindsay
(personal), Anthony Lake (national security) and Vice President Albert Gore.

Lt. Col. Philip J. Corso

 Lt. Col Phillip J. Corso was the Chief of the Pentagon’s Foreign Technology desk in Army Research and Development, working under Lt. Gen. Arthur Trudeau
“Let there be no doubt. Alien technology harvested from the infamous saucer
crash in Roswell, N.Mex., in July 1947 led directly to the development of the
integrated circuit chip, laser and fibre optic technologies, particle beams,
electromagnetic propulsion systems, depleted uranium projectiles, stealth
capabilities, and many others. How do I know? I was in charge. ”
of the extraterrestrial artifacts recovered from a crash at Roswell, New
Mexico, in 1947. Corso says a covert government group was assembled under
the leadership of the first Director of Central Intelligence, Adm. Roscoe H.
Hillenkoetter. Among its tasks was to collect all information on off-planet
technology. The US administration simultaneously discounted the existence of
flying saucers in the eyes of the public, Corso says. According to Corso, the
reverse engineering of these artifacts indirectly led to the development of
accelerated particle beam devices, fiber optics, lasers, integrated circuit chips and
Kevlar material.

Paul Hellyer Canadian Defence Minister

Canada’s minister of National Defence stated last month in Washington D.C. that aliens are living among us and that it is likely at least two of them are working with the U.S. government.  He also asserted during a meeting chaired by 6 congressman that “At least four species” of alien have been visiting Earth for “thousands of years.” – Some of the aliens hail from the “Zeta Reticuli, the Pleiades, Orion, Andromeda, and Altair star systems” and “may have different agendas.”.

 Admiral Lord Peter Hill-Norton

There is a serious possibility that we are being visited by people from outer space. It behooves us to find out who they are, where they come from, and what they want.

and another time     

There is undeniable evidence that we are being visited and have been visited for many years  by people from outer space or from earth internal civilizations.

 Admiral R.H. Hillenkoetter.  February 28, 1960,

“It is time for the truth to be brought out in open Congressional hearings. Behind the scenes, high-ranking Air Force officers are soberly concerned about UFOs. But through official secrecy and ridicule, citizens are led to believe the unknown flying objects are nonsense. To hide the facts, the Air Force has silenced its personnel”

WASHINGTON, Feb. 27 (UPI)–The Air Force has sent its commands a warning to treat sightings of unidentified flying objects as “serious business” directly related to the nation’s defense, it was learned today.
An Air Force spokesman confirmed issuance of the directive after portions of it were made public by a private “flying saucer” group.
The new regulations were issued by the Air Force inspector general Dec. 24.
The regulations, revising similar ones issued in the past, outlined procedures and said that “investigations and analysis of UFO’s are directly related to the Air Force’s responsibility for the defense of the United States.”

         Prince Phillip, United Kingdom

His Royal Highness, Duke of Edinburgh, husband of Queen Elizabeth II. He is Britain’s
longest-serving consort and the oldest serving spouse of a reigning monarch.
“There are many reasons to believe that UFOs do exist: there is so much
evidence from reliable witnesses.”

   Monsignor Corrado Balducci 

Former Vatican theologian and close friend to the pope, who was charged with studying
reports of UFOs sent in from Vatican embassies around the world.

“We can no longer think … is it true? … There are already numerous
considerations which make the existence of these beings into a certainty we
cannot doubt.”
“As God’s power is limitless, it is not only possible but also likely that inhabited
planets exist.”

Colonel Wilfred De Brouwer

The Chief of Operations of the Royal Belgian Air Force, Colonel Wilfred De Brouwer (now Major General and Deputy Chief of the Belgian Air Force), set up a Special Task Force Unit to work closely with the Gendarmerie to investigate the sightings as soon as they were reported. Among the thousands of witnesses were many military and police officers, pilots, scientists and engineers. The wave was documented by the Belgian Society for the Study of Space Phenomena (SOBEPS), a private organization from Brussels, which published two thick volumes on the UFO wave.

LT COL. Richard French 

Oh, I don’t think, I know beyond a doubt they were USO’S and that there were aliens aboard them. There’s no question in my mind that is exactly what it was,

Brigadier General Steven Lovekin

“While working under President Eisenhower,I discovered that Eisenhower had a keen interest in UFOs, but that he came to realize that he had lost control of the subject”.

Brigadier Atheneu Azambuja 

Azambuja openly admitted that the Brazil has systematically detected and registered UFOs – labeled as “H Traffic” – since 1954. and how concerned the Brazilian military are about the UFO phenomena.

Commander Graham Bethune   US Navy,

The UFO was very large. It came up to 10,000 feet like that – a fraction of a second. I thought it was going to go right through us. So I disengaged the autopilot, pushed the nose over, because I was going to go under it at the angle that it was coming toward me. … We were not supposed to tell even our wives of our encounter. …

Brigadier General Stephen Lovekin 

This UFO phenomena is the biggest security situation that this country has ever had to deal with, there have been some erasures. … He said, “You will be erased – disappear.” If you discuss this subject openly. Those threats have been made and carried out. Those threats started way back in 1947. They will go after not only you, they will go after your family so shut up!

Lieutenant Colonel Dwynne Arneson  

I was a top secret control officer when a classified memo came through my communications center  which said, “A UFO has crashed on the Island of Spitsbergen, Norway, and a team of scientists are heading to investigate it.”

Russian Air Force,  General Vasily Alexeyev

As a rule, places where UFOs appear are objects of strategic significance…The Air Force came up with a table with pictures of all the shapes of UFOs that had ever been recorded—about fifty—ranging from ellipses and spheres to something resembling spaceships….The study of UFOs may reveal some new forms of energy, or at least bring us closer to a solution

Vasily Yeremenko, Russian  Major General

Pilots often see such objects, but they have a veto on this topic, so do astronauts. In confidential conversations they talk about their experiences meeting with UFOs, but they are afraid to speak publicly about this,

US Navy Atlantic Command, Merle Shane McDow

We had contact with an unidentified flying object that had entered our air space. The order was given by Admiral Trane to get this object forced down out of the sky if at all possible, by whatever means possible.

Russian Major General Vasily Alexeyev

Hopefully the study of UFOs will reveal some new forms of energy to us, or at least bring us closer to a solution

       Colonel Ross Dedrickson US Air Force,

We were getting reports of visits by UFOs over the storage facilities and even some of the manufacturing facilities. That went on continuously. There were incidents where we had launched into space a couple of nuclear weapons that were destroyed by the extraterrestrials. One of these occasions was actually videoed.  There was another incident when we attempted to put a nuclear weapon on the moon and explode it for scientific measurements. The extraterrestrials. Simply  destroyed the weapon whilst on its way to the moon.

            Colonel  William Coleman   US AIRFORCE

 personally, I had an encounter with a ‘classic flying saucer’ over Alabama in 1955 while piloting a B-25 bomber. The 75-foot-diameter, circular disc got so close to the ground that it left a trail of dust behind it before vanishing in the sky at an incredible speed.

                                               US Army, Colonel Thomas E. Bearden

Probably 50 inventors have invented virtually cost-free energy systems. If we use these systems, we can clean up this biosphere. But, what we have is a situation where the entire structure of science, industry, and the patent office are against you. I’ve been a victim of quite a bit of suppression. And behind this, we have a few people who are quite wealthy. The more powerful the agency, the more they will resort not only to legal, but to extra-legal means to suppress their competition. Lethal force is used. .

 USAF Chief of Staff General George S. Brown

“I don’t know whether this story has ever been told or not. They weren’t called UFOs. They were called enemy helicopters. And they were only seen at night and they were only seen in certain places. They were seen up around the DMZ in the early summer of ’68. And this resulted in quite a little battle. And in the course of this, an Australian destroyer took a hit and we never found any enemy, we only found ourselves when this had all been sorted out. And this caused some shooting there, and there was no enemy at all involved but we always reacted. Always after dark. The same thing happened up at Pleiku at the Highlands in ’69.”

Major Mannsman US Air Force

regarding the destruction of a warhead in space, Mannsman  was told “You are never to speak of this again.”  After an article I wrote about the incident years later, I would get phone calls all night long. People would call and start screaming at me. One night somebody blew up my mailbox.. 

US Marine Corps, Captain Bill Uhouse

The flight simulator was for the extraterrestrial craft a 30 meter one that crashed back in 1953. I was inside the actual alien craft for a start-up….There are probably two or three dozen similar craft that we built.

                                                   US Air Force, Master Sergeant Dan Morris

UFOs are both extraterrestrial and manmade….It’s not that our government doesn’t want us to know that there are people on other planets. What the people in power don’t want us to know is that this free energy [from energy generators developed with UFO technology] is available to everybody. So secrecy about the UFOs is because of the energy issue. When this knowledge is found out by the people, they will demand that our government release this technology, and it will change the world.

Donald Keyhoe  USA Major Marine and Aircorps

 “The Air Force had put out a secret order for its pilots to capture UFOs. For the last six months we have been working with a congressional committee investigating official secrecy concerning proof that UFOs are real machines under intelligent control.”  The above was stated during a CBS live interview with keyhoe in 1958 the programme was pull immediately of air.

Sergeant Chuck Sorrells  US Air Force,

In those days [1965], every base had what they called a UFO officer

Sergeant Michael W. Smith    US Air Force,

I was on the radar, and NORAD called me and informed me that there was a UFO coming up the California coast. I said, “What do you want me to do?” And they said, “Nothing. Just watch it. Don’t write it down.”

                                  Nick Pope British Ministry of Defense,

My duties were to research and investigate the UFO phenomenon for the UK government. There have been a steady stream of good-quality cases which would convince any open-minded observer that there was something going on in space which went significantly farther than just lights in the sky.  

                                      Security Officer, Larry Warren US Air Force
They said, “We are going to show you a film that might help you put into perspective what you gentlemen have witnessed.” They ran the film. The best clip on it showed the berets of the Fifth Special Forces in Vietnam with low scrub brush and a guy with a camera. He turns the camera and this giant, green, delta-shaped thing rises out of the brush very slowly and deliberately, below where they are, up to face level. Shrubbery and brush is falling off this massive thing. I’ll never forget that in my life! … The only reason I have my records is because I was advised to steal some of them by an Air Force Colonel, because he said they would vaporize you.

Sergeant Clifford Stone US Army

They are not hostile toward us. We are the enemy in this instance. It is not a scary story. The ETs have a perception of God. They are living, breathing creatures as mortal as you and me.

Lieutenant Walter Haut   Roswell Army Air Base

We had in our possession a flying saucer. It was found on a ranch up north of Roswell. It was being flown to General Ramey’s office. The information was given to me, almost verbatim, by Colonel Blanchard.

           Colonel Philip J. Corso, Sr.   US Army, National Security Council,

I went back and there were five crates. I lifted one up and here’s this body floating in fluid. First, I thought it was a child because it was small. Then I looked at its head and all. The head was different. The arms were thin. The body was gray. So right at that moment I figured I don’t know what this thing is. … The one ET craft I saw was at one of the airbases. … General Trudeau created the Foreign Technology Division and put me in charge of it. There I started getting the autopsy reports of ETs, and I started getting other crash reports and the artifacts from the crashes. … We gave information about the ET technologies out and insisted the corporations take the patents. We put the integrated circuit out. The general said, “let’s keep a secret, but when I die, I relieve you of my oath.”

                                                US Air Force, FAA, Captain Robert Salas
The security guard called and said, “Sir, there’s a glowing red object hovering right outside the front gate. I’ve got all the men out here with their weapons drawn.” We lost between 16 to 18 ICBMs [nuclear-tipped InterContinental Ballistic Missiles] at the same time UFOs were in the area and were observed by airmen….A high-ranking Air Force Officer said, “Stop the investigation; do no more on this and do not write a final report.” Many of the guards that were witnesses and reported the incident were sent off to Viet Nam.

Dr. H. Marshall Chadwell

Former Assistant Director, Office of Scientific Intelligence, Central Intelligence Agency
“Sightings of unexplained objects at great altitude and traveling at high speeds
in the vicinity of major US defense installations are of such nature that they are
not attributable to natural phenomena or known types of aerial vehicles.”

US Air Force, Professor Robert Jacobs

So this thing UFO fires a beam of light at the warhead, hits it and then it moves to the other side and fires another beam of light. And the warhead tumbles out of space. What message would I interpret from that?  The UFOs were telling us don’t mess with nuclear warheads….

Allen Welsh Dulles 

Director of Central Intelligence (1953–61), de facto head of the U.S. Central Intelligence
Agency and a member of the Warren Commission. “Maximum security exists concerning the subject of UFOs.”

Victor Marchetti

Former Special Assistant to the Deputy Director of the Central Intelligence Agency
“We have, indeed, been contacted – perhaps even visited – by extraterrestrial
beings, and the U.S. government, in collusion with the other national powers of
the earth, is determined to keep this information from the general public.”
“Such extreme conclusions are not necessarily valid, but they probably
accurately reflect the fears of the ‘ruling classes’ of the major nations, whose
leaders particularly those in the intelligence business have always advocated
excessive governmental secrecy as being necessary to preserve ‘national

Fairchild Industries Corporate Manager, Wernher Von Braun’s

In 1974, founder of modern rocket science Von Braun told me that the reasons for space-based weaponry were all based on a lie. He said the strategy was to use scare tactics that first the Russians, then terrorists are going to be considered the enemy. The next enemy was asteroids. “The last card is the alien card.  We are going to have to build space-based weapons against aliens, and all of it is a lie.”….I was at a meeting in Fairchild Industries in the War Room. The conversation was about how they were going to antagonize these enemies and at some point, there was going to be a Gulf War. NOTE This was in1977

 Director  J. Edgar Hoover

Hoover was the first Director of the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) of the United States., he was instrumental in founding the FBI in 1935, where he remained director until his death in 1972.
“I would aid the Army Air Force in its UFO investigations but before agreeing to
it we must insist upon full access to the discs already recovered.” For instance in the LA
(Los Alamos) case the Army grabbed it and would not let us have it for cursory

“UFOs are considered top secret by intelligence officers of both the Army and
the Air Forces.” “The Federal Bureau of Investigation has been requested to assist in the
investigation of reported sightings of flying disks…”

“An investigator for the Air Force stated that three so-called flying saucers had
been recovered in New Mexico. They were described as being circular in shape
with raised centers. Approximately 50 feet in diameter. Each one was occupied
by three bodies of human shape but only 3 feet tall. Dressed in metallic cloth of a
very fine texture. Each body was bandaged in a manner similar to the blackout
suits used by speed flyers and test pilots.”
[ memo to J. Edgar Hoover from the Washington FBI Office, released in 1976 under the freedom of information act]

Dr Wang Sichao  official Chinese government astronomer

On August 23, 2010 Dr Sichao stated that Extraterrestrials or Aliens exist and that their craft have the ability to visit our earth.

FAA Chief of Accidents and Investigations, John Callahan

The UFO was bouncing around the 747. It was a huge ball with lights running around it….Well, I’ve been involved in a lot of cover-ups with the FAA. When we gave the presentation to the Reagan staff, they had all those people swear that this never happened. But they never had me swear it never happened. I can tell you what I’ve seen with my own eyes. I’ve got a videotape. I’ve got the voice tape. I’ve got the reports that were filed that will confirm what I’ve been telling you.

Monsignor Corrado Balducci  – Vatican official and Theologian

We can’t anymore deny that something is happening here,. Not just flying saucers, but there might be actual people, beings, extraterrestrial beings.

John Callahan FAA Division Chief

This particular incident started with a phone call from the people in Alaska. They kept repeating “the UFO was bouncing around the 747 here.” …

National Security Agency, James Kopf  US Navy,

The UFO incident occurred on the USS John F. Kennedy in the summer of 1971. We observed a large, glowing sphere over the ship. It looked huge. I would say it was anywhere from three or four hundred feet to a quarter of a mile depending on how high it was. A few days later, the Commanding Officer looked at the camera – and I will never forget this –

                                    Canadian Transport Department,  Wilbur Smith

Flying saucers exist. The matter is the most highly classified subject in the US Government, rating higher even than the H-bomb

                                 Lieutenant, Professor Robert Jacobs US Air Force

During a space missile test  this UFO just appears and fires a beam of light at the warhead, hits it, and then it moves to the other side and fires another beam of light, and then moves again and fires another beam, and another before existing at a rapid speed. The warhead JUST tumbled out of space.

                                                   US Marine Corps, Captain Bill Uhouse

The simulator that they used was for the extraterrestrial craft they had, which is a 30-meter one that crashed in Kingman, Arizona, back in 1953 or 1952. I was inside the actual alien craft for a start-up. Over the last 40 years or so, not counting simulators – I’m talking about actual craft – there are probably two or three dozen, and various sizes that we built

                              Mark McCandlish  US Air Force, Aerospace Illustrator,

This craft was what they called the Alien Reproduction Vehicle. It was also nicknamed the Flux Liner. This flying saucer was one of three that were in this hangar at Norton Air Force Base

                                Dr. Paul Czysz   Professor of Aeronautical Engineering,

When I was at Wright-Patterson Air Force Base, we had flying saucers that covered the distance from Columbus to Detroit in the equivalent of about 20,000 miles per hour. I know people today that worked on one of these things I worked on, and if you asked them about it, they would say, “No, I have no idea what you’re talking about.” They’re in their seventies now, but they still absolutely would never admit that they even know what you’re talking about. Threats of 50 years ago are still of concern. .

                                                   Stanely A. Fulham, NORAD officer 

On June 26th 2010 Stanley Fulham stated to the US media also YOUTUBE  “ I predict that on October 13th  2010, dozens of UFO’s will appear over most major cities in the USA”.

On October 13th just as predicted, several dozen UFOs were sighted over New York City. The sightings began around midday and lasted until early evening. They were sighted by hundreds, and filmed by witnesses and television crews. Multible videos of the UFOs have been broadcast. There was no official comment from government authorities over the source of the UFOs that maintained a steady position for hours on end. The October 13 sighting would be like so many other unexplained UFO sightings over major cities, except for one notable exception. Stanley A. Fulham, a retired NORAD officer, actually predicted October 13 as the date that extraterrestrial visitors would appear. He states also that the visitation is merely an initial step in a process to educate the world public that we are not alone. Astonishingly, his prediction was validated by the mass UFO sighting in New York, as well as in other major cities. So we are likely to have more predictions from Fulham in the months and years ahead about mass UFO sightings he claims will culminate in an overt extraterrestrial intervention by 2015. At the very least, Fulham has gotten the attention of many who did not give much thought to his October 13 prediction. We will certainly pay closer attention the next time he predicts UFOs appearing in a process that indisputably demonstrates the existence of extraterrestrial life.

                                  Dr. Richard F. Haines      NASA
 NASA senior research scientist for both the “Ames Research Center”, and the
Research Institute for “Advanced Computer Science” where he worked on the
International Space Station.
“What I found [in doing research for the book Project Delta] was compelling
evidence to claim that most of these aerial objects far exceeded the terrestrial
technology of the era in which they were seen. I was forced to conclude that
there is a great likelihood that Earth is being visited by highly advanced
aerospace vehicles under highly ‘intelligent’ control indeed.”

                 Albert M. Chop Deputy Public Relations Director, NASA

“I’ve been convinced for a long time that the flying saucers are real and
interplanetary. In other words we are being watched by beings from outer

Ben Rich “Lockheed CEO

Ben Rich, the “Father of the Stealth Fighter-Bomber” and former head of Lockheed Skunk Works, once let out information  that Extraterrestrial UFO Visitors Are Real And the U.S. Military Travels To the Stars! Then on his death bed in 1995 he declared the same thing. “that Extraterrestrial UFO visitors are real and that the U.S. Military already travels to the stars.”

Harry G. Barnes  (CAA)

Senior Air Traffic Controller for the Civil Aeronautics Administration (CAA), Director of
Air Traffic Control for Washington National Airport (Washington D.C.) in 1952, now
known as “Ronald Reagan Washington National Airport”.
“For six hours … there were at least ten unidentifiable objects moving above
Washington. They were not ordinary aircraft.
[Regarding the 1952 Washington D.C. UFO incident, also known as the
Washington flap

John Callahan

Division Chief of Accidents and Investigations for the Federal Aviation Administration
“The UFO was bouncing around the 747. [It] was a huge ball with lights running
around it…Well; I’ve been involved in a lot of cover-ups with the FAA. When we
gave the presentation to the Reagan staff, they had all those people swear that
this never happened. But they never had me swear it never happened. I can tell
you what I’ve seen with my own eyes. I’ve got a videotape. I’ve got the voice
tape. I’ve got the reports that were filed that will confirm what I’ve been telling

       Brigadier General Thomas J. Dubose

 In the summer of 1947, DuBose was a colonel and General Roger M. Ramey’s chief of staff at Eighth Air Force Headquarters in Forth Worth, Texas,

“when the plane from Roswell arrived with the material I asked the base
commander to personally transport it in a B-26 to Major General Mc Mullen in
Washington DC. The entire operation was conducted under strictest secrecy. The
weather balloon explanation for the material was a cover story to divert the
attention of the press”.

                                       Brigadier General Arthur E. Exon

 Chief of Ballistic Missiles for The Directorate of Operations, Headquarters U.S. Air Forces in Europe

“We heard the material was coming to Wright Field. It was brought into our
material evaluation labs. I don’t know how it arrived but the boys who tested it
said it was very unusual”.

Lt. Colonel Dwynne Arneson US Air Force (ret.)

A 26 year veteran of the USAF Lt. Colonel Arneson had an above top-secret SCI-TK
(Special Compartmented Tango Kilo) clearance. He worked as a computer systems
analyst for Boeing and was the Director of Logistics at Wright-Patterson AFB.

“In 1967 I was in charge of the Communication Center, the Twentieth Air Division
at Malmstrom Air Force Base, Montana. I was again the top-secret control officer
there. I dispatched all the nuclear launch authentications to the SAC missile
crews, so — I had a very good top-secret background. One day, I happened to
see a message that came through my communications center. There again, I
cannot quote the date, where it came from, where it was going to, but I do recall
reading it and seeing it. It said, basically, that ‘A UFO was seen near missile silos’
… ‘and it was hovering.’ It said that the crew going on duty and the crew coming
off duty all saw the UFO just hovering in mid-air. It was a metallic circular object
and from what I understand, the missiles were all shut down.”
“One instance was back in 1962 when I was a lieutenant at Ramstein Air Force
Base in Germany. I was the crypto officer for the entire Ramstein Air Base. I was
a top-secret control officer. And in that capacity, I happened to see a classified
message go through my com center, which said that “A UFO has crashed on the
Island of Spitsbergen, Norway, and a team of scientists are coming to investigate

Lance Corporal Jonathan Weygand
United States Marine Corps

“The UFO was buried in the side of a cliff”. When I first saw it, I was scared. I
think the creatures calmed me…[Later, I was arrested by an Air Force officer.
He was saying, “Do you like the Constitution?” I’m like, “Yeah.” He said, “We
don’t obey. We just do what we want. And if you tell anybody about us or the
UFO, you will just come up missing”

Lt. Col. Wendelle C. Stephens, USAF (Ret.)

Wendelle C. Stevens is a retired USAF Pilot and a noted American Ufology Investigator
and Researcher. A graduate of the Lockheed Aircraft Maintenance & Repair School,
Stevens’ work as a researcher began in 1946 when the US Army Air Force assigned
Stevens to the early center of Air Corps research and development and flight testing,
Wright Field, later renamed “Wright-Patterson Air Force Base”.

Quote “We have operational discs that our governments have built from reverse

Stephen William Hawking

British theoretical physicist, whose scientific career spans over forty years, Hawking was the Lucasian Professor of Mathematics at the University of Cambridge for thirty years,
“Of course it is possible that UFO’s really do contain aliens as many people
believe, and the government is hushing it up. I wouldn’t like to comment on
that.”   I will say however that “If aliens ever visit us, I think the outcome would be much as when Christopher Columbus first landed in America, which didn’t turn out very well for the Native Americans … I imagine they might exist in massive ships, having used up all the resources from their home planet. Such advanced aliens would perhaps become nomads, looking to conquer and colonize whatever planets they can reach.”

     Michio Kaku

An American theoretical physicist specializing in string field theory. ( A real Sheldon  haha kp)
“In my mind, there is no question that they’re out there. My Career is well
established. My texts books are required reading in all the major capitals on
planet earth … Therefore, I’m in a position to say: Yes- Most likely they’re out
there; perhaps even visited, perhaps on our moon.”

      Stanton Terry Friedman 

Original civilian investigator of the Roswell incident, he studied physics at the University of Chicago and worked as a Nuclear Physicist on Research and Development projects.
” I have concluded that the earth is being visited by intelligently controlled
vehicles whose origin is extraterrestrial. This doesn’t mean I know where they
come from, why they are here, or how they operate.”

“Eyewitness and photographic and radar reports from all over the earth by competent witnesses of definite objects whose characteristics such as maneuverability, high speed, and hovering, along with definite shape, texture, and surface features, rule out
terrestrial explanations.”
      Dr. Paul Czysz

Professor Emeritus of Aerospace Engineering at Saint Louis University, the
former Chief Scientist for the National Aerospace Place (NASP) project, and the CEO of
his hypersonic research company, Hypertech Concepts,

“When I was at Wright-Patterson Air Force Base, we had flying saucers that
covered the distance from Columbus to Detroit in the equivalent of about 20,000
miles per hour …
“I know people today that worked on one of the things I worked on, and if you
asked them about it, they would say, ‘No, I have no idea what you’re talking
about.’ They’re in their seventies now, but they still absolutely would never
admit that they even know what you’re talking about. If there were nonearthbound
sources of information, the people who were doing the design or
analysis work would never have any idea of where it came from.”

Hermann Oberth

German rocket programmer  At a news conference announced: ” There is no doubt in my mind that these objects are inter-planetary craft of some sort”!

Lachezar Filipov Bulgarian Deputy Director of space research.

In an interview with Bulgaria’s media Mr Filipov statedAliens are currently all around us and watching us all the time” He also said that the seat of the cathorlic church “the Vatican” also agreed that aliens exist.

Congressman William H Ayres 1958.

“Congressional investigations…are still being held on the problem of unidentified flying objects and the problem is one in which there is quite a bit of interest… Since most of the material presented to the committee is classified, the hearings are never printed.”

Dr James McDonald before Congress, 1968. 

“My own present opinion, based on two years of careful study, is that UFOs are probably extraterrestrial devices engaged in something that might very tentatively be termed ‘surveillance’.”

Former CIA Director, Roscoe Hillenkoetter, public statement, 1960.

“Behind the scenes, high-ranking Air Force officers are soberly concerned about UFOs. But through official secrecy and ridicule, many citizens are led to believe that unknown flying objects are nonsense.”

Colonel Joseph J. Bryan III, founder member of the CIAs psychological warfare staff, also head advisor to NATO. 

“These UFOs are interplanetary devices systematically observing the Earth, either manned or under remote control, or both.”
“Information on UFOs, including sighting reports, has been and is still being officially withheld.”

Lt. Colonel Richard Headrick, radar bombing expert, 1959

“Saucers exist (I saw two). They were intelligently flown or operated (evasive tactics, formation flight, hovering). They were mechanisms, not United States weapons, nor Russian. I presume they are  extraterrestrial.”

Air Marshall Azim Daudpota, 1985. 

“This was no ordinary UFO. Scores of people saw it. It was no illusion, no deception, no imagination.”


Air Chief Marshall Lord Dowding, Commanding Officer of the RAF during WWII.

“More than 10,000 sightings have been reported, the majority of which cannot be accounted for by any ‘scientific’ explanation, eg that they are
hallucinations, the effects of light refraction, meteors, wheels falling from aeroplanes, and the like…. They have been tracked on radar screens… and the observed speeds have been as great as 9,000 mph. I am convinced that these objects do exist and they are not manufactured by any nation on earth. I can therefore see no alternative to accepting the theory that they come from an extraterrestrial source.”

Lieutenant George Gorman, F 1948.

“I am convinced there was thought behind the thing’s manoeuvres.”

General Kanshi Ishikawa, Chief of Air Staff, 1967.

“UFOs are real and they may come from outer space…photographs and various materials show scientifically that there are more advanced people piloting the saucers and motherships.”

Major General Joe W. Kelly, 1957.

“Air Force interceptors still pursue UFOs as a matter of national security to this country and to determine technical aspects involved.”

Captain Kervendal, French Gendarmerie.

“Something is going on in the skies… that we do not understand. If all the airline pilots and Air Force pilots who have seen UFOs and sometimes chased them… have been the victims of hallucinations, then an awful lot of pilots should be taken off and forbidden to fly.”

Major Donald Keyhoe,  1958 

“The Air Force had put out a secret order for its pilots to capture UFOs. For the last six months we have been working with a congressional committee for investigating official secrecy concerning proof that UFOs are real machines under intelligent control”

Captain Thomas Mantell, USAF. These were his last words as he closed in on a UFO in 1948. Minutes later his plane was to crash and he was to lose his life.

“It appears to be a metallic object…tremendous in size… directly ahead and slightly above… I am trying to close for a better look.”

Major Jesse Marcel. US Army Intelligence Officer. 1947.

“I was amazed at what I saw. The amount of debris that was scattered over such an area…The more I saw of the fragments, the more I realized it wasn’t anything I was acquainted with. In fact, as it turned out, nobody else was acquainted with it…There was a cover up some place about the whole matter.”

Captain Eddie Rickenbacker. World War I air ace.

“Flying saucers are real. Too many good men have seen them, that don’t have hallucinations.”

Air Marshall Nurjadin Roesmin, Commander in Chief of the Indonesian Air Force 1967.

“UFOs sighted in Indonesia are identical with those sighted in other countries. Sometimes they pose a problem for our Air Defence and once we were obliged to open fire on them.”

Air Commodore J. Salutun,  Member of the Indonesian Parliament in 1967.

“The most spectacular UFO incident in Indonesia occurred when during the height of President Sukarno’s confrontation in Malaysia, UFOs penetrated a well defended area in Java for two weeks at a stretch, and each time were welcomed with perhaps the heaviest anti-aircraft barrage in history.”

Lieutenant D. A Swimley, USAF 1953 

“And don’t tell me they were reflections, I know they were solid objects.”

Colonel Robert Willingham, USAF 1970’s

“Headquarters wouldn’t let us go after it and we played around a little bit. We got to watching how it made 90 degree turns at this high speed and everything. We knew it wasn’t a missile of any type, so then we confirmed it with the radar control station, and they kept following it, and then it crashed somewhere off between Texas and the Mexico border.”

Colonel Gordon Cooper, Mercury and Gemini Astronaut 1960’s

“A saucer flew right over (us), put down three landing gears, and landed out on the dry lakebed. (The cameramen) went out there with their cameras toward the UFO…. I had chance to hold (the film) up to the window. Good close-up shots. There was no doubt in my mind that it was made someplace other than on this earth.”

John Callaghan, FAA Chief of Accidents and Investigations

“The UFO was bouncing around the 747. (It) was a huge ball with lights
running around it… Well, I’ve been involved in a lot of cover-ups with the FAA. When we gave the presentation to the Reagan staff, they had all those people swear that this never happened. But they never had me swear it never happened. I can tell you what I’ve seen with my own eyes. I’ve got a videotape. I’ve got the voice tape. I’ve got the reports that were filed that will confirm what I’ve been telling you.”

Admiral Lord Hill-Norton, British Royal Navy, former Chief of Defence 

“I have frequently been asked why a person of my background—a former Chief of the Defence Staff, a former Chairman of the NATO Military Committee—why I think there is a cover-up (of) the facts about UFOs. I believe governments fear that if they did disclose those facts, people would panic. I don’t believe that at all. There is a serious possibility that we are being visited by people from outer space. It behoves us to find out who they are, where they come from, and what they want.”

Captain Robert Salas, USAF, 

The security guard called and said, “Sir, there’s a glowing red object hovering right outside the front gate. I’ve got all the men out here with their weapons drawn.” We lost between 16-18 ICBMs (nuclear tipped Inter Continental Ballistic Missiles) at the same time UFOs were in the area… (A high ranking Air Force officer) said, “Stop the investigation; do no more on this and do not write a final report. I heard that many of the guards that reported the incident were sent off to Vietnam.”

                            Jimmy Carter – President of the United States,

“It was the darndest thing I’ve ever seen. It was big, it was very bright, it changed colours, and it was about the size of the moon. We watched it for ten minutes, but none of us could figure out what it was. One thing’s for sure: I’ll never make fun of people who say they’ve seen unidentified flying objects in the sky.”

“Former Soviet President Mikhail Gorbachev on 26th April 1990.

“The phenomenon of UFOs are real. I know that, there are scientific organisations which study the problem.”

Air Commodore David Thorne, Director of General Operations for the Zimbabwe Air Force in 1985.

“This is the first sighting in Zimbabwe where airborne pilots have tried to intercept a UFO. As far as my Air Staff is concerned, we believe implicitly that the unexplained UFOs are from civilizations beyond our planet.”

Colonel Wilfred De Brouwer, Chief of Operations for the Belgian Air Force in 1990

“The Air Force has arrived at the conclusion that a certain number of anomalous phenomena has been produced in Belgian airspace. The numerous testimonies of ground observations….reinforced by the reports of the night March 30-31 (1990) have led us to face the hypothesis that a certain number of unauthorised aerial activities have taken place.
The day will undoubtedly come when the phenomenon will be observed with the technological means of detection and collection that won’t leave a single doubt about its origin. This should lift a part of the veil that has covered the mystery for a long time; a mystery that continues to be present. But it exists, it is real, and that in itself is an important conclusion.”

Kenju Terauchi Japan Airlines pilot in 1986.

“It is impossible for any man-made machine to make a sudden appearance in front of a jumbo jet that is flying 910 kilometers per hour and to remain in steady formation paralleling our aircraft. … Honestly, we were simply breathtaken.”

 Dr Paul Santorini  1946.

They were definite UFO’s but before we could do anymore, the army, after conferring with (US) officials, ordered the investigation stopped.

CIA Director, Allen Dulles, 1955.

“Maximum security exists concerning the subject of UFOs.”

 Senator  Richard Russell, head of the Armed Services Committee, 1955.

“ Regarding UFO’s, I have discussed this matter with the effected agencies of the government, and they are of the opinion that is it not wise to publicize this matter at this time.”

              Navy Admiral Delmar Fahrney in a public statement during 1957.

 “Reliable reports indicate there are objects coming into our atmosphere at very high speeds and controlled by thinking intelligence.”

Congressman William H Ayres 1958.

“Congressional investigations…are still being held on the problem of unidentified flying objects and the problem is one in which there is quite a bit of interest… Since most of the material presented to the committee is classified, the hearings are never printed.”

      President Obama  ( An unscheduled white house press conference in late 2013 )

WASHINGTON D. C. – President Barack Obama announced that extra-terrestrial aliens have been controlling the world’s major governments since shortly after the end of World War II. President Obama made the stunning declaration at an unscheduled White House press conference early this morning.

“This has been going on since the 1950s,” President Obama told the crowd of stunned reporters, “They were attracted to our planet in large numbers due to our discovery of atomic fission, to our use of nuclear weapons.”

Obama described how the 1947 Roswell incident involved a type of alien popularly known as The Greys, who were the first to make themselves outwardly known.

“Today, practically every human being on earth knows what a Grey alien looks like,” the President said with a shrug, “Once contact was established with the Greys, President Truman made a deal with them, letting them build bases here in exchange for technology. After that, President Eisenhower met with a group of aliens commonly known as the Nordics, who are similar enough to terrestrial humans to move among us almost completely unnoticed. They offered us a place in the universal brotherhood of enlightenment if we were willing to disarm ourselves of nuclear weapon. Unfortunately, both we and the Soviet Union, who were also facing this offer, decided to hold on to the nukes.”

The President went on to explain that, since then, a variety of alien groups have established secret programs to work around the resistance by world governments to abandoning nuclear weapons and the threat of multi-dimensional devastation they pose.

“Aliens have been around for a long time, and not all of them travel by spaceship,” President Obama explained, “They can manipulate time and space, which are both important and strongly-interconnected properties of reality, but not the only ones. One result of that manipulation is anti-gravity faster-than-light propulsion. Another result is a form of control over the kinds of trans-dimensional perception most commonly known as remote viewing, telepathy, astral travel, bi-location, or any of a large number of other names.”

Nodding to himself, the President paused to take a long look at the apprehensive faces filling the silent room.

Though Obama went on to laugh about this statement, he covered every detail that has been common knowledge to those that have researched the facts.  A joke !! I don’t think so, as the best method of maintaining a conspiracy theory is to admit jokingly the actual facts surrounding that conspiracy, thus convincing the masses it must be a joke other wise it would have been stated seriously. ( A common C.I.A psychological trick used  throughout the cold war)    



It must be noted here, that I still sit on the fence as to whether or not we actually landed on the moon. (refer my moon landing blog for more detail) having said this, IF we did and EBE’s did communicate with Armstrong and Aldrin  the following passages  make a lot of sense. 

The strange moon. 
One of the great astronaut legends concerning encounters with aliens is the issue concerning the sovereignty of the moon. Throughout the 60’s and early 70’s the direction of NASA was geared to putting a man on the moon followed by other Apollo manned missions to complete lunar exploration for the purpose of assessing the plausibility of establishing a lunar military complex.  
Why then, after BILLIONS of dollars spent achieving this goal, was the entire program  terminated. PERMANENTLY!  

Strange decision. 
Not even the Russians felt disposed to take up the baton. This is strange, and however you look at it, it represents a curious decision. To have achieved so many milestones, then just give up and concentrate on venus, leaves many to doubt the landing happened at all.  Founded rumors continue to circulate that when Armstrong and Collins where on the moon , it was made obviously clear by existing inhabitants, that violation of the moon surface by any other specie would not be tolerated. In other words, it was a “hands off our moon” ultimatum!  This may be a fantasy created for a joke, if so, how do you explain never EVER going back when it was NASA and The White Houses sole intention to colonize and utilize the moons surface for future MOD operations also possible space travel assistance. .   

It has now been 46 years since the supposed landing and the USA have NEVER been back. There are 3 theories,

  • NASA didn’t achieve Kennedy’s promise of 1963
  • NASA new the possible fatal consequences of their actions, if they did go back.
  • NASA along with the MOD have secretly established the military base as intended.


 The subject of an article in 1990 was perception of UFOs by cosmonauts and astronauts. It contained stories told by ten Soviet and American space explorers. Only one did not refute the possibility of UFOs coming to our galaxy. .Though the following sightings and experiences may not prove the existence of extraterrestrials, they certainly prove that very unusual and unexplained vehicles are moving around our planet on a regular basis.  K.P

Astronaut John Glenn 

 “February 20, 1962: John Glenn, piloting his Mercury capsule, saw three objects follow him and then overtake him at varying speeds.”He continues by stating that the objects become very numerous, moved very slowly, resembled fireflies, they appeared the size of stars and were particularly illuminated by the setting sun

Major Gordon Cooper

One of the original Mercury Astronauts and the last American to fly in space alone. On May 15, 1963 he shot into space in a Mercury capsule for a 22 orbit journey around the world. During the final orbit, Major Gordon Cooper told the tracking station at Muchea (near Perth Australia) that he could see a glowing, greenish object ahead of him quickly approaching his capsule. The UFO was real and solid, because it was picked up by Muchea’s tracking radar. Cooper’s sighting was reported by the National Broadcast Company, which was covering the flight step by step; but when Cooper landed, reporters were told that they would not be allowed to question him about the UFO sighting.

Major Cooper was a firm believer in UFOs. Ten years earlier, in 1951 he had sighted a UFO while piloting an F-86 Sabrejet over Western Germany. They were metallic, saucer-shaped discs at considerable altitude and could out-maneuver all American fighter planes. Major Cooper also testified before the United Nations: “I believe that these extra-terrestrial vehicles and their crews are visiting this planet from other planets… Most astronauts were reluctant to discuss UFOs.” “I did have occasion in 1951 to have two days of observation of many flights of them, of different sizes, flying in fighter formation, generally from east to west over Europe.”

And according to a taped interview by J. L. Ferrando, Major Cooper said: “For many years I have lived with a secret, in a secrecy imposed on all specialists in astronautics. I can now reveal that every day, in the USA, our radar instruments capture objects of form and composition unknown to us. And there are thousands of witness reports and a quantity of documents to prove this, but nobody wants to make them public. Why? Because authority is afraid that people may think of God knows what kind of horrible invaders. So the password still is: We have to avoid panic by all means.”
“I was furthermore a witness to an extraordinary phenomenon, here on this planet Earth. It happened a few months ago in Florida. There I saw with my own eyes a defined area of ground being consumed by flames, with four indentions left by a flying object which had descended in the middle of a field. Beings had left the craft (there were other traces to prove this). They seemed to have studied topography, they had collected soil samples and, eventually, they returned to where they had come from, disappearing at enormous speed… I happen to know that authority did just about everything to keep this incident from the press and TV, in fear of a panicky reaction from the public.”

Donald Slayton

Donald Slayton, a Mercury astronaut, revealed in an interview he had seen UFOs in 1951: “I was testing a P-51 fighter in Minneapolis when I spotted this object. I was at about 10,000 feet on a nice, bright, sunny afternoon. I thought the object was a kite, then I realized that no kite is gonna fly that high.” As I got closer it looked like a weather balloon, grey and about three feet in diameter. But as soon as I got behind the darn thing it didn’t look like a balloon anymore. It looked like a saucer, a disk. About the same time, I realized that it was suddenly going away from me – and there I was, running at about 300 miles per hour. I tracked it for a little way, and then all of a sudden the damn thing just took off. It pulled about a 45 degree climbing turn and accelerated and just flat disappeared.”

Robert White

On July 17, 1962 Major Robert White reported a UFO during his fifty-eight-mile high flight of an X-15. Major White reported: “I have no idea what it could be. It was grayish in color and about thrity to forty feet away.”
Then according to a Time Magazine article, Major White exclaimed over the radio: “There ARE things out there! There absolutely is!”

Joseph A. Walker

On May 11, 1962 NASA pilot Joseph Walker said that one of his tasks was to detect UFOs during his X-15 flights. He had filmed five or six UFOs during his record breaking fifty-mile-high flight in April, 1962. It was the second time he had filmed UFOs in flight. During a lecture at the Second National Conference on the Peaceful Uses of Space Research in Seattle, Washigton he said: “I don’t feel like speculating about them. All I know is what appeared on the film which was developed after the flight.” – Joseph Walker To date none of those films has been released to the public for viewing.

Eugene Cernan

Eugene Cernan was commander of Apollo 17. In a Los Angeles Times article in 1973 he said, about UFOs: “…I’ve been asked (about UFOs) and I’ve said publicly I thought they (UFOs) were somebody else, some other civilization.”

Ed White & James McDivitt

In June 1965, astronauts Ed White (first American to walk in space) and James McDivitt were passing over Hawaii in a Gemini spacecraft when they saw a weird-looking metallic object. The UFO had long arms sticking out of it. McDivitt took pictures with a cine-camera. Those pictures have never been released.

James Lovell and Frank Borman

In December 1965, Gemini astronauts James Lovell and Frank Borman also saw a UFO during their second orbit of their record-breaking 14 day flight. Borman reported that he saw an unidentified spacecraft some distance from their capsule. Gemini Control, at Cape Kennedy told him that he was seeing the final stage of their own Titan booster rocket. Borman confirmed that he could see the booster rocket all right, but that he could also see something completely different.

recording during James Lovell’s flight on Gemini 7:


Capcom: This is Houston. Say again 7.

Capcom: Gemini 7, is that the booster or is that an actual sighting?

Capcom: …Estimated distance or size?

Neil Armstrong & Edwin Aldrin

  According to the NASA Astronaut Neil Armstrong, the Aliens have a base on the Moon and told us in no uncertain terms to get off and stay off the Moon. According to un-confirmed reports, both Neil Armstrong and Edwin “Buzz” Aldrin saw UFOs shortly after that historic landing on the Moon in Apollo 11 on 21 July 1969. I remember hearing one of the astronauts refer to a “light” in or on a crater during the television transmission, followed by a request from mission control for further information. Nothing more was heard. According to a former NASA employee Otto Binder, unnamed radio hams with their own VHF receiving facilities that bypassed NASA’s broadcasting outlets picked up the following exchange:

NASA: Whats there?
Mission Control calling Apollo 11…

Apollo11: These “Babies” are huge, Sir! Enormous!
OH MY GOD! You wouldn’t believe it!
I’m telling you there are other spacecraft out there,
Lined up on the far side of the crater edge!
They’re on the Moon watching us!


Many years later, at one of the rare speaker appointments Armstrong accepted.  A professor, who wished to remain anonymous for obvious reasons, engaged in a discussion with Armstrong regarding the whole Apollo 11 saga.  

Professor: What REALLY happened out there with Apollo 11?

Armstrong: It was incredible, of course we had always known
there was a possibility, the fact is, we were warned off! There was never any question then of a space station or a moon city.

Professor: How do you mean “warned off”?

Armstrong: I can’t go into details, except to say that their
ships were far superior to ours both in size and technology – Boy, were they big! and menacing!
No, there is no question of a space station on the lunar surface.

Professor: But NASA had other missions after Apollo 11?

Armstrong: Naturally – NASA was committed at that time, and couldn’t risk panic on Earth. But it really was a quick scoop and back again.


According to a Dr. Vladimir Azhazha: “Neil Armstrong relayed the message to Mission Control that two large, mysterious objects were watching them after having landed near the moon module. But this message was never heard by the public – because NASA censored it.”
According to a Dr. Aleksandr Kasantsev, Buzz Aldrin took color movie film of the UFOs from inside the module, and continued filming them after he and Armstrong went outside. Armstrong confirmed that the story was true but refused to go into further detail.

NASA knew about ‘alien’ activity on the Moon before Armstrong, Aldrin, and Collins ever set foot on it. Edwin Aldrin at one point found evidence that we were NOT THE FIRST to arrive on the moon. After first seeing and then taking photographs of footprints in the lunar soil (Aldrin) then saw the beings that made the footprints (the report and transcripts of conversations between the astronauts were not clear if Aldrin had physical and/or mental contact with the entities).

‘Buzz’ Aldrin had a nervous breakdown because of these events and the pressure not to talk. There have been 22 deaths (many ‘suicides’) at JSC in Houston. It also an unspoken rule that no astronaut who has seen AVs or ETs is permitted  to discuss this issue, even among themselves.

In Return to Earth, Aldrin’s autobiography, tells of his struggle with depression and alcoholism following his long and dedicated USAF and NASA career.  Did NASA, CIA and the Pentagon compell Colonel Aldrin (and every other astronaut) to conceal what they saw on the moon? How much did this contribute to Aldrin’s mental problems?

Some time ago the Science Channel aired a program called “First on the Moon: The Untold Story.’ One segment described a UFO encounter that Apollo 11 astronauts witnessed during flight to the moon. Aldrin spoke of something he saw.

This is the first time that Buzz Aldrin, an Apollo 11 astronaut, had ever publicly recounted any UFO experience associated with the Apollo 11 moon mission,

Buzz Aldrin remarked, “There was something out there that, uh, was close enough to be observed and what could it be?…Mike (Collins) decided he thought he could see it in the telescope and he was able to do that and when it was in one position, that had a series of ellipses, but when you made it real sharp it was sort of L shaped.’

“NASA knew very little about, um, the object reported by the Apollo 11 crew. It was obviously an unidentified flying object,’ said Senior NASA scientist, Dr. David Baker. “But such objects were not uncommon and the history of even earth orbit space flights going back over the previous years indicated that SEVERAL CREWS SAW OBJECTS” (emphasis mine).

“Now, obviously, the three of us were not going to blurt out, ‘Hey Houston we got something moving along side of us and we don’t know what it is,’ observed Aldrin. “We weren’t about to do that, cause we know that those transmissions would be heard by all sorts of people and who knows what somebody would have demanded that we turn back because of Aliens or whatever the reason is, so we didn’t do that but we did decide we’d just cautiously ask Houston where, how far away was the S-IVB?’.  NASA reported the separated stage 6,000 miles behind. Obviously they didn’t detect any UFO.

Aldrin replied: “And a few moments we decided that after a while of watching it (UFO), it was time to go to sleep and not to talk about it anymore until we came back and went through debriefing.” NASA scientist, David Baker said, “There were a lot of people within the program who went off later and became convinced that UFOs existed and that led to some concern on NASA’s part. .”

Astronaut Dr. Story Musgrave

Dr. Story Musgrave, a Payload Specialist crew member aboard the STS-80 Mission—a disc-shaped object much larger than the orbiting American spacecraft suddenly appeared beneath the shuttle. At the time the Columbia was maintaining an altitude 190 nautical miles above Earth. Musgrave admitted that, although he got a good look at it, he wasn’t able to identify the object. “I don’t know what it is..I don’t know…It appeared to [have] come from nowhere. You would think that if it’s facing the dark side or facing a side towards you which is not reflecting the sun, you would think that you would see something there. It’s really impressive.

Apollo 14 Astronaut, Edgar Mitchell, Ph.D.

Yes, there have been ET visitations. There have been crashed craft. There have been material and bodies recovered. There has been a certain amount of reverse engineering that has allowed some of these craft, or some components, to be duplicated. And there is some group of people that may or may not be associated with government at this point that have this knowledge. People in high level government have very little, if any, valid information about this. It has been the subject of disinformation in order to deflect attention and create confusion so the truth doesn’t come out

Maurice Chatelain

In 1979 Maurice Chatelain, former chief of NASA Communications Systems confirmed that Armstrong had indeed reported seeing two UFOs on the rim of a crater. Chatelain believes that some UFOs may come from our own solar system, specifically Titan. “The encounter was common knowledge in NASA, but nobody has talked about it until now.” “…all Apollo and Gemini flights were followed, both at a distance and sometimes also quite closely, by space vehicles of extraterrestrial origin – flying saucers, or UFOs, if you want to call them by that name. Every time it occurred, the astronauts informed Mission Control, who then ordered absolute silence.” “I think that Walter Schirra aboard Mercury 8 was the first of the astronauts to use the code name ‘Santa Claus’ to indicate the presence of flying saucers next to space capsules. However, his announcements were barely noticed by the general public. It was a little different when James Lovell on board the Apollo 8 command module came out from behind the moon and said for everybody to hear: ‘PLEASE BE INFORMED THAT THERE IS A SANTA CLAUS.’ Even though this happened on Christmas Day 1968, many people sensed a hidden meaning in those words.” The rumors persist. NASA may well be a civilian agency, but many of its programs are funded by the defence budget and most of the astronauts are subject to military security regulations. Apart from the fact that the National Security Agency screens all films and probably radio communications as well. We have the statements by Otto Binder, Dr. Garry Henderson and Maurice Chatelain that the astronauts were under strict orders not to discuss their sightings. And Gordon Cooper has testified to a United Nations committee that one of the astronauts actually witnessed a UFO on the ground. If there is no secrecy, why has this sighting not been made public?

Scott Carpenter

“At no time, when the astronauts were in space were they alone: there was a constant surveillance by UFOs.”

Astronaut Samantha Cristoforetti

As you all know, sightings of UFOs at the space station is a weekly event. Sometimes so close its docked to the station and other times far in the distance.

Astronaut Leroy Chiao

In 2005, astronaut Leroy Chiao was commander of the International Space Station for six and a half months. During a spacewalk with cosmonaut Salizhan Sharipov, the two were installing navigation antennas. They were 230 miles above Earth, traveling at over 17,000 miles per hour, when something unusual caught Chiao’s eye.

“I saw some lights that seemed to be in a line and it was almost like an upside-down check mark, and I saw them fly by and thought it was awfully strange,”

Christopher Cassidy 

Astronaut Christopher Cassidy  saw a UFO float past the International Space Station near its Progress 52  cargo ship.

Astronaut Scott Kelly

When an astronaut tweets a photo of a UFO, you can bet people notice it. Scott Kelly likes to send out photos of the view from the windows of the space station…and they look cool. This one however (Check Google)  has a cigar shaped glowing UFO with a metallic body in it. The UFO is about 25 meters long and 150-200 meters away. It looks like Scott was trying to hint at the existence of aliens.

Apollo 17 Commander Eugene Cernan 

I’ve been asked before about UFO’S and have stated publicly that I thought they (UFO’s) were somebody else’s some other civilisation.

                                                                     The Hubble enigma.

An instance of public space transmission being cut in the face of embarrassing circumstances occurred quite recently on a Space Shuttle mission to repair the Hubble space telescope. The incident which was broadcast on a special edition of Strange but True, contains audio exerpts of astronauts puzzled by strange flashing lights seen moving around the Space Shuttle on February 18th of this year. Shown to a background picture of Mission Control, the astronauts can be heard talking routinely to one another before one of them cries out: “What a flash! I saw a light flash…..there it is again”!

So unusual is the incident that one astronaut imagines he is seeing things, but his companion then confirms the sighting. Seconds later one of them observes: “There’s two of them…..there’s another one. What are they”? Apparently the flashing lights continue. One of the astronauts makes a joke about them: ” Who’d be taking pictures”? he wonders. The other responds: “It’s just gone past in front of us . Further lights! Gone up!”

At this point the picture shows a supervisor stride across to the Mission Control director and both pictures and sound terminate abruptly.


                                                                   Russian sightings 

 In the very early days of space flight, one of the first Russian missions was lost without trace. Prior to contact being severed, An intercepted message was received: “It’s closing in on us ….. it is truly massive…if we don’t get back, the world will never know of this”. At this point transmission was abruptly severed and the pair were never heard from again!

An equally sinister shroud of mystery veils the strange events concerning the flight of the Soviet space ship Voskhod 1. In 1964 this was successfully launched on a five day mission which in the event lasted barely 24 hours. The exact circumstances behind this abrupt curtailment may never be known, but it is widely thought that a prime factor was a sudden encounter with a UFO!  and that the Soviet craft ‘was repeatedly overtaken by extremely fast flying discs.

                                                                          Voskhod 1.

Three Russian cosmonauts reported they were surrounded by a formation of swiftly moving disc-shaped objects.


A year later the crafts successor Voskhod 2 became embroiled in a similar incident.  The crew admitted sighting a peculiar shaped object close to their craft. Moments later all communication with ground control was severed and remained so for several hours.


Soviet, and later, Russian cosmonauts have observed interesting , unusual, and often inexplicable phenomena while in space. Some of them have talked about their experiences, although doing so is not encouraged by their space program.

Colonel   Marina Popovich,

Marina Popovich openly admitted that today’s cosmonauts are routinely taught the proper protocol of dealing with aliens.

Cosmonaut Vladimir Lyakhov

Cosmonaut Vladimir Lyakhov once remarked about a very unusual phenomenon he observed from his spaceship looking down on Earth: two gigantic waves ascended from the waters of the Indian Ocean, and crashed onto each other. The mass of water resulting from the crash seemed to be a giant mountain that had vanished in an instant

Cosmonaut Vladimir Kovalyonok

Cosmonaut Vladimir Kovalyonok reported a very similar water pillar of over 100 kilometers in height in the Timor Sea near Australia

Cosmonaut Vladimir Kubasov

Cosmonaut Vladimir Kubasov told a reporter that he and others had numerous facts that prove the existence of UFOs.

Vladimir Kovalyonok

In 1978, Vladimir Kovalyonok observed a strange object on August 15 from the Salyut-6 space station: it approached and distanced itself repeatedly.

                                               Cosmonauts Valery Ryumin and Leonid Popov,

Cosmonauts Valery Ryumin and Leonid Popov, while aboard the same station in 1980 observed a school of white glowing dots that took-off in the area of Moscow, and flew into space above their station. They reported it to the ground control.

Cosmonauts Kovalyonok and Ivanchenkov

Kovalyonok and Ivanchenkov observed the shadow of Salyut-6 orbital station over the clouds. The shadow had very strange orange-reddish color. What’s more amazing, it changed its size. Earlier that year, on August 25, both cosmonauts observed iridescent clouds: green, purple, reddish, blue, and even violet.

V. Sevastyanov, P. Klimuk

V. Sevastyanov, P. Klimuk had reported silvery clouds. Their origin remains unexplained. Sevastyanov was mesmerized by their dull, occasionally pearly-white, cold, glitter. The structure of such clouds was either very thin (or bright) on the edges of the pitch-dark sky, or porous, resembling a swan’s wing.

Cosmonaut Georgy Grechko

Cosmonaut Georgy Grechko reported seeing a strange being of gigantic dimensions over Mongolia.

 Georgy Grechko and Yuri Romanenko

 Georgy Grechko and Yuri Romanenko  reported to the Tsentr (Soviet Space Mission Control Center) that while in their orbital station over the Falkland Islands they had actually observed huge letters. The photograph they took was delivered to Earth by visiting cosmonauts Dzhanibekov and Makarov.

Cosmonaut Vladislav Volkov,

Cosmonaut Vladislav Volkov, who perished in 1971, recalled the inexplicable noises he had heard in space, in his headset intercom: Sounds of dogs barking and babies crying. The Earth was below, and he was in orbit, yet he heard strange noises. To his death Volkov was not able to explain it.

Cosmonauts Gagarin and Leonov

Cosmonauts Gagarin and Leonov heard music that the former described as “not of this Earth.”

Cosmonaut Yury Malyshev

Cosmonaut Yury Malyshev said that when it comes to UFOs, no one in the world, can say what they are. It is impossible to refute similar phenomena, for there are thousands, or tens of thousands of people who have witnessed them not just cosmonauts.

Cosmonaut Vladimir Aksyonov

Cosmonaut Vladimir Aksyonov  said that cosmonauts often observe peculiar light phenomena as of yet inexplicable in nature.

Cosmonauts Georgy Beregovoy and Valentin Lebedev

Soviet cosmonauts Georgy Beregovoy and Valentin Lebedev were able to observe an unusual drop-shaped object on the monitor’s screen of the Salyut-7. It flew, ascending, between the orbital space station and Progressor-14 craft. The object, at the distance of 200 meters, could have been the size of a spaceship. The cosmonauts reported their sighting to theTsentr.

Cosmonaut Pyotr Klimuk

Cosmonaut Pyotr Klimuk in April of 1989,  confirmed he does not refute the existence of UFOs

Cosmonaut Victor Afanasyev

“It followed us during half of our orbit. We observed it on the light side, and when we entered the shadow side, it disappeared completely. It was an engineering structure, made from some type of metal, approximately 40 meters long with inner hulls. The object was narrow here and wider here, and inside there were openings. Some places had projections like small wings. The object stayed very close to us. We photographed it, and our photos showed it to be 23 to 28 meters away.”
In addition to photographing the UFO, Afanasyev continually reported back to Mission Control about the craft’s size, its shape and position. When the cosmonaut returned to earth he was debriefed and told never to reveal what he knew, and had his cameras and film confiscated.
It is only since the collapse of the Soviet Union that Afanasyev feels that he can safely tell his story.

Cosmonaut Yevgeny Khrunov

Yevgeny Khrunov during the course of an interview actually mentioned that it is not possible to deny their (UFOs) presence in our galaxy. Thousands of people have observed them. Maybe they are but optical illusions, but some of their characteristics, for instance the change of their flight course at 90 degrees, boggle imagination

Cosmonaut Gennady Strekalov

Cosmonaut Gennady Strekalov mentioned that he saw strange phenomena several times, . But his colleagues did see “flying saucers,” and he envies them. Strekalov did not provide details about their sightings. He described the phenomenon he observed in 1990, on September 28, during his sojourn on the space station MIR: a sphere over the Newfoundland at the altitude of 20-30 kilometers. The atmosphere was clear and visibility was perfect. The sphere was beautiful, and changed colors. It remained visible for ten seconds, and vanished instantly. Strekalov remembers that it had a perfect shape. He reported the incident to the Mission Control Center, but did not classify it as a UFO explaining that cosmonauts must be cautious. Cosmonaut Gennady Manakov was with Strekalov aboard the MIR space station station, and observed the same phenomenon.

Colonel Yury Nazarov, former deputy commander of the Soviet Space Mission Control Center,

recalls that on August 29, 1978, cosmonauts Kovalyonok and Ivanchenkov (mentioned earlier) , and the newly arrived cosmonaut Bykovsky and East German cosmonaut Sigmund Jähn had observed an unidentified large-sized spherical object that flew around Salyut-6. After the cosmonauts returned to Earth, Soviet UFO researcher Vladimir Ajaja approached Bykovsky, to get some explanations, but the cosmonaut only admitted that they did observe something inexplicable from aboard the Salyut.

Saljut VI Mission 1981

Many cosmonauts have seen phenomena which are far beyond the experiences of earthmen. For ten years I never spoke on such things. The encounter you asked me about happened on May 5, 1981, at about 6 PM, during the Saljut Mission. At that time we were over the area of South Africa, moving towards the area of the Indian ocean. I just made some gymnastic exercises, when I saw in front of me, through a porthole, an object which I could not explain. It is impossible to determine distances in Space. A small object can appear large and far away and the other way around. Sometimes a cloud of dust appears like a large object. Anyway, I saw this object and then something happened I could not explain, something impossible according to the laws of Physics. The object had this shape, elliptical, and flew with us. From a frontal view it looked like it would rotate in flight direction.

It only flew straight, but then a kind of explosion happened, very beautiful to watch, of golden light. This was the first part. Then, one or two seconds later, a second explosion followed somewhere else and two spheres appeared, golden and very beautiful.

After this explosion I just saw white smoke, then a cloud-like sphere. Before we entered the darkness, we flew through the terminator, the twilight-zone between day and night. We flew eastwards, and when we entered the darkness of the Earth shadow, I could not see them any longer. The two spheres never returned.


It happened during a visit mission, when all our attention was focused on the slowly approaching space capsule. I was close to the great porthole, from where I could see our approaching visitors. I watched everything very carefully… When the capsule came closer, I filmed it with a professional Betacam camera. Suddenly I noted something below the spaceship, which first looked like a kind of antenna. Only when I looked closer and analyzed the situation, I realized that there was no antenna at all. But first I thought it was a part of the construction. But then this element started to move. It moved away from the ship. So I grabbed the radio and told them: “Hey, Boys, you are losing something.”

This, of course, alarmed them. With all my experience especially with docking maneuvers in space I can tell you that especially in this phase simply nothing can break off at all. If something would have been loose, it would have been torn off long before, during the launch, the maneuvers, the turn, all these much more energetic flight phases. Now we were just gliding slowly towards each other, without any pressure on the capsule.

But then this “something” started to remove downwards. When it flew away, it attracted all our attention. It looked like if it was rotating. It was difficult to estimate its dimensions. If it was close or far away I could not say, it was in free sight, and in space it is difficult to estimate any size and distance. I can only say for sure that it was not very close, since I set the camera for infinity. If it would have been just a screw or something close to us, it would have been out of focus. The object was quite far away. In any case at least 300 feet, since this was the distance of the space capsule, and I had the impression that it was beyond it.

It is possible that it was a kind of UFO. We can’t say with any certainty what it was. It was definitely not a bigger piece of space junk, no rocket part or so, since this would have been located… the space surveillance, ours and the American, locate all bigger objects in space. They are followed, for every minute we know their position and flight direction. If such an object would have come so close to the MIR, they would have located it and informed us.

I don’t think it was a piece of space junk or debris. There is a lot of that in the Earth orbit – Satellite parts, rocket parts, just everything- but our space surveillance locates them, and according to them there was nothing…

                                COSMONAUT GENNADIJ STREKHALOV, MIR
                                                        MIR mission 1990

On the last two flights I saw something. During the flight of 1990, I called Gennadij Manakov, our commander: “Come to the porthole”. Unfortunately, but this is typical, we did not manage to put a film in the camera quickly enough to film it. We looked on Newfoundland. The atmosphere was completely clear. And suddenly a kind of sphere appeared. I want to compare it with a Christmas tree decoration, beautiful, shiny, glittering. I saw it for ten seconds. The sphere appeared in the same way as it disappeared again. What it was, what size it had, I don’t know. There was nothing I could compare it with. I was like struck by lightning by this phenomenon. It was a perfect sphere, glittering like a Christmas tree decoration. I reported to the Mission Control Center, but I did not say that I have seen a UFO. I said I saw a kind of unusual phenomenon. I had to be careful with the choice of my words. I don’t want someone to speculate too much or quote me wrong.


I had only one personal encounter with something Unknown, something we could not explain. It was in 1978, when we flew from Washington to Moscow. We flew in an altitude of 30.600 feet. And suddenly, when I looked through the windshield I noticed something flying about 4500 feet above us on a parallel course – a glowing white equilateral triangle, resembling a sail. Since our speed was 600 mph, the triangle must have had a speed of at least 900 mph, since it overtook us. I called the attention of all passengers and crew-members on it. We tried to find out what it was, but all attempts to identify it as something known ultimately failed. This object looked like a UFO and it remained unidentified. It did not look like an airplane, since it was a perfect triangle. No airplane at that time had such a shape.

                      Head of the General Zhukov High Command Academy of Air Defence 

Yes, there were particularly mysterious occurrences during military practice. At times targets appeared, on which fighters in the air or radars set for anti-aircraft missiles trained themselves, but it was difficult to determine what they were exactly. There were situations when a target answered to the signal “I’m your plane” (we have such a system of inquiry.) Or the other way around, it wouldn’t answer at all. It was considered incomprehensible. Moreover, I’m aware of situations when, as planes which had been sent into the air were opening their side sites, they discovered a target. But when it reached the determined distance when the automatic weapons system which dispatched missiles should have operated, suddenly the system broke down. Everything disappeared, even the target. Or maybe the plane warped through space to another position. They conducted another attack – again the same result. There were such interesting and mysterious occurrences.



“Saucers exist (I saw two). TLt. Colonel Richard Headrick, radar bombing expert, 1959.   hey were intelligently flown or operated (evasive tactics, formation flight, hovering). They were mechanisms, not United States weapons, nor Russian. I presume they are  extraterrestrial.”
Lt. Colonel Richard Headrick, radar bombing expert, 1959.

“Behind the scenes, high-ranking Air Force officers are soberly concerned about UFOs. But through official secrecy and ridicule, many citizens are led to believe that unknown flying objects are nonsense.”
Former CIA Director, Roscoe Hillenkoetter, public statement, 1960. 
“My own present opinion, based on two years of careful study, is that UFOs are probably extraterrestrial devices engaged in something that might very tentatively be termed ‘surveillance’.”
Dr James McDonald before Congress, 1968. 
“These UFOs are interplanetary devices systematically observing the Earth, either manned or under remote control, or both.”
“Information on UFOs, including sighting reports, has been and is still being officially withheld.”
Colonel Joseph J. Bryan III, founder member of the CIAs psychological warfare staff, advisor to NATO. 
“This was no ordinary UFO. Scores of people saw it. It was no illusion, no deception, no imagination.”
Air MarshallAzim Daudpota, Zimbabwe speaking about a UFO sighting over the country in 1985. 
“More than 10,000 sightings have been reported, the majority of which cannot be accounted for by any ‘scientific’ explanation, eg that they are
hallucinations, the effects of light refraction, meteors, wheels falling from aeroplanes, and the like…. They have been tracked on radar screens… and the observed speeds have been as great as 9,000 mph. I am convinced that these objects do exist and they are not manufactured by any nation on earth. I can therefore see no alternative to accepting the theory that they come from an extraterrestrial source.”
Air Chief Marshall Lord Dowding, Commanding Officer of the RAF during WWII.
“I am convinced there was thought behind the thing’s manoeuvres.”
Lieutenant George Gorman, F51 pilot after being in a 30 minute dogfight with a small UFO in 1948.
“UFOs are real and they may come from outer space…photographs and various materials show scientifically that there are more advanced people piloting the saucers and motherships.”
General Kanshi Ishikawa, Chief of Air Staff, 1967.
“Air Force interceptors still pursue UFOs as a matter of national security to this country and to determine technical aspects involved.”
Major General Joe W. Kelly, 1957.
“Something is going on in the skies… that we do not understand. If all the airline pilots and Air Force pilots who have seen UFOs and sometimes chased them… have been the victims of hallucinations, then an awful lot of pilots should be taken off and forbidden to fly.”
Captain Kervendal, French Gendarmerie.
“The Air Force had put out a secret order for its pilots to capture UFOs. For the last six months we have been working with a congressional committee for investigating official secrecy concerning proof that UFOs are real machines under intelligent.”
Major Donald Keyhoe, during a live TV broadcast on CBS in 1958 in which he was pulled from the air when he began to deviate from the prepared format of the programme.
“It appears to be a metallic object…tremendous in size… directly ahead and slightly above… I am trying to close for a better look.”
Captain Thomas Mantell, USAF. These were his last words as he closed in on a UFO in 1948. Minutes later his plane was to crash and he was to lose his life.
“I was amazed at what I saw. The amount of debris that was scattered over such an area…The more I saw of the fragments, the more I realized it wasn’t anything I was acquainted with. In fact, as it turned out, nobody else was acquainted with it…There was a cover up some place about the whole matter.”
Major Jesse Marcel. US Army Intelligence Officer. Extract taken from a video interview. This testimony is a direct contradiction to the testimony of the Air Force regarding the nature of the recovered debris at Roswell in 1947.
“Flying saucers are real. Too many good men have seen them, that don’t have hallucinations.”
Captain Eddie Rickenbacker. World War I air ace.
“UFOs sighted in Indonesia are identical with those sighted in other countries. Sometimes they pose a problem for our Air Defence and once we were obliged to open fire on them.”
Air Marshall Nurjadin Roesmin, Commander in Chief of the Indonesian Air Force in 1967.
“The most spectacular UFO incident in Indonesia occurred when during the height of President Sukarno’s confrontation in Malaysia, UFOs penetrated a well defended area in Java for two weeks at a stretch, and each time were welcomed with perhaps the heaviest anti-aircraft barrage in history.”
Air Commodore J. Salutun, National Aerospace Council of Indonesia, and a Member of the Indonesian Parliament in 1967.
“And don’t tell me they were reflections, I know they were solid objects.”
Lieutenant D. A Swimley, USAF in 1953 following the sighting of 8 UFOs that were confirmed on radar and witnessed numerous other people including commercial pilots and police officers.
“Headquarters wouldn’t let us go after it and we played around a little bit. We got to watching how it made 90 degree turns at this high speed and everything. We knew it wasn’t a missile of any type, so then we confirmed it with the radar control station, and they kept following it, and then it crashed somewhere off between Texas and the Mexico border.”
Colonel Robert Willingham, USAF from an affidavit in the 1970’s when discussing a sighting of a UFO whilst he was navigating an F94 jet on September 6th 1950.
“A saucer flew right over (us), put down three landing gears, and landed out on the dry lakebed. (The cameramen) went out there with their cameras toward the UFO…. I had chance to hold (the film) up to the window. Good close-up shots. There was no doubt in my mind that it was made someplace other than on this earth.”
Colonel Gordon Cooper, Mercury and Gemini Astronaut describing an incident he witnessed during the 1960’s during a videotaped interview for the Disclosure

“The UFO was bouncing around the 747. (It) was a huge ball with lights
running around it… Well, I’ve been involved in a lot of cover-ups with the FAA. When we gave the presentation to the Reagan staff, they had all those people swear that this never happened. But they never had me swear it never happened. I can tell you what I’ve seen with my own eyes. I’ve got a videotape. I’ve got the voice tape. I’ve got the reports that were filed that will confirm what I’ve been telling you.”
John Callaghan, FAA Chief of Accidents and Investigations during a videotaped interview for the Disclosure program.
“I have frequently been asked why a person of my background—a former Chief of the Defence Staff, a former Chairman of the NATO Military Committee—why I think there is a cover-up (of) the facts about UFOs. I believe governments fear that if they did disclose those facts, people would panic. I don’t believe that at all. There is a serious possibility that we are being visited by people from outer space. It behoves us to find out who they are, where they come from, and what they want.”
Admiral Lord Hill-Norton, British Royal Navy, former Chief of Defence during a videotaped interview for the Disclosure program.
The security guard called and said, “Sir, there’s a glowing red object
hovering right outside the front gate. I’ve got all the men out here with
their weapons drawn.” We lost between 16-18 ICBMs (nuclear tipped Inter Continental Ballistic Missiles) at the same time UFOs were in the area… (A high ranking Air Force officer) said, “Stop the investigation; do no more on this and do not write a final report. I heard that many of the guards that reported the incident were sent off to Vietnam.”
Captain Robert Salas, USAF, during a videotaped interview for the Disclosure program.
“It was the darndest thing I’ve ever seen. It was big, it was very bright, it changed colours, and it was about the size of the moon. We watched it for ten minutes, but none of us could figure out what it was. One thing’s for sure: I’ll never make fun of people who say they’ve seen unidentified flying objects in the sky.”
Former President of the United States, Jimmy Carter following his sighting along with many others of a UFO at Leary, Georgia in October 1969.
“The phenomenon of UFOs is real. I know that there are scientific organisations which study the problem.”
Former Soviet President Mikhail Gorbachev on 26th April 1990.
“This is the first sighting in Zimbabwe where airborne pilots have tried to intercept a UFO. As far as my Air Staff is concerned, we believe implicitly that the unexplained UFOs are from civilizations beyond our planet.”
Air Commodore David Thorne, Director of General Operations for the Zimbabwe Air Force in 1985.
“The Air Force has arrived at the conclusion that a certain number of anomalous phenomena has been produced in Belgian airspace. The numerous testimonies of ground observations….reinforced by the reports of the night March 30-31 (1990) have led us to face the hypothesis that a certain number of unauthorised aerial activities have taken place.
The day will undoubtedly come when the phenomenon will be observed with the technological means of detection and collection that won’t leave a single doubt about its origin. This should lift a part of the veil that has covered the mystery for a long time; a mystery that continues to be present. But it exists, it is real, and that in itself is an important conclusion.”
Colonel Wilfred De Brouwer, Chief of Operations for the Belgian Air Force in 1990 following a spate of sightings over the country witnessed by hundreds of people. Many of the sightings were confirmed on radar. 
“It is impossible for any man-made machine to make a sudden appearance in front of a jumbo jet that is flying 910 kilometers per hour and to remain in steady formation paralleling our aircraft. … Honestly, we were simply breathtaken.”
Kenju Terauchi Japan Airlines pilot in 1986.

Before we could do anymore, the army, after conferring with (US) officials, ordered the investigation stopped.”

Dr Paul Santorini regarding UFOs seen over Greece in 1946.

“Maximum security exists concerning the subject of UFOs.”

CIA Director, Allen Dulles, 1955.

“I have discussed this matter with the effected agencies of the government, and they are of the opinion that is it not wise to publicize this matter at this time.”

Senator Richard Russell, head of the Armed Services Committee, following his sighting of a UFO during an official trip to the Soviet Union in 1955.

“Reliable reports indicate there are objects coming into our atmosphere at very high speeds and controlled by thinking intelligences.”

Navy Admiral Delmar Fahrney in a public statement during 1957.

“Congressional investigations…are still being held on the problem of unidentified flying objects and the problem is one in which there is quite a bit of interest… Since most of the material presented to the committee is classified, the hearings are never printed.”

Congressman William H Ayres 1958.



In 1984, the crew aboard the Soviet orbital station Salyut-7 consisted of six cosmonauts: Leonid Kizil, Oleg At’kov, Vladimir Solovyew, Svetlana Savitskaya, Igor Volk, and Vladimir Dzhanibekov.

On the 155th day of the station’s flight, the crew was busy with planned experiments, tests, and scientific observations. They were about to start medical experiments. All of them were experienced, skilled cosmonauts. Then, something that was out of their experience, knowledge, and understanding occurred. In front of the Salyut- 7 station, out of nowhere, a large, orange, gas cloud suddenly appeared, its origin unknown. The cosmonauts immediately informed the Tsentrupravleniya poletom (Soviet Space Mission Control Center). While the astonished Tsentr analyzed the report, Salyut-7 entered the cloud. The crew had a brief impression that the orange cloud entered their station.

They were all engulfed by the mysterious orange glow, blinded, out of contact with their comrades. But their sight, however, was restored quickly. The cosmonauts stumbled to the station’s portholes. What they saw left them speechless: seven gigantic shapes could be easily discerned inside the orange cloud. Their political ideals, their faith in Marxist-Leninist postulates were gone in a flash. None doubted their eyes. None questioned the shapes: seven heavenly angels. The angels looked like humans, and yet they were different. Yes, the angels possessed huge wings, and blinding halos. The main difference, however, lay in the angels’ smiles. When they gazed upon the Soviet crew, they smiled. The Soviet cosmonauts recalled what wonderful smiles the angels had. Smiles of joy, of rapture…no human could smile like that. Ten minutes passed quickly. As the clock ticked away the time, the angels disappeared, along with their cloud. The crew of Salyut-7 felt a devastating loss. But Earth was demanding explanation. When the Tsentr received the report, it was immediately classified as “top secret.” A special team of doctors was formed to study cosmonauts’ well-being. Hence, instead of carrying out further experiments in space, the crew was ordered to measure its own physical and mental health. The tests indicated that the cosmonauts were well and of sound mind.

In view of the dominant ideology, the incident, quite embarrassing to the Soviet regime, was hushed up for years. The popular Russian NLO magazine (Issue 9, 1998) carried one account of the incident. The incident took place before the perestroika period, and in order to create unnecessary furor, the Politburo made sure that the report remained secret. The crew of the Salyut-7 was warned to keep silent. No angels could exist inside or outside the Soviet Union.


There are still episodes of the Soviet space exploration that are not widely discussed in Russia. Such are the accounts of the so-called “space whisper.” One former cosmonaut known only as, Cosmonaut X, revealed some information, but demanded that his name remain anonymous. He recalled that Soviet cosmonauts heard hushed up rumors about the “whisper,” but did not share definite information among themselves, nor did they report anything to the doctors. They were afraid that the latter would remove them from the space program. Cosmonaut X and his colleague believed the rumors to be a legend created by the first team of Soviet cosmonauts, to scare the greenhorns. He was wrong.

They were aboard a Soviet spacecraft, flying over the Southern hemisphere, when the “whisper” came to them. The narrator said that he suddenly felt as if someone else was next to them. He felt that some invisible being stared into his back; and it was a hard gaze. The cosmonaut had no doubt he was being observed. A second later his comrade, the flight engineer, who was looking into the porthole, sharply turned around and looked about him. Both were quite ordinary people, far removed from any mystical beliefs. But they were good friends, and knew each other long before the Star City training. They were not afraid to compare their impressions after the episode. They received different “texts,” but their initial reaction to the “whisper” was identical: both became mute and dumbfounded. The “whisper” came from the depths of Cosmonaut X’s consciousness and said: “You arrived here too early, and you did it in a wrong fashion. Trust me, for I am your ancestor on the maternal side. Do you remember, she told you; back when you were a child, about your great-grandfather, who had founded the D-s factory in the Urals? Sonny, you should not be here, go back to Earth, do not violate the Laws of the Creator…Sonny, you must return, return, return…”  

Both cosmonauts were back on Earth two days later.  The cosmonauts faced a dilemma: to report the incident or not. If they did, their careers could end immediately. They could be considered impressionable people, their psyche too unstable for further flights into space. Other cosmonauts kept somewhat silent about the “whisper,” at least nothing was reported to their superiors.

Churchill and Eisenhower ‘agreed to cover up RAF plane’s UFO encounter during WWII’, secret files reveal

Updated: 02:06 AEST, 6 August 2010

Churchill and US General Dwight Eisenhower, left, are alleged to have discussed how to deal with a UFO encounter

Sir Winston Churchill was accused of covering up a close encounter between an RAF aircraft and a UFO during the Second World War, newly-released files reveal today.

The former prime minister allegedly ordered that the unexplained incident over the east coast of England should be kept secret for at least 50 years because it would provoke ‘mass panic’.

The claim, made by a scientist who said his grandfather was one of Churchill’s bodyguards, is recounted in declassified Ministry of Defence UFO files made available online by the National Archives.

Allegations of the cover-up emerged when the man, from Leicester, wrote to the government in 1999 seeking to find out more about the incident.

He described how his grandfather, who served with the RAF in the war, was present when Churchill and US General Dwight Eisenhower discussed how to deal with the UFO encounter.

The man, who is not named in the files, said Churchill was reported to have exclaimed: ‘This event should be immediately classified since it would create mass panic amongst the general population and destroy one’s belief in the church.’

The incident allegedly involved an RAF reconnaissance plane returning from a mission in France or Germany towards the end of the war.

It was over or near the English coastline when it was suddenly intercepted by a strange metallic object which matched the aircraft’s course and speed for a time before accelerating away and disappearing.

The scientist said: ‘This event was discussed by Mr Churchill and General Eisenhower, neither of whom knew what had been observed.

‘There was a general inability for either side to match a plausible account to these observations, and this caused a high degree of conc

A eyewitnesses sketch of an alien encounter of a dark grey, U-shaped alien hovering in the air over Inchkeith in Scotland in 1995

He added: ‘During the discussion with Mr Churchill, a consultant (who worked in the Cumbria area during the war) dismissed any possibility that the object had been a missile, since a missile could not suddenly match its speed with a slower aircraft and then accelerate again.

‘He declared that the event was totally beyond any imagined capabilities of the time.

‘Another person at the meeting raised the possibility of an unidentified flying object, at which point Mr Churchill declared that the incident should be immediately classified for at least 50 years and its status reviewed by a future Prime Minister.’

The scientist said his grandfather did not talk about what he heard, other than to tell his daughter when she was aged nine.

He added: ‘(He) remained convinced until his death in 1973 that technological capabilities existed that were not generally known to the public or indeed even to world leaders.

‘He would occasionally hint that our flight technologies were far inferior to the possible limits of development without elaborating on the events that he witnessed during the war.’

Whitehall officials investigated the claims but could find no records of the discussions between Churchill and Eisenhower, the newly-released documents show.

An MoD official wrote back to the man in September 1999: ‘It was generally the case that before 1967 all UFO files were destroyed after five years as there was insufficient public interest in the subject to merit their permanent retention.

‘Therefore, any UFO report files from the WWII era would most probably have been destroyed.’

And a month later a civil servant in the Cabinet Office told him: ‘In your letter, you say that the discussion between Churchill and Eisenhower on the UFO sighting should have been recorded.

‘We have had a look through our lists of material for this period, and I am afraid that we cannot immediately see anything on this subject. Neither do we have any filed on this matter which remain closed.’

Churchill is known to have expressed an interest in UFOs……………………….

The newly released files also revealed that UFOs were once taken seriously enough to be discussed by intelligence chiefs in 1957,…………………..


The latest batch of UFO files from the National Archives includes details of a memorandum on ‘aerial phenomena’ prepared for a meeting of the Cabinet Office’s Joint Intelligence Committee in April 1957.

And the files show that modern reports of UFO sightings reached a peak in 1996.

According to an Air Ministry note included in the ‘Red Book’ – the weekly intelligence survey – four incidents involving UFOs tracked by RAF radars remained “unexplained”.

It said it received one UFO report a week on average, and that six out of the 16 sightings it had learnt about since January 1 1957 were either unexplained or still under investigation.
One of the six unexplained sightings was accounted for by lack of evidence and another was thought to be a weather balloon.

The note stated: ‘The remaining four incidents still under investigation are all radar sightings.

‘In each, unusual behaviour of the radar blips in terms of course, speed and heights were reported.

‘Attempts are being made to trace the cause of these sightings to aircraft known to have been near, inexperienced operators or spurious echoes of unexplained origin.’

The files contain dozens of UFO sightings reported to the Ministry of Defence between 1995 and 2003, including more than 600 reported sightings in 1996 alone.

Dr David Clarke, author of The UFO files and Senior Lecturer in Journalism from Sheffield Hallam University said: ‘These papers demonstrate how far official policy towards UFOs changed after the Cold War.


A famous UFO incident dubbed the ‘Welsh Roswell’ was dismissed by ministers as an earthquake happening as a meteor passed across the night sky.

Scores of witnesses claimed a spaceship had crashed in the Berwyn Mountains on January 23, 1974, after hearing a huge bang, feeling a massive tremor and seeing strange lights in the sky and men dressed in black scouring the area.

Comparisons were immediately drawn with Roswell, New Mexico, in 1947, where it was claimed U.S. officials concealed that an alien craft had plunged to earth.

But the Ministry of Defence dismissed claims that a flying saucer had crashed and the bodies of extra-terrestrials covertly transported to a top-secret research facility.

‘In 1957, some officials were so concerned by a spate of incidents involving UFOs the subject was placed on the agenda of the Joint Intelligence Committee (JIC).

‘But by the 50th anniversary of the ‘flying saucer’ mystery in 1997 the MoD was no longer interested in UFOs as a defence problem but as a purely public relations issue.

‘This inevitably led to the closure of the MoD’s public UFO hotline at the end of 2009.’

A drawing and description of a UFO sighting in 1995 that was sent to the MoD. IT describes the rear of the rocket as a ‘flower-head’.

A eyewitnesses sketch of an alien encounter of a dark grey, U-shaped alien hovering in the air over Inchkeith in Scotland in 1995

Asked to intervene, the Ministry of Defence (MoD) agreed there was no evidence of visits by lifeforms from other planets and backed Ladbrokes.


Tony Blair was challenged to reveal the truth about Britain’s knowledge of UFOs just weeks after he became Prime Minister.

A flying saucer enthusiast asked him to confirm that UK governments had ‘habitually covered up’ evidence of aliens.

He also claimed UFO-related programmes being shown on TV at the time, including The X Files and Star Trek, were part of a government ploy to prepare the public for the admission that extra-terrestrials existed.

The man, who has not been named, wrote to Downing Street on June 27, 1997 – less than two months after Mr Blair’s Labour Party won a historic general election on May 1.

The newly-declassified documents reveal that the enthusiast, from Faversham, Kent, was keen to hear the new leader’s ‘insights and personal views’ on UFOs.

He wrote: ‘Can you confirm that previous British, U.S., Soviet and Asian governments have habitually covered up the truth about UFO/alien incidents and encounters?

‘Can you also confirm that the current media exposure of UFO/alien phenomena featured in TV programmes such The X Files, Star Trek, Babylon 5 and infotainment like Strange But True: Encounters… and films such as Independence Day, Mars Attacks and Men In Black are a strategy by western Governments to prepare the populace for the admission that there has indeed been contact from aliens, extra-terrestrials, trans-dimensionals and/or time travellers?’

Number 10 passed the letter to the MoD who told the man there was ‘no evidence’ that aliens existed.

The man, from Beeston, Leeds, who is not named in the files, placed a successful £2 bet on West Germany winning the 1990 World Cup at 6/1.

His winnings were added to a £3 wager on ‘aliens to have landed (dead or alive) on Earth before December 31 1999’ at 100/1, meaning he stood to win £1,700 if extraterrestrials were found.

But Ladbrokes refused to pay out, writing to him in April 1999: ‘We advise that at present your bet is not a winner as the United Nations, who we use as our source of authenticity, has not yet confirmed the existence of aliens.

‘However, as the bet stipulates ‘before December 31 1999′, should the United Nations confirm this before that date we will be only too pleased to make payment to you.’

The punter made a complaint ‘as a last resort’ to the minister for sport, which was passed to the MoD.

He said he had found 19 books in Leeds Central Library reporting the famous Roswell incident, in which an alien spaceship was reported to have crashed in New Mexico in the US in July 1947.

He wrote: ‘I placed my bet on facts, Ladbrokes hide behind government propaganda weighted heavily to prevent public alarm and panic.

‘Which I agree with it (sic). I do not want the media reporting my wager, but I should be paid out. My bet is a winner.’

An MoD official replied on July 23 1999: ‘The MoD does not have any expertise in respect of UFO matters or to the question of the existence of extraterrestrial lifeforms, about which it remains totally open-minded.

‘However, to date the MoD is not aware of any evidence that might substantiate the existence of alien lifeforms and therefore supports the view that your bet should not be upheld.’

A UFO spotted in the skies over Manchester in 1991 was a large curved shape with thrusters at the rear

A black triangle with a red, pulsing light in Stanley, County Durham in 1995


He approached the government for evidence to support his claim after Ladbrokes refused to pay out. While the MoD said they were open-minded about extra-terrestrial life they had no evidence of its existence.

Another file relates to the infamous Rendlesham Forest Incident in Suffolk in December 1980.

A black, triangular spacecraft which hummed as it flew is depicted in sketches by one alarmed Lancashire resident

Often described as ‘Britain’s Roswell’, the incident began with a sighting by US Air Force (USAF) security police of bright lights descending in Rendlesham Forest, outside the perimeter fence of RAF Woodbridge.

Three patrolmen claimed they saw a UFO in the forest and investigations found marks on the ground and on trees and allegedly higher than expected levels of radiation.

Two nights later Lt Col Charles Halt, the deputy base commander, and other USAF personnel reported seeing more unexplained lights over the forest.

The MoD file on the incident was first released in 2001 but some papers were withheld.

Reports of mysterious sonic booms and an aircraft crashing into the Peak District hills, on the border between South Yorkshire and Derbyshire, triggered a search of moorland by the police, RAF and mountain rescue teams in 1997.

No wreckage was found and no aircraft reported missing. An RAF police investigation concluded space debris or meteorites may have been responsible.

Further highlights from the files include also a ‘psychic premonition’ of a terrorist attack on an RAF base in Stanmore in 1990.

A mountain rescue team called to investigate a ‘crashed UFO’ in the Berwyn Mountains in Wales in 1974. The incidents was later attributed to a minor earthquake in the region.

Dr David Clarke continued: ‘These files reveal that before the collapse of the USSR in 1991 RAF aircraft were scrambled on average 200 times a year to investigate unidentified objects on radar, the majority of these turned out to be Soviet reconnaissance aircraft.

‘However, between 1991 and 1996, no scrambles were recorded. In contrast during the same five year period the MoD received almost 1200 reports of sightings from members of the public, most of which were filed away

‘In 1996 alone there were more than 600 reports, 343 letters from the public and 22 enquiries from MPs, perhaps related to the popularity of TV shows such as The X-Files at the time.”

There are 18 files in total, released today as part of a three-year project between The National Archives and the Ministry of Defence.

The files are made up of more than 5,000 pages of UFO reports, letters and drawings drawn from correspondence with the public and questions raised in parliament.



Tens of thousands of civilian reports are dismissed every year as being not worthy of research due to the individuals inexperience with aerial activities and natural phenomena, they are also ignored by MoD researchers due to the large percentage of previous investigated reports being made up of elaborate hoaxes or general publicity seekers.

There have been literally thousands of reports made by  what the authorities would classify as a credible witnesses,  Air force and Commercial pilots, Navy personnel, Scientist, Police Officers, Military personnel, government officials…

Dr. Richard Haines is a Senior Research Scientist at the NASA-Ames Research Centre. He is best known for his work with pilots and their UFO sightings. Over the last 30 years he has been investigating the subject, he has amassed over 3000 pilot  ufo sighting reports.

The below Chronological list coverS 1942 – 1963 and represents but a smidgen of all these credible reports. 

August 29, 1942–Columbus, Miss. Control tower operator at Army Air Base saw two round reddish objects hover over field.

Approx. 1943–Washington, D.C. Sighting of UFO formation by Metropolitan policeman.

March 1944–Carlsbad, N.M. Air Force pilot saw fast-moving UFO speed out of sight over horizon.

Summer 1944–Normandy, France. Los Angeles columnist George Todt, in a party of four Army officers including a Lt. Col., watched a pulsating red fireball sail up to the front lines, hover for 15 minutes, then move away.

July 1944– -Breast, France. Two men of the 175th Infantry Regiment, 29th Infantry Division, saw a large rectangular object with no apparent source of propulsion move steadily over the front lines and out to sea. The UFO at one point passed in front of the moon, briefly obscuring it from view.

August 10, 1944–Sumatra. Sighting of maneuvering UFO which paced ‘B-29 during mission.

October 1944–Southeast Holland. Field Artillery officer and men saw a brilliant object moving from NW to SW, crossing an arc of about 90 degrees in about 45 minutes


November 1944–France. 415th Night Fighter Squadron pilot saw formation of round objects.

December 1944–Austria. B-17 pilot and crew, on a lone wolf mission, were followed by an amber-colored disc.

January 1945–Germany. Another 415th Night Fighter Squadron pilot was followed by three red and white lighted objects over Germany.

January 2, 1945–The New York Times carried an A? dispatch from France about several recent “foo-fighter” sightings. Lt. Donald Meiers said he had twice been followed by UFOs.

March 1945–Aleutian Islands. Fourteen men on the U.S.A.T. Delarof (an attack transport) saw a dark spherical object which rose out of the water, circled the ship and flew away. An official report on the incident was sent to Washington. [IV]

May 1946–LaGrange, Florida. A Navy gunnery and radar officer observed a dark elliptical object which moved slowly over head, disappearing in a cloud bank.

July-August 1946–Swedish “Ghost rocket” sightings.

August 1, 1946–Florida. Observation of cigar-shaped UFO by Air Corps transport pilot




June 23, 1947–Cedar Rapids, Iowa. Railroad engineer saw 10 shiny disc-shaped objects, very high, fluttering along in a string toward NW.

June 24, 1947–Mt. Ranier, Wash. Kenneth Arnold sighting. [V] Term “Flying saucer” coined.

June 28, 1947–Nr. Lake Mead, Nevada. USAF F-51 pilot reported a formation of 5-6 circular objects. ]

June 28, 1947–Maxwell AFB, Ala. Zigzagging light seen by pilots, intelligence officers.

June 29, 1947–White Sands, N.M. Naval rocket expert, at test grounds observed a silvery disc.

July 4, 1947–Portland, Oregon. Police and many others saw many UFOs in formations and singly beginning about 1:05 p.m.

July 4, 1947–Nr. Boise, Idaho. United Airlines pilot and crew, enroute to Portland, Ore., saw 9 disc-like UFOs.

July 4, 1947–Seattle, Wash, Coast Guard yeoman took first known photograph of UFO, a circular object which moved across the wind. Photo shows round dot of light.

July 4, 1947–Redmond, Oregon. Car full of people saw four disc-shaped UFOs streak past Mt, Jefferson.

July 6, 1947–Fairfield-Suisun AFB, Calif., Pilot reported “oscillating” UFO which shot across sky.

July 6, 1947–S. Central Wyoming. Aviation engineer saw oval UFO.

–Series of sightings over Muroc AFB and Rogers Dry Lake, secret test base, California:


July 8, 1947  Two spherical or disc-like UFOs joined by a third object. [XII]. Crew of technicians saw white-aluminum UFO with distinct oval outline descending, moving against wind. [II]


Thin “metallic” UFO climbed, dove, oscillated over field, also seen by test pilot in vicinity. [XII]. F-51 pilot watched a flat object “of light-reflecting nature” pass above his plane. No known aircraft were in area. [XII].

July 9, 1947–Nr. Boise, Idaho. Newspaper aviation editor saw flat circular UFO maneuver in front of clouds.

July 10, 1947–S. New Mexico. A “top astronomer” of the U.S. observed a bright white elliptical UFO. [II, VI]

Capt. Edward J Ruppelt. head of Air Force UFO investigation from 1951-53; “By the end of July (1947) The UFO security’ lid was down tight. The few members of the press who did inquire about what the Air Force was doing got the same treatment that you would get today if you inquired about the number of thermonuclear weapons stock-piled in the U.S. atomic arsenal. .

Summer 1947–Pittsburg, Kansas. Navy Commander observed a disc-shaped UFO.

August, 1947–Media, Pa. Air Force pilot watched a disc hover, speed away. [V]

September 23, 1947–Air Technical Intelligence Center letter stating UFOs are real sent to Commanding General of Air Force.

October 14, 1947– -Muroc AFB. California. First piloted supersonic flight in plane, Capt. Yeager flying X-1 rocket-powered aircraft.

December 8, 1947–Las Vegas, Nevada. Moving reddish UFO emitted flash of light, shot upwards out of sight.


January 7, 1948–Fort Knox, Ky., Mantell case. Air National Guard pilot killed in crash of F-51 during UFO pursuit. Also sighting at Lockburne AFB, Ohio, later same afternoon, UFO maneuvering erratically up and down. [V]

January 22, 1948-Project Sign (or “Saucer’) established by Air Force. UFO reports sent to Air Materiel Command, Ohio, for investigation.

April 5, 1948- – White Sands, NM Scientists watched disc-shaped UFO, one-fifth the size of the full moon, streak across sky in series of violent maneuvers. (No details reported).

May 28, 1948–Air Farce transport reported being buzzed by 3 UFOs.

July 1948–Pasco, Wash. Private pilot saw disc diving and climbing away at high speed.

July 4, 1948–Nr. Longmont, Colorado. Revolving silver circular object soared upward at ”terrific speed.”

Summer 1948–Erie, Pa. Engineer saw elliptical UFO which flew horizontally, then ascended rapidly.

Summer 1948–Easton, Pa. Physicist watched 3 luminescent greenish discs cross sky.

Summer 1948–Labrador. UFO tracked on radar at 9,000 m.p.h.

July 23, 1948–Nr. Montgomery, Ala. Chiles-Whitted, Eastern Airlines sighting of rocket-like UFO with exhaust, square ports along side.

August 1948–Air Technical Intelligence Center Top Secret Estimate of the Situation, “concluding UFOs were interplanetary space ships, sent to Air Force Chief of Staff.

October 1, 1948–Fargo, N.D. Air National Guard F-51 pilot had “dogfight” with a small flat, circular UFO.

October 15, 1948–Japan. Crew of F-61 night-fighter tracked on radar and saw silhouette of UFO shaped “like a rifle bullet” which repeatedly accelerated out of reach of the fighter.

November 1, 1948–Goose Bay, Labrador. UFO tracked by radar at 600 mph

November 6, 1948–Japan. Two UFOs, like planes in “dogfight” tracked on radar.

November 18, 1948–Nr. Washington, D.C. Air Force pilot flying out of Andrews AFB, chased oval-shaped UFO for 10 minutes.

November 23, 1948–Fursten-Feldbruck, Germany. Bright red UFO tracked by ground and air radar, seen visually by U.S. AF pilot.

December 3, 1948–Fairfield-Suisun AFB, Calif. Ball of light ascending, seen by pilot.




January 1, l949–Jackson, Miss., Cigar-shaped UFO crossed path of private plane, accelerated rapidly and sped away.

April 24, 1949–White Sands, N.M. General Mills balloon personnel tracked elliptical UFO with theodolite.

April 27, 1949–Project “Saucer” Report released by Air Force: Space visitors considered “improbable,” but many unexplained cases. 30% probably conventional objects.

April 30, 1949–First installment of Saturday Evening Post article by Sidney Shallett “What You Can Believe About Flying Saucers.”

May 9, 1949–Time article called UFO witnesses “spinners of yarns.”

June 5, 1949– – Walter Winchell column: “The New York World- telegram has confirmed this reporter’s exclusive report of several weeks before–which newspapermen have denied– about the flying saucers. Said the front page in the World- Telegram: ‘Air Force people are convinced the flying disk is real. The clincher came when the Air Force got a picture recently of three disks flying in formation over Stephensville, Newfoundland. They out-distanced our fastest ships.

June 10, 1949–White Sands, N.M. Two round white UFOs maneuvered around a missile in flight. (Confirmed by Capt. R. B. McLaughlin, USN)

July 3, 1949–Longview, Wash. Navy Commander, others, watched disc pass above air show.

August 1949–N.M. Astronomer Clyde Tombaugh, discoverer of the planet Pluto, observed elliptical pattern of 6-8 rectangles cross the sky.

Fall 1949–At a key atomic base, a high AF officer was involved in the radar tracking of 5 apparently metallic UFOs which flew S over the base at tremendous speed and great height.

October 23, 1949–Nr. Baja, Calif. Air Force pilot saw four discs in formation.

December 27, 1949–Air Force issued Project “Grudge” Report (Technical Report No. 102-AC-49/15-100) explaining away all UFO reports to date as delusions, hysteria, hoaxes, and crackpot reports. Announcement that project had disbanded. .




January 1950- – True magazine article ‘Flying Saucers Are Real,” by Maj. Donald E. Keyhoe, suggested UFOs are of extraterrestrial origin.

February 2, 1950- -Davis-Monthan AFB, Arizona. Bomber pilot chased UFO which left smoke trail.

February 22, 1950–Key West, Fla. Navy pilots, others, saw glowing UFO, confirmed by radar.

March 1950–True article ‘How Scientists Tracked a Fling Saucer,” by Cmdr. R. B. McLaughlin, USN, reported April 24, 1949 White Sands sighting. [

March 8, 1950–Dayton, Ohio. A round UFO seen by the crew of a TWA airliner, was tracked on radar, and chased by two F-51s.

March 10, 1950–Orangeburg, S.C. Disc hovered over city, sped away.

March 13, 1950–Clarksburg, Calif. Saucer-shaped object descended, hovered with swaying motion, moved away.

March 13, 1950–Mexico City, Mexico. Airport observers saw 4 UFOs, one through theodolite. [V, Xl

March 16, l950–Dallas, Texas. Navy Chief Petty Officer at Naval Air Station saw a flat oval UFO pass under a B-36 bomber.

March 17, 195O–Farmington, N. Mex. Retired Army Captain, others, saw dozens of discs gyrating in sky.

March 18, 1950–Nr. Bradford, Ill. Private pilot watched illuminated oval pass his plane.

March 20, l950–Nr. Little Rock, Ark. Chicago & Southern Airlines pilots watched a circular UFO with “portholes” arc above their plane.

March 26, 1950–Reno, Nevada. CAA control tower operator saw maneuvering light source.

March 26, 1950–Nr. Washington, D.C. Former Air Force aircraft inspector dove his plane at disc which zoomed up into overcast.

April 9, 1950–Shelby, NC. Round UFO in level flight, suddenly climbed away.

April 24, 1950–Balearic Islands. Photograph of alleged UFO.

April 27, 1950–White Sands, N. Mex. UFO spotted by ground observers just after a test missile had fallen back to earth, photographed by Askania-Cinetheodolite.

April 27, 1950–Goshen, Ind. TWA airliner paced by disc- like reddish UFO.

May 11, 1950–McMinnville, Oregon. Shiny silver disc hovered, two photographs taken.

May 20, 1950–Flagstaff, Ariz. Astronomer/meteorologist observed a “powered” disc-like object from the grounds of Lowell Observatory

May 29, 1950–Nr. Washington, D.C. American Airlines pilots saw dark elliptical UFO circle airliner. [

May 29, 1950–White Sands, N. Mex. UFO spotted by two theodolite stations just before firing of a missile. Object tracked and photographed by both stations.

June 12, 1950–California. Geologist saw disc-shaped object loop around plane.

June 21, 1950–Hamilton AFB, Calif. UFO buzzed control tower several times.

June 24, 1950–California desert. Cigar-shaped UFO paced United Airlines plane for 20 minutes. Navy pilot reported cigar-shaped UFO.

June 30, 1950–Nr. Kingman, Kansas. Rotating disc hovered, sped away when car approached

July 1950–Flying magazine article, “Flying Saucers — Fact or Fiction?” summarized recent UFO sightings by pilots.

July 1950–Cincinnati, Ohio. CAA flight engineer observed a “wingless, fuselage-shaped” UFO.

July 11, 1950–Osceola, Ark. Two Navy aircraft watched domed disc pass in front, confirmed by radar.

August 15, 1950–Great Falls, Mont. Nick Mariana took motion pictures of 2 UFOs (The “Montana film,” later shown in the documentary movie “UFO”).

October 3, 1950–Pomona, Calif. Disc-shaped UFO reported by scientist.

October 5, 1950–San Fernando, Calif. California Central Airlines plane buzzed by wing-like UFO. [V]

November 27, 1950–Huron, S.D. CAA personnel saw hovering maneuvering UFO.

November 27, 1950–Evansville, Wisc. Flying instructor reported six elliptical objects in loose echelon formation.

December 1950–Nr. Cheyenne, Wyo. USAF officer saw aluminum-like oval UFO.

December 27, 1950–Bradford, Ill. Trans-World Airways pilot watched light source perform violent and erratic maneuvers.




January 16, 1951–Nr. Artesia, N. Mex. General Mills personnel tracking a Skyhook balloon saw two disc-shaped objects approach rapidly, tip on edge, circle the balloon, and speed off over the NW horizon.

January 20, 1951–Nr. Sioux City, Iowa. A dark cigar-shaped UFO with white and red body lights buzzed a Mid-Continent Airlines plane.

February 14, 1951–Alamogordo, N. Mex. Two Air Force pilots, while watching a large balloon, saw a flat, round white object hovering at high altitude.

February 19, 1951–Kenya, Africa. A large cigar-shaped UFO hovering over Mt. Kilimanjaro was observed and photographed from an aircraft.

May 22, 1951– -Nr. Dodge City, Kansas. American Airlines pilot observed maneuvering star-like object.

June 1, 1951–Dayton, Ohio. Wright-Patterson AFB official watched disc make sharp turn.

July 14, 1951– -Nr. White Sands, N. Mex. A UFO which sped near a B-29 was tracked on radar, observed visually and photographed.

July 23, 1951–March Field, Calif. Radar-visual sighting of silvery object circling high above aircraft.

Summer 1951–Augusta, Ga. Air Force pilot flying F-51 “attacked repeatedly” by flying disc.

August 1951–Central, N. Mex. Mining engineer sighted two discs with “portholes.”

August 3, 1951–Nr. Pinckney, Mich. NICAP Adviser saw a glowing, yellowish UFO which moved on an undulating course.

August 11, 1951–Portland, Ore. Former Air Force fighter pilot observed formation of three discs.

August 25, 1951–Lubbock, Texas. Formations of luminous objects passed overhead several consecutive nights; V-formation photographed.

August 26, 1951–Washington State. Air Force radar station tracked UFO at 900 m.p.h. on two different radar sets.

August 1951–Popular Science. Editors surveyed witnesses to choose most plausible explanations for UFOs; 70% believed they were intelligently controlled devices, either man-made or extraterrestrial.

September 1951–Capt. Edward J. Ruppelt, new chief of Project Blue Book, the Air Force UFO investigation.

September 10, 1951– -Nr. Sandy Hook, N.J. Two AF pilots in a T-33 jet trainer chased a “perfectly round and flat” silvery UFO traveling at an estimated 900 mph

September 23, 1951–Nr. March AFB, Calif. F-86 jets circled below an unidentified object, unable to reach its altitude.

Fall 1951–Korea. UFO circled fleet, tracked on 14 ships’ radars, departing at over 1000 mph.

October 9, 1951–Terre Haute, Indiana; Nr. Paris, Illinois. A fast-moving UFO shaped like a flattened sphere was sighted two minutes apart by a C.A.A. employee and a private pilot. Project Blue Book plotted the sighting and concluded both had been the same object which was an “unknown.”

October 10-11, 1951–Nr. Minneapolis, Minn. Two sightings of UFOs by General Mills, Inc., supervisor of balloon manufacture, and other balloon personnel, from an aircraft.

November 7, 1951–Lake Superior. Steamship Captain and crew watched elongated orange object with six glowing “portholes” speed towards Ontario.

November 9, 1951–After 7 sightings of green fireballs in 11 days Dr. Lincoln Lapaz, Institute of Meteoritics, said: “There has never been a rate of meteorite fall in history that has been one -fifth as high as the present fall. If that rate should continue, I would suspect the phenomenon is not natural. . . (they) don’t behave like ordinary meteorites at all.”

November 10, 1951–Albuquerque, N.M. The eighth fireball in 13 days was seen here and as far away as Wyoming. (United Press)




1952–London, Ont., Canada. Astronomer observed elliptical UFO with 2 bright body lights.

January 20, 1952–Fairchild AFB, Wash. Two master sergeants (intelligence specialists), reported a large, bluish-white spherical object with a long blue tail which flew below a solid overcast.

January 21, 1952–Mitchel AFB, N.Y. Navy TBM pilot chased a dome-shaped, white circular object which accelerated and pulled away .

January 22, 1952–North Alaska Radar outpost. Ground radar and three F-94 interceptors’ radar tracked a distinct target.

January 29, 1952–Wonsan, Korea. B-29 paced by a bright disc-shaped orange object. (Similar sighting by another B-29 crew same night 80 miles away over Sunchon.)

February 20, 1952- -Greenfield, Mass. Congregational Minister saw three very bright silver objects, apparently spherical, traveling in a perfect V.

March 3, 1952–Dr. Walter Riedel, former German Rocket Scientist at Peenemunde: “I’m convinced saucers have an out-of- world basis.” (Life; April 7, 1952.)

March 10, 1952–Oakland, Calif. Inspector of Engineering Metals watched two dark, wing (or hemisphere) shaped objects pass overhead, one swaying back and forth like pendulum.

March 29, 1952–Nr. Misawa, Japan. Small shiny disc made pass at an F-84, observed by second Air Force pilot.

March 29, 1952–Butler, Missouri. Chairman of Industrial Commission of Missouri saw cylinder-shaped, silver UFO, [VII]

April 7, 1952- – Life article. “Have We Visitors From Space?” (Cleared by Air Force Commanding General.) strongly suggested UFOs are interplanetary.

April 8, 1952–Nr. Big Pines, Calif. Disc-like UFO observed by TV network engineer

April 17, 1952–Nellis AFB, Nevada. Large group of circular UFOs.

April 23, 1952–Watertown, Mass. Engineer saw high-speed maneuvering UFO.

May 7, 1952- -Barra da Tijuca, Brazil. Photographs of alleged UFO

May 8, 1952–Atlantic Ocean off Jacksonville, Fla. Pan- American Airways pilot and copilot saw light, 10 times the size of a landing light, come head-on, streak past left wing.

May 8, 1952- -Project Blue Book Chief and two Colonels briefed Air Force Secretary Finletter on UFOs for one hour.

May 13, 1952–National City, Calif. Convair design engineers, ex-Navy pilot, and amateur astronomer observed luminescent white circular object descend rapidly, circle area.

June, 1952–Tombstone, Ariz. Navy pilot watched a disc hover, speed away.

June 1952- -Air Force reported to be taking the UFO problem seriously partly because a lot of good UFO reports were coming in from Korea. Pilots were seeing silver spheres or disks, and radar in Japan, Okinawa, and Korea had tracked unidentified targets

June 1, 1952–Los Angeles, Calif. Crew of Hughes Aircraft Co., radar test section tracked unidentified target at 11,000 ft.; UFO suddenly tripled its speed.

June 9, 1952–Time article by Dr. Donald H. Menzel, “Those Flying Saucers,” “Light reflections “given as explanation.

June 13, 1952–Le Bourget; France (airport). Control tower operators and pilot watched brilliant light source cross sky SW of field after hovering for about an hour.

June 18, 1952–California. UFO paced B-25 for 30 minutes.

June 19, 1952–Goose Bay, Labrador. Radar-visual sighting of reddish object.

July 1952 “Flap” [See Section XII for more detailed chronology]

Summer 1952- -MacDill AFB, Florida. USAF Colonel, B-29 pilot investigated radar target, saw glowing ellipse which reversed direction and sped away.

July 1, 1952–Boston, Mass. Two silvery cigar-shaped objects reported moving SW.

July 1, 1952–Fort Monmouth, N. J. Radar-visual sighting of two UFOs; objects hovered, sped away SW.

July 2, 1952–Tremonton, Utah. Navy Warrant Officer D. C. Newhouse photographed group of 12 to 14 objects maneuvering in formation at high speed. [VIII]

July 10, 1952–Nr. Korea. Crew of Canadian destroyer “Crusader”, saw and tracked on radar two shiny discs

July 12, 1952–Chicago, Ill. Air Force weather officer, many others at Montrose Beach saw large red object with small white lights on side reverse course directly overhead.

July 13, 1952–Nr. Washington, D. C. National Airlines pilot radioed CAA that he was being approached by a blue-white light. Object came to within 2 miles, hovered at same altitude. Pilot switched on all lights; UFO took off, upwards.

July 14, 1952–Newport News, Virginia. Pan-American Airways pilots watched formation of 6 discs make sharp turn below airliner joined by 2 more discs.

July 16, 1952–Hampton, Va. Aeronautical research engineer watched rendezvous of four amber colored objects.

July 16, 1952–Salem, Mass. Seaman at Coast Guard Air Station photographed four brilliant white lights.

July 18, 1952–Nr. Denver, Cob. American Airlines pilot watched unidentified lights speed back and forth.

July 18, 1952–Patrick AFB, Florida. Two officers, weather men, several others saw four amber-colored lights circling near the field

July 19, 1952–Porto Maldo, Peru. Photograph of oval UFO taken by customs official.

July 19/20, 1952–Washington, D. C., CAA radar sightings; visual confirmation by airline pilots.

July 23, 1952– -Braintree, Mass. Bluish-green UFO circling at high speed observed by radar, ground observers, F-94 pilot.

July 23, 1952–Culver City, Calif. Aircraft-plant employees reported a silvery elliptical UFO accompanied by two small discs.

July 24, 1952–Nr, Carson Sink, Nevada. Two Air Force colonels in B-25 saw formation of three delta wing silver objects traveling at estimated speed of over 1000 mph.

July 26, 1952–California. Radar-visual sighting. Jet chased large, yellow-orange light.

July 26/27, 1952–Washington, D.C. Radar and visual sightings.

July 27, 1952–Ann Arbor, Mich. Biologist reported “flotilla” of rocket-like UFOs.

July 27, 1952–Manhattan Beach, Calif. Aeronautical engineer, others, observed group of UFOs changing position in formation.

July 28, 1952 –Wisconsin-Minnesota. Ground Control Intercept radar, Air Force pilot, plane spotter of G.O.C., tracked several UFOs

July 29, 1952–Air Force press conference in Washington, D.C,, headed by Major General John A. Samford, UFOs explained away as weather phenomena. (Transcript on file at NICAP.)

July 29, 1952–Miami, Florida. Movies taken of high-speed UFO; film submitted to Air Force, never released. [VIII]

August 1, 1952–Nr. Yaak, Montana. Air Defense Command radar tracked UFO; sighted visually a dark, cigar-shaped object.

August 1, 1952–Sharonville, Ohio. Brilliant white disc observed at low altitude. Others reported oval object.

August 1, 1952–Albuquerque, N. M. Scripps-Howard Staff Writer watched UFOs change position in formation.

August 3, 1952–Hamilton AFB, California. Pilots on ground, radar, plane spotters tracked two silvery discs “dogfighting”

August 5, 1952–Haneda AFB, Japan. Circular UFO tracked on radar, chased by jets.

August 5, 1952–Baltimore, Md. Experienced amateur astronomer observed two copper-like discs.

August 6/7, 1952- -Kerkrade, Holland. Marine engineer designer saw two disc-shaped objects with superstructures.

August 13, 1952–Tucson, Ariz. Air Force officer reports formation of bright UFOs.

August 13, 1952–Dallas, Texas. Airlines Chief Pilot chased maneuvering light.

August 20, 1952–Congaree AFB, S.C. Air Defense Command radar tracked UFO at 4,000 mph.

August 22, 1952–Elgin, Illinois. USAF jets, guided by Ground Observer Corps, chased a pulsating yellowish light.

August 24, 1952–Nr. Hermanas, New Mexico. Air Force Colonel piloting F-84 saw two round silvery objects; one climbed straight up 2,000-3,000 feet.

August 28, 1952–Le Roy, N. Y. Disc circled airliner vertically

August 28, 1952–Atlanta, Ga. Police watched maneuvering UFO.

August 29, 1952–Villacoublay, France. Unidentified bright blue light observed through theodolite; once appeared as luminous white bar edged with black.

September 9, 1952–Portland, Oregon. Two oval objects observed in searchlight beam.

September 16, 1952–Belle Glade, Florida. Circular object with row of lights on underside passed low overhead; cattle bolted.

September 19, 1952–North Sea. Spherical UFO photographed from U. S. Navy aircraft carrier participating in “Operation Mainbrace,” NATO maneuvers.

September 20, 1952–Topcliffe, Yorkshire, England. Silvery disc followed Meteor jet, descended with pendulum motion. [See “Operation Mainbrace” chronology,

September 22, 1952–Fairfax County, Va. Police observed 3-4 UFOs maneuvering erratically

September 30, 1952–Edwards AFB, California. Aviation photographer, others, observed two discs alternately hovering and darting around.

October 11, 1952–Newport News, Va. Ground Observer Corps spotter saw disc-shaped UFO with “dome”.

October 12, 1952–Palo Alto, Calif. V-formation of six apparent discs.

October 13, 1952–Oshima, Japan. Air Force pilot and engineer saw round object in cloud formation; object became elliptical in appearance, sped away disappearing in seconds.

October 27, 1952–Gaillac, France. Hundreds of citizens saw 16 UFOs in formation surrounding a cigar-shaped object. “Angel’s hair” fell.

October 29, 1952–Richmond, Va. Venezuelan Airlines pilot watched luminous UFO speed past plane.

October 29, 1952–Hempstead, L. I., N. Y. Two F-94 pilots saw object which maneuvered at high speed.

Fall 1952–N. Y. to Puerto Rico. Three Pan American Airways pilots watched UFO hover, speed away.

November 16, 1952–Nr. Landrum, S. C. Hundreds of people saw a huge disc, watched through binoculars by air traffic controller.

November 25/26, 1952–Panama Canal Zone. Two UFOS tracked by defense radar.

December 4, 1952–Laredo, Texas. USAF F-51 pilot chased glowing white object which made tight turns, head-on passes at plane.

December 6, 1952–Nr. Galveston, Texas. Air Force B-29 tracked UFOs at speeds up to 9000 mph, saw speeding blue-white lights.

December 8, 1952–Chicago, Ill. Aircraft paced by row of unidentified lights

December 10, 1952–Nr. Hanford, Washington, Radar-visual sighting of round, white UFO with “windows.”

December 15, 1952–Goose Bay AFB, Labrador. Radar-visual sighting of reddish UFO which changed to white as it maneuvered

December 29, 1952–Northern Japan. Colonel, other USAF pilots, radar detected rotating UFO




1953–Anaco, Venezuela. Avensa Airlines pilot reported round gray object paced plane

1953–Navy Carrier-based squadron of attack planes approached by rocket-shaped UFO.

January 9, 1953–Northern Japan. Pilot and radar observer of an F-94 jet interceptor saw and tracked a rotating UFO. Air base Commander, Col. George W. Perdy, stated there was “remarkable corroboration as to description of the cluster of lights by people widely separated who hadn’t so much as talked to one another.”

January 9, 1953- -Santa Ana, Calif. V-formation of blue-white lights banked near USAF bomber.

January 22, 1953–Santa Fe New Mexican: “A fireball expert said today Russia may be scouting the United States and other parts world with strange new guided missiles. Dr. Lincoln LaPaz said a good many shreds of evidence point to green fireballs sighted throughout the world being a type of missile – possibly of Soviet make.”

January 26, 1953–New Mexico radar site. Very bright reddish-white UFO observed and tracked on radar.

January 27, 1953–Livermore, Calif. Pilot watched shiny circular object in high speed climb. [V]

January 28, 1953–Albany, Ga. Air Force F-86 pilot saw a definite circular UFO pass below his plane, confirmed by radar

January 29, 1953–Presque Isle, Me. Gray oval UFO seen by USAF pilots.

January 30, 1953–Yuma, Ariz. Gyrating light ascending steeply, observed by scientist.

February 1, 1953–Terre Haute, Indiana. Sighting by USAF pilot (no details released).

February 6, 1953–Rosalia, Wash. USAF bomber reported a circling UFO.

February 7, 1953–Korean area. Radar-visual sighting by USAF pilot, maneuverable bright orange light.

February 9, 1953–Virginia-N.C. border. Marine Corps pilot chased rocket-like object.

February 11, 1953–Tunis-Tripoli. USAF transport paced by UFO.

February 13, 1953–Fort Worth, Texas. Radar-visual sighting by B-36 crew.

February 16, 1953- -Nr. Anchorage, Alaska. Reddish UFO approached, paced USAF transport.

February 17, 1953–Elmendorf AFB, Alaska. UFO chased by jet, accelerated away

March 7, 1953- -Yuma, Arizona. Discs observed by Air Force officers at gunnery meet.

Spring 1953–Laredo, Texas. Air Force instructor flying T-33 watched circling cigar-shaped object make right-angle turn.

May 5, 1953- -Yuma, Ariz. Scientist observed silvery disc; concentric rings visible through Polaroid glasses.

May 21, 1953–Prescott, Ariz. Veteran private pilot saw 8 discs

May 23, 1953–Union of S. Africa. South African headquarters announced in November that on May 23, radar had tracked an unidentified object near the Cape at over 1000 mph.

July 9, 1953–Columbus, Ohio. Circular, silver UFO seen at North American Aviation plant.

July 24, 1953–Mt. Vernon, Ohio. Large silver object circled over town.

July 31, 1953–Port Clinton, Ohio. Unidentified white light viewed through field glasses.

Summer 1953–Yaak, Montana. Radar-visual sighting of six UFOs in formation.

August 1, 1953–Toledo, Ohio. UFO, changing color, flickered and jumped in sky.

August 9, 1953–Moscow, Idaho. Three F-86 fighters pursued a large glowing disc reported by Ground Observer Corps.

August 12, 1953–Rapid City, S. D. Simultaneous sighting of UFO by ground and airborne radar, visual.

August 14, 1953–Columbus, Ohio. Lighted object came straight down out of sky, stopped, then sped out of view.

August 15, 1953–Crestline, Ohio. Circling light changed color, white, red, green.

August 21, 1953–Maumee, Ohio. Black oval with green and red lights around perimeter

August 23, 1953–Columbus, Ohio. Red and white object moving very slowly upward, observed by Ground Observer Corps.

August 26, 1953–Air Force Regulation 200-2 issued by Secretary of AF Harold E. Talbott: procedures for reporting UFOs, restrictions on public discussion by Air Force personnel.

August 31, 1953–Port Moresby, New Guinea. Motion picture film purporting to show saucer-like object clirnbing steeply, taken by aviation official.

September 7, 1953–Cleveland, Ohio. Technical writer watched rotating triangle pass overhead

September 7, 1953–Vandalia, Ohio. Two Navy fighter pilots saw a brilliant white object speed below their planes, then climb rapidly out of sight.

September 11-13, 1953–Chiloquin, Ore. Police Chief, others, watched top-like UFOs three consecutive nights. [

September 24, 1953–Bexley (Columbus), Ohio. Ground Observer Corps report: silvery disk followed plane.

October 18, 1953–English Channel. Airline pilots saw a UFO “like two shallow saucers with their rims together.”

October 29, 1953–Lt. Col. F. K. Everest in F-100 Super-Sabre set speed record, 755.149 mph.

October 30, 1953–Mt. Vernon, Ohio. Round, silver object circled at low altitude. [

November 3, 1953–London, England. A huge apparently metallic UFO, “completely circular” and white, was tracked on radar and observed visually through a telescope by the 256th Heavy Anti- Aircraft Regiment.

November 12, 1953–Canadian Government announcement of flying saucer observatory (Project Magnet) near Ottawa.

November 14, 1953–Nr. Toledo, Ohio. UFO flashing various colors observed climbing.

November 23, 1953–Kinross AFB, Michigan. Air Force F-89 vanished while pursuing UFO over Lake Superior.

December 1, 1953–Air Force announced in Washington it had set up flying saucer” cameras around the country equipped with diffraction gratings to analyze nature of UFO light sources.

December 13, 1953–Central Ohio. Rocket-like UFO with white lights at both ends observed by Ground Observer Corps.

December 16, 1953–Toledo, Ohio. Group of lights changing from red to white, each appearing to revolve.

December 17, 1953–Sweden. Defense high command ordered a full scale investigation of sightings of a wingless circular object which sped over southern Sweden.




1954–Dayton, Ohio. Air Force Lt. Colonel saw two maneuvering UFOs.

January 1, 1954–Australian Airline pilot saw huge, apparently metallic, elliptical UFO.

January 4, 1954–Quantico, Va. Red revolving or blinking lights, hovering and moving soundlessly at tree-top height reportedly seen for six nights above Marine Corps base.

January 6, 1954- – Cleveland Press headline: “Brass Curtain Hides Flying Saucers.” Reporters seeking information were banned from Wright-Patterson AFB, Ohio.

February 13, 1954–Jim C. Lucas of Scripps-Howard, reported that representatives of major airlines would meet in Los Angeles with Military Air Transport Service Intelligence officers to discuss speeding up UFO reporting procedures. “Airline pilots are asked not to discuss their sightings publicly or give them to news Papers,” Lucas said.

(In a follow-up report, Feb. 23, Scripps-Howard papers said that “the nation’s 8500 commercial airline pilots have been seeing a lot of unusual objects while flying at night, here and overseas.” Plans for a detailed reporting system were agreed upon so Air Force jets could quickly investigate. Each airline was to have an “internal security specialist” for liaison between civilian and military organizations.)

February 15, 1954–Dorothy Kilgallen column: “Flying saucers are regarded as of such vital importance that they will be the subject of a special hush-hush meeting of world military heads next summer.”

March 1954- -Rouen, France. Disc-shaped UFO photographed.

March 24, 1954–Baltimore, Md. Maneuvering formation of UFOs observed by Civil Defense official.

March 24, 1954–Florida. Marine Corps jet pilot saw round object streak downward, stop, speed away when pursued.

April 16, 1954–Grand Canyon, Ariz. School superintendent, explorer, watched elongated UFO with “portholes” pass overhead.

April 26, 1954–Newburyport, Mass. Round UFO making sharp turn observed by architect. [

May 1954–True article, “What Our Air Force Found Out About Flying Saucers”: by Edward J. Ruppelt, former UFO Project Chief.

May 10, 1954–Northern Sweden. Week of UFO sightings investigated by military authorities. Scores of residents reported strange glowing objects maneuvering low over forests.

May 13, 1954–Washington, D. C. Several large glowing objects maneuvered over National Airport for three hours; observed visually and on radar.

May 14, 1954–Nr. Dallas, Texas. Marine Corps pilots chased formations of 16 UFOs.

May 15, 1954–Vienna, Austria. Three discs in formation.

May 24, 1954–Dayton, Ohio. Photo officer and scanner on RB-29 saw and photographed circular UFO below plane.

May 30, 1954–Bambridge, N. Y. Silvery elliptical UFO with four “portholes” accelerated and shot away.

June 1, 1954–Nr. Boston, Mass. TWA pilot enroute from Paris, control tower operators, saw large white disc.

June 11, 1954–Nr. Baltimore, Md. Huge glowing object seen by GOC observers; alternately hovered, moved rapidly.

June 23, 1954–Columbus-Vandalia, Ohio. Round white light followed Air National Guard F-51.

June 26, 1954–Idaho Falls, Idaho. Brilliant light source flared up over AEC station, climbed out of sight.

June 30, 1954–Mobile, Alabama. UFO observed from tower of Brookley AFB, tracked on radar.

June 30, 1954–Nr. Oslo, Norway. Two silvery disks observed and photographed from eclipse expedition planes.

June 30, 1954- -Nr. Goose Bay, Labrador. Airliner crew saw large UFO with smaller satellite objects.

July 3, 1954–Albuquerque, N.M. Nine green spheres sighted visually, tracked on radar.

July 8, 1954–Lancashire, England. British astronomer saw a silvery object with 15-20 smaller satellite objects.

July 11, 1954–Hunterdon, Pa. USAF bombers reported a disc. [

July 28, 1954–North Atlantic. Dutch ship observed disc with apparent portholes. [

August 28, 1954–Oklahoma City, Okla. Fifteen UFOs in precise triangular formation observed by hundreds of citizens, Tinker AFB radar.

August or September, 1954–New York State. Round UFO tracked on radar, plotted across state by Ground Observer Corps.

September 7, 1954–Origny, France. Hovering luminous disc fled when lights were shone at it.

September 9, 1954–Nelson, N.Z. Hovering disc photographed. [VIII]

September 15, 1954–Bihar, India. Gray disc hovered, emitted smoke and climbed away at high speed.

September 16, 1954– -Nr. Roanoke, Va. Shiny, round object buzzed radio tower; transmitter failed to operate properly

September 17, 1954–Rome, Italy. Thousands of citizens, Italian Air Force radar watched disc-like object which departed upwards.

September 19, 1954- -Danane, French West Africa. Officials watched oval UFO with dome and “searchlights”.

September 20, 1954–Cuyahoga Falls, Ohio. Dark saucer-shaped UFO arced overhead, leveled off and moved into distance.

October 1954–Cherry Valley, N. Y. Engineer sighted maneuvering disc.

October 3, 1954–Nr. Waben, France. UFO paced car.

October 4, 1954–North Weald, Essex, England. Saturn- shaped disc buzzed RAF Meteor jet.

October 7, 1954–Isles-sur-Suippes, France. UFO shaped like “giant artillery shell” with “portholes”; landing or near-landing case.

October 22, 1954–Marysville, Ohio. School principal, teacher, 60 students saw silver cigar-shaped UFO with “portholes” hover over school, then speed away; “angel’s hair” fell.

October 23, 1954–New Yorker magazine. “Letter From Parts” column detailed recent French sightings.

October 24, 1954–Prof. Herman Oberth’s American Weekly article, “Flying Saucers Come From A Distant World.”

October 24, 1954–Porto Alegre, Brazil. Formation of silver, circular objects sped over Air Force base.

October 25, 1954–Belgrade, Yugoslavia. High speed objects some egg-shaped seen by hundreds.

October 28, 1954–Rome, Italy. Mrs. Clare Booth Luce, American Ambassador, others sighted luminous, round UFO.

Fall 1954–Korea. Marine Corps weather observer saw 7 discs oscillating in formation.

November 5, 1954–Lookout Point, N.Z. Orange elliptical object with blue “portholes” observed.

November 12, 1954–Louisville, Ky. Spherical object moved quickly south, hovered for long period.

November 21, 1954–Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. Crew, passenger of Brazilian airliner saw 19 glowing UFOs.

November 25, 1954–Cordoba, Argentina. Meteorologist, control tower operator at airport watched two hovering luminous objects (official report from Argentine Embassy).

November 26, 1954–Matasquan, N. J. Formation of round objects. (Confidential report from college professor.)

Millville, N. J. Disc with four body lights.

December 3, 1954–Wilmington, N. C. Civil Aeronautics Administration personnel watched round, yellowish UFO through binoculars.

December 5, 1954–North East, Pa. Domed object with double row of square “ports” hovered low over Lake Erie.

December 7, 1954- -Upington, Cape Province, So. Africa. Meteorologist tracked white hemispherical object with theodolite.

December 15, 1954–Nr. Nowra, Australia. Royal Australian Navy pilot paced by two UFOs, confirmed on radar

December 19, 1954–Vienna, Austria. High-speed UFOs reported.

December 20, 1954–Pontiac, Mich. Red-orange circular UFO, with white glow from “portholes” at front, sped overhead.

1954 or 1955–Coos Bay, Oregon. District Judge observed maneuvering disc.




1955–Virginia, nr. Washington, D. C. Navy pilot observed domed disc.

January 2, 1955–Nr. Punta San Juan, Venezuela. Airliner enroute to Maracaibo approached by luminous UFO.

February 2, 1955–Nr. Merida, Venezuela. Aeropost Airlines pilot reported a top-shaped object with “portholes” and central ring paced airliner. [

February 11, 1955–Miami to New York. Pan American Airways flight saw two reddish-green objects speed past under wing. [

April 22, 1955–Tintinara, Australia. Saturn-shaped UFO made sharp turn, ascended.

April 24, 1955–AIbuquerque, N. Mex. April 23 (AP) Dr. Lincoln Lapaz: “I’m sure the yellow-green fireballs aren’t ordinary meteorite falls. I’ve been observing the skies since 1914, and I’ve never seen any meteoric fireballs like them.”

During the week of April 3-9, five green fireballs were reported in New Mexico and two in northern California. After a number of sightings reported about mid-morning April 5, LaPaz said: “This is a record. We believe we have it narrowed from the many reports to three. But they were seen within a very few minutes of each other.

May 25, 1955–Alexandra Park, London, England. Circular, luminous object approached B-47, quickly reversed direction and shot away.

June 16, 1955–Eastern U.S. UFOs observed over wide area, jets scrambled.

June 17, 1955–Nr. Adelaide, Australia. Silver oblong UFO viewed through binoculars; hovered; moved away behind clouds as an aircraft neared.

July 9, 1955–Santa Catalina Channel, Calif. Family aboard boat saw a round cylinder, grayish and white, surrounded by a “haze of fumes.” UFO zigzagged upward, then sped away.

July 17, 1955–Canton, Ohio. Disc hovered, climbed away as airliner approached.

July 26, 1955–Lasham, Hants, England. Members of British Gliding Association watched boomerang -shaped object (or flattened triangle) hover above glider then speed away.

July 26, 1955–Washington, D. C. A brilliant round object with trail 4 or 5 times its own length approached National Airport, stopped, oscillated, and moved off at high speed. Ceiling lights at airport went out when object approached; returned to operation when UFO left.

July 29, 1955–Cincinnati, Ohio. Zigzagging UFO made shrill sound.

August 6, 1955–Cincinnati, Ohio. Oval-shaped UFO observed ascending at high speed.

August 21, 1955–Chalmette, La. Glowing-white Saturn-shaped object hovered, rotating; turned sideways and shot away

August 23, 1955–Cincinnati, Ohio. SAC jets “dogfight” with UFOs first detected by radar. White spheres and discs observed by Ground Observer Corps.

August 28, 1955–Yonkers, N. Y. Board of Education official and others saw a white Saturn-shaped object through a telescope.

October 2, 1955–Akron and Alliance, Ohio. Hovering disc- like UFO observed over wide area. [

October 28, 1955–Galloway, England. Disc with row of blue lights on rim, maneuvered slowly over car on lonely road.

October 31, 1955–Nr. Auckland, N.Z. Bright object passed National Airlines DC-3.

November 1, 1955– – Mojave Desert, Calif. Astronomer observed cigar-shaped UFO and smaller disc.

November 2, 1955–Williston, Fla. Police, others saw as many as six oval-shaped objects in formation.

November 5, 1955–Cleveland, Ohio. Minister observed elliptical UFO with square “windows”.

November 9, 1955–Philadelphia, Pa. Newspaper photographers and others saw 12 silvery-white round objects in formation.

November 14, 1955–San Bernardino Mts., Calif. Pilot saw a globe of white light approach plane, blinked landing lights; object blinked in seeming response, reversed course.

November 20, 1955–Oak Ridge, Tenn. Two shiny, elliptical UFOs “like two dirigibles” traveled over restricted area.

November 23, 1955–Spirit Lake, Iowa. Ground Observer Corps spotters reported a brilliant object which changed color, moved erratically.

December 6, 1955–Ashfield & Greenfield, Mass. Several people watched a cigar-shaped object with long rows of brilliant, reddish body lights, moving slowly south.

December 11, 1955–Nr. Jacksonville, Fla. Navy jets in dog fight with round, reddish UFO.

December 29, 1955–New Britain, Conn. Shiny object hovered sped away.




1956–North Atlantic. Large disc paced Navy transport. [IV] January 17, 1956–Orangeville, Canada. Dise-shaped UFO seen at close range; rings of light visible on bottom. [XII]

January 22, 1956–Gulf of Mexico, nr. New Orleans. Pan American Airways flight engineer saw a large elongated object, emitted yellow flame or light, pass aircraft from horizon to behind a weather front.

February 17, 1950–Paris, France. Large UFO tracked on radar at Orly Airport, observed by airline pilot as red light source.

March 5, 1956–Honolulu, Hawaii. UFO formation photographed.

April 8, 1956–Nr. Schenectady, N. Y. American Airlines pilot followed UFO across state.

June 27, 1956–Trieste, Italy. Luminous object hovered, sped away.

July 19, 1956– -Hutchinson, Kansas. Naval Air Station reported tracking “a moving unidentified object” on radar, observed visually by state police as “teardrop shaped” light source. Noticeable maneuvers of UFO “vertically and horizontally over a wide area of the sky” mapped by Wichita Eagle.

July 19, 1956–Phoenix, Ariz. Luminous round object hovered, sped away.

July 29, 1956–Pasadena, Calif. Hovering, speeding light seen by Ground Observer Corps, tracked on radar.

August 1956–Boulder City, Nevada. Research technician observed formation of five flat, circular UFOs

August 8-19, 1956–Connecticut. Concentration of sightings over 12-day period. Retired fire department engineer in Hart ford saw an oblong UFO with halo (August 8); an egg-shaped UFO was seen over West Redding (August 11); unidentified white lights reported over West Hartford by Ground Observer Corps (August 14);

August 19, 1956–Newington, Conn. Fiery object made turn, dimmed, window-like markings became visible. [

August 20, 1956–Citrus Heights, Calif. Man & wife saw 25 or more bright, Saturn-like UFOs in a rough semi-circle formation.

August 21, 1956–Wyoming-Montana. Dumbbell-shaped UFOs approached plane

September 4, 1956–Copenhagen, Denmark. Radar tracking of several UFOs at about 1800 mph. [VIII]

September 6, 1950–Pasadena, California. Western Airlines pilot reported erratically moving white lights to Air Defense Command; visual confirmation from ground.

September 11, 1956–Baltic Sea. Radar sightings of ‘”mysterious objects flying at speeds of 2,000 to 2,500 mph., in a curved course, during previous three weeks.

Early November 1956–Malibu, Calif. Flat oval object with three window-like markings on underside flew low, through searchlight beam. [XII)

November 8, 1956–Miami, Florida. Pan American Airways radar tracked a UFO at 4000 mph.

November 14, 1956– -Nr. Mobile, Alabama. Capital Airlines pilot sighting of maneuvering light.

November 19, 1956–Frankfurt, Germany. V-formation of blue-white, elliptical UFOs. [

November 24/25, 1956– -Nr. Pierre, South Dakota. (Wide spread UFO sightings for several days.) State police chased UFO, Air Force jets scrambled.

December 1956–Far East. Air Force jet pilot tracked UFO on radar; observed visually as “large round object.” [

December 27, 1956–Los Angeles, Calif. Real estate investor saw three spherical UFOs reflecting sunlight.




January 21, 1957--Army Intelligence report on “large shiny metal ball,” disc, other UFOs over APO Army base.

January 24, 1957–Indiana. Commercial pilot and many others saw four brilliant white lights, in-line formation; trailing object larger, egg-shaped and pulsating.

February 13, 1957–Burbank, California. Police received many calls about oval-shaped objects over city. Officer Robert Wells, who went to investigate, confirmed sighting.

March 8, 1957–Nr. Houston, Texas. UFO paced plane, moved up and down at high speed.]

March 9, 1957–Nr. San Juan, Puerto Rico. Pan American Airways pilot took evasive action as fiery round, greenish-white object passed plane.

March 23, 1957–Long Beach, California. Four UFOs tracked on CAA radar, widespread visual sightings.

March 29, 1957–Off East Coast, Florida. Pan American Airways pilot observed brilliant pulsating light, confirmed by radar.

April 4, 1957–Wigtownshire, Scotland. Three radar posts tracked a UFO which flashed across the sky at 60,000 feet, dove to 14,000 feet, circled and sped away.

May 12, 1957–Moab, Utah. Round, blue-green UFO sped past below observer’s altitude.

June 15, 1957–Lancashire, England. Saturn-like UFO with “portholes” observed through telescope in bright daylight.

June 18, 1957–Jackson, Mississippi. Physics professor sighted UFO with “a halo of light around it and what appeared to be three portholes.”

June 18, 1957–Pacific Ocean, 150 miles off San Francisco. Captain and crew of freighter Hawaiian Fisherman saw three brightly lighted objects “like small moons.”

June 30, 1957– -Belo Horizonte, Brazil. Disc-like object paced, maneuvered around airliner.

July 1957–Azusa, California. “Disc with amber lights around edge made wobbling vertical descent.

July 1, 1957–Avon, Mass. Cigar-shaped UFO with green lights like windows.

July 4, 1957–Nr. Campos, Brazil. Disc with dome and port holes paced airliner.

July 9, 1957–Hamilton, Ont., Canada. Attorney saw speeding, white elliptical UFO.

July 31, 1957–Calistoga, California. Businessman watched two erratically maneuvering brilliant white objects.

August 1, 1957–Toronto, Ontario, Canada. Large glowing object hovered 20 minutes, sped away. [VII]

August 14, 1957–Nr. Joinville, Brazil. Varig Airlines pilot observed domed disc, which affected aircraft engines

August 15, 1957–Woodland Hills, California. Retired Navy pilot watched disc wobble, climb away. [IV]

August 20, 1957–Fujisawa City, Japan. Cylindrical UFO observed above beach, photographed. [VIII]

September 17, 1957–Ft. Devens, Mass. Army report on eight round, orange UFOs which flew over base, one oscillating up and down.

September 26, 1957–Paris, France. Confidential report, from U.S. Embassy officer and wife, of bright elliptical UFO. [

October 7, 1957–Cape Canaveral, Fla. White oval object seen near Cape for second consecutive night.

October 8, 1957–Bua Province, Fiji Islands. Natives in small boat saw UFO descend vertically, hover about 20 feet above sea.

October 8, 1957–Nr. Boston, Mass. Pan American Airways pilot saw a brilliant object flying at high speed in daylight.

October 15, 1957– -Fountain County, Indiana. Farmer reported silver disc which hovered over his combine as he worked in field; combine engine failed when UFO rose. [VIII]

October 16, 1957–Australia. Round UFO sighted by former Commander-in-Chief of Royal Australian Air Force. [X]

October 21 (or 29), 1957–Nr. London, England. RAF pilot sighted UFO near atomic base, confirmed by radar. [VIII]

October 22, 1957–Pittsburgh, Pa. Family saw six UFOs in two separate groups, changing position in formation. [II]

October 23, 1957–Kent, England. Disc traveling on edge. [XII]

November 1957 “Flap”

November 2, 1957–Levelland, Texas. Elliptical UFOs sighted repeatedly on or near roads, many cars stalled.

November 3, 1957–White Sands, N.M. Army Jeep patrol sightings; UFO observed twice near old atomic bunker.

November 4, 1957–Alamogordo, N.M. James Stokes, White Sands engineer, watched elliptical UFO swoop over mountains, car stalled.

November 4, 1957–Elmwood Park, Illinois. Reddish elongated object at low level pursued by police in squad car.

November 5, 1957–Gulf of Mexico, off New Orleans. Coast Guard cutter Sebago repeatedly tracked UFO on radar, once saw planet-like speeding light. About same time, airman at Keesler AFB, Miss., saw elliptical UFO accelerate rapidly and disappear in clouds. [VIII]

November 5, 1957–East St. Louis, Illinois. Three Alton & Southern Railroad employees saw two silvery, egg-shaped UFOs.

November 5, 1957- -Haverhill, Mass. Ground Observer Corps reported a circular or spherical glowing object which appeared to vibrate up and down and from side to side while hovering. [VII]

November 5, 1957–Long Beach, California. Air Force Major, others at Municipal Airport saw 6 shiny circular UFOs “changing course instantaneously without loss of speed like planes in a dogfight.”

November 6, 1957–Nr. Danville, Illinois. State Police chased UFO for 15 miles, experienced radio failure.

November 6, 1957–Nr. Atlanta, Ga. Three truckers independently reported seeing reddish elliptical objects on the road.

November 6, 1957–Montville, Ohio. Olden Moore case; low, hovering Saturn-like disc, abnormal radioactivity later detected in area. [IX, XII]

November 7, 1957–Lake Charles, Louisiana. Silvery disc hovered, car motor failed.

November 7,1957–El Paso, Texas, Times: “Some of the nation’s top scientists are ‘pretty shook up’ about the mysterious flying objects sighted in New Mexico and West Texas skies this week, said Charles Capen (a scientist at White Sands). ‘This is something that hasn’t happened before,’ (he said).”

November 10, 1957–Hammond, Indiana. Police chased an elongated UFO; electromagnetic interference reported.

November 11, 1957–Nr. Los Angeles, California. Airline passenger saw elliptical UFO flying low over ground below plane. [VII]

November 11, 1957–San Fernando Valley, Calif. Rocketdyne engineers observed three UFOs climbing at high speed. [VI]

November 15, 1957–Carthage, Tenn. Highway patrolman, sheriff, others saw many flashing revolving red lights which moved around slowly, hovered.

November 22, 1957–Canutillo, Texas. Silvery UFO sped back and forth, ascended.

December 12, 1957–Chatham, Windsor area, Canada. Trans- Canada Airlines pilot, many police, saw orange oval UFO curving rapidly at low altitude.

December 1957–Pacific Ocean. Photograph of alleged disc- shaped UFO.

December 1, 1957–Los Angeles, California. Formation of oval UFOs photographed.]

December 12, 1957–Tokyo, Japan. Radar-visual sighting of vari-colored UFO, jets scrambled.

December 16, 1957–Old Saybrook, Conn. Elliptical UFO with “portholes.”




January 3, 1958–Hawaii. Group of round UFOs reportedly photographed.

January 9, 1958–Marion, Illinois. Three reports of seven red lighted objects in straight line formation.

January 16, 1958- -Trindade Isle, Brazil. Saturn-shaped UFO observed and photographed from on board IGY ship Almirante Saldanha.

January 30, 1958– -Lima, Peru. Lawyer and family saw a circular UFO hover; car headlights went out.

February 2, 1958–N.S.W., Australia. Elliptical UFO with two ‘porthole” like markings.

February 9, 1958–Troy, Michigan. Oval UFO photographed.

March 3, 1958–Nr. Marshall, Texas. Family saw two bright, planet-like objects with 6 or 7 smaller lights moving around them.

March 8, 1958–Korea. Air Force radar tracked slowly descending UFO.

March 20, 1958–Henrietta, Missouri. Saturn-like disc descended, hovered, moved away.

April 2, 1958–Columbus, Ohio. Cigar-shaped UFO with long row of “portholes or windows.”

April 4, 1958–Santa Monica, Calif. Cigar-shaped UFO with “windows” observed in rapid vertical climb.



April 7, 1958–Newport Beach, California. Police watched two UFOs with flashing body lights, maneuver near coastline.

Similar sightings for two nights in El Toro and Santa Ana. April 9, l958–Cleveland, Ohio. Nine yellow UFOs in V- formation; split into two groups (5 and 4). [II]

April 11, 1958–Johannesburg, S. Africa. Airport instrument inspector, others watched reddish-white UFO arc back and forth

April 14, 1958–Albuquerque, N. Mex. Air Force Staff Sergeant saw large formation of unidentified lights.

May 5, 1958–San Carlos, Uruguay. Well-known pilot watched a brilliant object come near his plane, felt intense heat.

May 17, 1958–Ft. Lauderdale, Florida. UFO sped away when light was shone at it.

May 25, 1958–Kirchberg, Hunsruck, Germany. Circular silvery UFO observed moving through clouds.

May 27, 1958–Bahia State Coast, Brazil. Varig Airlines pilot watched a brightly luminous circular object maneuver under his plane

June 4, 1958–Sarasota, Florida. White oval-shaped object zigzagged overhead. [

June 23, 1958– -Nr. England AFB, Louisiana. State policeman photographed two round UFOs.

July 17, 1958–Chitose AFB, Japan. Radar-visual sighting of circling reddish light.

July 26, 1958–Durango, Colorado. Ground Observer Corps Supervisor spotted a round silvery object moving “at tremendous speed.”

Summer 1958–Air Force Base. Southwest United States. Two maneuvering UFOs evaded jet interceptors.

August 11, 1958–Chautauqua Lake, N.Y. Engineering professor observed unidentified lights arranged as if on oval object.

August 17, 1958–Kansas City, Kansas. Dome-shaped disc with “portholes” followed jets, hovered.

August 24, 1958– -Westwood, N. J. Police reported a circular, orange UFO which hovered, sped away.

September 7, 1958–Mission, Kansas. Publisher saw white disc speed overhead.

September 8, 1958–Offutt AFB, Omaha, Nebraska. Air Force Major, other officers, observed rocket-like UFO with satellite objects.

September 21, 1958–Sheffield Lake, Ohio. Disc hovered near ground

October 2, 1958– -Nr. Blairstown, New Jersey. Zoologist watched disc circling and maneuvering.

October 3, 1958–Nr. Rossville, Ind. Crew of freight train reported four disc-like objects followed train for over an hour, reacted to light.

October 7, 1958–Nantucket, Mass. Ship’s Master, others watched a grayish oval object hover for several minutes, then climb away at high speed.

October 12, 1958–Aurora, Illinois. Police reported several yellowish UFOs moving in all directions.

October 26, 1958–Baltimore, Maryland. Hovering elliptical UFO flashed, shot up out of sight.

October 26, 1958–Lafayette, Indiana. Research chemist saw 2-3 bright objects pass through field of telescope.

November 1958– -Dewline radar tracked UFO which descended, moved horizontally, climbed out of radar beam.

November 5, 1958–Conway, N. H. Hovering light suddenly sped away.

December 20, 1958–Dunellen, New Jersey. Police patrol observed a bright red, pulsating elliptical object which approached, hovered, then “went straight up like a shot.”


January 1, 1959–Newport Beach, California. County Harbor Department guards watched UFO split in four parts; two rose vertically at high speed, one headed SE, one remained stationary.

January 8, 1959–Nr. Walworth, Wisconsin. Former control tower operator and flight controller saw UFO descend slowly, then speed away like meteor.

January 13, 1959– -Pymatuning Lake, Penna. UFO hovered over truck causing electrical failure

January 23, 1959–Panama. Bright silver object arced across sky, tracked by U.S. radar.

February 4, 1959–Gulf of Mexico. Reddish light sped back and forth across course of Pan American Airways plane, then disappeared at high speed in vertical climb.

February 9, 1959–Imperial Beach, California. Bright UFO with halo filmed.

February 24, 1959–Pennsylvania. American and United Airlines planes paced by three glowing objects

February 26, 1959–London, England. Air Traffic Controllers, others saw a bright yellow disc which hovered for 20 minutes above airport, then climbed away at high speed.

April 3, 1959–Ocoee, Florida. Treasury enforcement officer saw UFO ascending and descending.

April 12, 1959–Montreal, Canada. St. Hubert Air Base Control Tower Operators, others saw red light which hovered over base, then darted away.

May 14, 1959–Des Moines, Iowa. UFO hovered, sped away.

June 3, 1959–Nr. Bloomington, Indiana. Torpedo-shaped UFO hovered, dove out of sight.

June 11, 1959–Henderson, Nevada. Security officers observed a formation of four disc-like objects.

June 27, 1959–New Guinea. Anglican priest and natives reported seeing figures on top of hovering disc.

July 8, 1959–Columbus, Indiana. Family in car chased three pulsating object seen moving slowly at low altitude in V-formation. (Two WTTV employees saw similar formation few minutes earlier, 25-30 miles away.)

July 11, 1959–Pacific Ocean, 900 miles NE of Hawaii. Pan American Airways crews, other pilots, watched UFO with satellite objects make sharp turn.

July 12, 1959– -Nr Ridgecrest, California. Electronics mechanic at China Lake U S. Naval Ordnance Test Station saw three disc-like UFOs which alternately hovered and moved at high speeds over desert to the Southwest.

July 13, 1959–Blenheim, N. Z. Domed disc descended, hovered.

July 14, 1959–Pampuiha, Belo Horizonte, Minas Gerais State. Luminous object followed FAB (Brazilian Air Force) B-26, hovered near airport.

August 24, 1959–Nr. Emmitsburg, Maryland. Planet-like UFO hovered, took off straight up.

September 7, 1959– -Wallingford, Kentucky. Bluish disc-like UFO low over ground, observed by mail carrier, rose suddenly and sped away; left stained ring on ground.

September 24, 1959–Redmond, Oregon. Federal Aviation Agency personnel watched disc hover near airport, ascend into clouds as interceptors approached.

October 7, 1959–Nr. Forrest City, Arkansas. Kentucky Air National Guard pilot chased glowing object.

October 20, 1959–Key West, Florida. Navy enlisted men watched two UFOs rendezvous, speed away.

October 28, 1959–Valparaiso, Chile. Astronomer, others, observed maneuvering orange disc.

December 24, 1959–Air Force Inspector General’s Brief issued to Operations and Training Commands: “UFOs SERIOUS BUSINESS”; UFO investigating officers to be equipped with Geiger counters, camera, binoculars, other equipment




1960–Cincinnati, Ohio. Kentucky Air National Guard pilot chased round UFO.

February 1960– -Dr. S Fred Singer (Special space adviser to President Eisenhower) supported the view that the Martian moon Phobos might be artificial; added.’ “I would be very disappointed if it turns out to be solid.” (ASTRONAUTICS Magazine)

February 3, 1960- -Intervale, New Haven. Former Air Force PT Boat Commander watched UFOs rendezvous, travel in formation.

February 5/6, 1960–Hollywood, California. Several witnesses (about 11.15 p.m. each night) saw a distinct round UFO hover and maneuver slowly. [Los Angeles NICAP Subcommittee investigation report on file.]

February 14, 1969–Nome, Alaska. Airline employee, others, saw a silvery Rocket like object with orange flame trail curving up and away “as if it were manned and controlled.” A similar second UFO was sighted at Unalakleet moving rapidly NW leaving contrails.

February 16, l960–Laguna Beach, California; Retired chemical manufacturing company executive observed rendezvous of two oval UFOs.

March 4, 1960– -Dubuque, Iowa. Flying instructor saw three glowing blue-white elliptical objects, in-line formation.

April 25, 1960–Plymouth, N.H. Former Town Selectman saw bright red cigar-shaped UFO hover, speed away.

May 4, 1960–Sarasota, Florida. Cigar-shaped UFO with four window-like markings sighted by architect.

May 18, 1960–Wellington, N.Z. Cigar-shaped UFO with ‘portholes.”

May 22, 1960–Majorca Isle, Mediterranean Sea. Palma Observatory reported morning observation of a white triangular UFO, about one-fourth the size of the moon, spinning on its axis.

May 24, 1960– -Ocumare del Tuy, Venezuela. Several doctors, a topographer and policemen saw three UFOS, in-line formation, which landed in a heavily wooded area on a hilltop; diamond- shaped scorched marking found at landing site.

June 8, 1960–New York City. Elliptical UFO sighted by biochemist.

July 1, 1960– -Nr. Leefe, Wyoming. Hovering disc like “two dinner plates face to face,” ascended and sped away.

July 2, 1960–Nr. Maiquetia, Venezuela. Pilot and crew of Venezuelan Airlines Super-Constellation arriving from Spain, reported plane was followed by a luminous UFO]

July 24, 1960–Portville, N. Y. State policeman reported two dumbbell-like UFOs.

August 13, 1960–Red Bluff, California. State Police reported highly maneuverable elliptical UFO.

August 13-18, 1960– – California. Concentration of UFO sightings, mostly in north, including many police witnesses. (

August 15, 1960–Policy letter to Commanders, from office of Secretary of Air Force: The USAF maintains a “continuous surveillance of the atmosphere near Earth for unidentified flying objects — UFOs.”

August 16, 1960–Oak Forest, Illinois. Former Air Force pilot saw disc-like UFO which hovered, bobbed around.

August 25, 1960–Mystery satellite seen for several days, photo graphed by Grumman Aircraft Corporation.

August 26, 1960–Mesa, Arizona. UFO observed by chemistry teacher, pilot.

September 4, 1960–Lexington, Kentucky. Former Strategic Air Command radar technician saw a glowing sphere traveling from horizon to horizon.

September 5, 1960- -Sonoma County, California. Sheriffs observed six van-colored UFOs flying in V-formation. [

September 15, 1960–Carrizales, Venezuela. Professor of engineering observed accelerating luminous object.

September 28, 1960–Arlington, Texas. Aeronautical engineer observed erratically maneuvering UFO.

About October 3, 1960–Canadian Broadcasting Corporation newscast (October 10): “The sighting of six flying saucers and a ‘mother ship’ has been reported from the Australian island state of Tasmania. A Church of England minister says he saw the mysterious craft nearly one week ago, but was reluctant to report them. The clergyman finally did report the matter when other People in the area said today, they too had seen strange objects in the sky.”

October 9, 1960–Longpoint, Illinois. Minister and others saw golden, elliptical UFO hover, move away.

October 27, 1960–Lexington, Kentucky. Attorney saw disc hover, move away.

November 24, 1960–Ohio. White elliptical UFO observed by scientist.

December 5, 1960–Major Donald E. Keyhoe, USMC, ret., (NICAP Director) debated Lt. Colonel Lawrence J. Tacker (Air Force UFO Spokesman) on Dave Garroway’s “Today” program.

December 14, 1960–Brookings Institution report discussed effects of meeting extraterrestrial life: “It is Possible that if the intelligence of these creatures were sufficiently superior to ours, they would choose to have little if any contact with us. ” (New York rimes, Dec.15, 1960)




January 1961–Missile Base. Hovering, maneuvering UFO tracked on radar during missile test.

January 10, 1961–Benjamin, Texas. Glowing red, zigzagging UFO observed from air by pilot (also from ground by others); maneuvered and landed on large overgrown field.

January 22, 1961–Eglin AFB, Florida. An elliptical UFO, metallic looking, approached from over the Gulf, made a U-turn and sped back over the Gulf. Photographed on 8 mm movie film by a businessman.

February 5-7, 1961–Maine. Many reports of strange lights flashing around in sky. Some blinked and moved up and down. Portland Press Herald editorial, Feb. 9: “Mysterious objects ‘lit up like a ball of fire and going fast’ zoom over Portland. Unidentified shapes with green, yellow and red lights hover over Brunswick then dart away with ‘unbelievable quickness.’ Strange things are happening. .. The military had us just about convinced that no such objects existed. The only trouble was that many people – good, reliable observers – continued to see these things.”

February 7, 1961–Kennebunkport, Maine. The president of an advertising agency saw a bright red hemispherical UFO which hovered, then suddenly sped away.]

February 28, 1961–Nr. Lakeville, Mass. A bright yellow elongated UFO with dark red edge, surrounded by black “smoke”, was seen after witnesses heard a roaring noise. House lights failed as UFO made two passes over area.

March 16, 1961–Antarctica. Meteorologist observed a fire ball-like object, multi-colored, below overcast.

April 9, 1961–Kingsville, Texas. Round red UFO descended, hovered, sped away.

May 1961–Joint statement by 21 American Scientists released by NICAP Calls for open investigation of UFOs without secrecy, the need for a more thorough investigation shown by circumstantial evidence. States the Air Force should have more straight forward information policy, specifically to give out all facts on major UFO sightings.

May (first week) 1961–Union Mills, Indiana. Hemispherical UFO with “portholes”, on road; took off as car approached

May 19, 1961–Long Beach, Calif. Twelve shiny UFOs maneuvered erratically over the area at 3:50 p.m., with an odd fluttering motion; then two loud “sky quakes” were heard. [

May 20, 1961–Tyndall AFB, Florida. Air Police observed unidentified light diving and climbing.

May 25, 1961–Shepperton, Middlesex, England. Domed UFO with “portholes.”

May 29, 1961–Newark, Ohio. Boy filmed unidentified light.

June 4, 1961–Blue Ridge Summit, Pa. A cigar-shaped or long elliptical UFO with a cluster of smaller UFOs was observed by a librarian. First motionless, the smaller objects then streaked across the sky to the large UFO and all vanished behind trees.

June 19, 1961–Exeter, England. A “flying object” was re ported to have hovered for more than an hour above an airport. Officials said: “We do not know what it is. It was seen on the radar screen and we have had it under observation for some time. We think it is pretty big. It appears to be shining brightly and is about 50,000 feet up.”

July 4, 1961–Akron, Ohio. A glowing green and white object dove at a plane, stopped suddenly and climbed away at tremendous speed. (July 5, same pilot sighted similar object; also seen visually and tracked on radar at Cleveland airport).

July 24, 1961–Ilha Grande, Brazil. An intensely luminous UFO maneuvered sharply around a VASP Airlines plane.

August 4, 1961–Letter to NICAP member from Rep. Thomas W. Downing: “The Bureau manager (of Newsweek) informs me that his information indicates that an investigation of the UFO phenomenon is being contemplated by the Science and Astronautics Committee. The information that I was provided indicates that Congressman Joseph E. Karth of Minnesota may serve as Chairman of the three-man subcommittee. ”

August 17, 1961–Stillwater, Minn. A V-formation of yellowish lights (or V-shaped UFO with body lights) passed behind trees at low altitude.

September 13, 1961–Crawfordsville, Indiana. 4:00 a.m. Three people reported a round, orange UFO which moved rapidly east to west, stopped and hovered for 5 minutes, then accelerated rapidly disappearing in the distance.

September 19/20, 1961–Nr. N. Woodstock, N.H. Disc-shaped UFO seen at close range; “beings” reportedly visible through windows.

September 21, 1961–Pacific Ocean, nr. Wake Island. Airline pilots, ship, reported a bright white circular UFO.

October 2, 1961–Salt Lake City, Utah. Disc-shaped UFO maneuvered away from investigating aircraft.

October 12, 1961–Indianapolis, Indiana. Spherical UFO with a row of pulsating lights viewed from many angles by different observers.

October 21, 1961–Nr. Datil, N. Mex. Four lights paced car, maneuvered, shot away upward.

October 30, 1961–Ligonier, Penna. Engineer observed four luminous blue discs with bands of lights or “portholes” on outer periphery.

November 1961–Green Bank, W. Va. Government (National Academy of Sciences) sponsored secret discussions on space life, possibility of communicating with alien worlds. (New York Times, February 4, 1962)

November 22, 1961– -Nr. Grafton, N.D. Metallurgist observed a hovering, grayish cigar-shaped UFO with “portholes”.




January 29, 1962–Eastern Holland. Radar-visual sighting by Dutch AF F-86 pilot. [X]

February 9, 1962– -Ashton Clinton, Beds., England. Disc-like UFO with apparent dome, “portholes”, hovered low Over road.

February 11, 1962– -Parque del Este, Caracas, Venezuela. Formations of UFOs, about 16 objects in all, were observed by many people. Sr. Carlos Pineda, at nearby Humboldt Planetarium, witnessed one of the UFOs, described as “a body giving off a brilliant light. . . moving at great altitude as if towards the moon.”

February 20, 1962–Col. John Glenn orbital flight, Project Mercury.

April 24 & 25, 1962–Philadelphia, Penna. Series of UFO sightings over area. April 24: Circular UFO with body lights, apparent dome on top, shafts of white light directed downward from base. Center section had rotating row of square “windows.”

April 30, 1962– -X-15 flight, piloted by Joe Walker; Photograph (no visual sighting) 5 or 6 “disc-shaped or. . cylindrical” objects . Slides later shown in Seattle conference. NlCAP unable to obtain prints.

May 1962–At least twelve UFOs sighted in Argentina in May. Official reports and newspaper chronology given NICAP by Argentine Embassy include four sightings by Argentine Navy pilots, two reported landing cases. (See Section XlI Argentine Chronology.)

May 18, 1962–Pompano Beach, Florida. Cigar-shaped UFO, brilliantly lighted below, dark on top. Hovered, sped away.

May 20, 1962–Defiance, Ohio. Scientist, others, watched maneuvering light source, brilliant blue changing to yellow.

May 21, 1962–England. Irish International Airlines pilot watched spherical UFO pass below aircraft.

May 24, 1962–Astronaut Scott Carpenter, Project Mercury orbital flight.

May 26, 1962–Westfield, Mass. “Round, slightly oval, bright red object, giving off sparks from top and bottom. Center. …yellowish or white. . case is listed as unidentified.” (Air Force Project Blue Book 1962 Summary.)

May 27, 1962–Palmer, Alaska. Two triangular UFOs, diving and climbing. Unidentified. (Air Force Project Blue Book 1962 Summary.)

June 30, 1962- -Richmond, Va. Circular red object with some white observed 10 minutes. Went from 20 degree elevation, 169 degrees azimuth to 13-1/2 degree elevation, 132 degrees azimuth. Unidentified. (Air Force Project Blue Book 1962 Summary)

July 10, 1962–New Iberia, Louisiana. Disc-shaped UFO with rotating dome on top swept low over Naval Auxiliary Air Station, slowed over area of runway and hangar, then climbed out of sight at 20 to 30 degrees angle accelerating rapidly.

July 17, 1962–X-15 flight, Maj. Bob White pilot. Photographs and visual sighting of unidentified object “like a piece of paper,” gray-white. Observed to left of aircraft “going along with the ship” for about 5 seconds, then “darted above and behind the plane.”

July 30, 1962–Ocean Springs, Miss. “Diamond-shaped object, mostly round, sometimes rectangular. Color bright cherry red varying in intensity as it maneuvered. Performed intricate maneuvers. Moved slowly, sometimes stationary — then darted up and over, etc.” Case listed as unidentified. (Air Force Project Blue Book 1962 Summary.)

August 2, 1962–Liberal, Kansas. Series of brightly lighted colored objects seen by airline pilot, airport personnel, and passengers at airport. [V]

September 8, 1962 – – Floresta, Argentine. “Burnished metal” lens-shaped UFO sighted by Argentine Navy pilot.  Northeast New Jersey Concentration

September 15-28, 1962–Northeast New Jersey, across the Hud son River from New York City, was the scene of a definite flurry of sightings of UFOs, with the heaviest concentration in the Oradell-Hawthorne area.

Sept 15 — At 6 p.m., ex-Navy electronics officer, J S McVicker reported two “silver dollars” apparently revolving as they passed over W. Nyack, N.Y. At about 7:55 p.m., five boys reported a disc which hovered over the Oradell reservoir, touched down on it, then took off silently at high speed. Later, two other boys said they had seen a very bright light moving back and forth over the edge of the reservoir, following which a loud explosion was heard.

Sept 18 — 4 a.m.; Two Westwood, N.J., policemen reported a 7-8 second observation of a huge object, round at the top and tapering to a cone.

4:45 a.m.; Two Oradell policemen reported a brilliant light in the sky.

7:55 p.m.; A family in Hawthorne watched a greenish disc descend low over their house.

Sept 20 — Early in the morning, a watchman, William Stock, of Hawthorne, reported a saucer-shaped object which hovered and moved from side to side as it shone bright enough to illuminate a huge area.

Sept 21 — At 3:40 a.m., William Stock and four invited policemen spent a half hour watching a round object with two apparently revolving body lights. At 4 a. m., two policemen, between Hawthorne and North Haledon, watched a bright light revolving and moving up and down and from side to side for about 35 minutes. That night, 4 young persons in Hawthorne reported seeing a bright star-like object with tight beams coming from it.

Sept 23 — In the middle of the day a Hawthorne woman and her son saw an oblong, silvery object, for about 10 seconds.

Sept 24 — Early in the morning, a group consisting of the head of an independent news agency, a photographer and numerous policemen watched, for 10 minutes, an object which changed from red to silver to green and back to red. In the evening, a Hawthorne patrolman watched a light approach, hover for 15 minutes and then move away.

Sept 28 — Police from seven counties reported seeing UFOs between 2:30 and 3:30 a.m. Most reported three objects which changed color.

September 18, 1962–Northeast Ohio. Six policemen sighted UFOs about the same time. One hovering object, two maneuvering.

October 3, 1962–Chicago, Ill. City of Chicago official watched circular UFO with dome move across lower half of moon

October 25, 1962–Delta, Colorado. Police dispatcher saw round glowing object from radio room window. State patrolman and Cedaredge Marshal observed two UFOs “like an inverted umbrella with a number of bright, tail-like appendages.”

November 19, 1962–Tampa, Florida. Three star-like objects approached horizontally, hovered. “Impression was that objects were under intelligent control at all times.” Unidentified. (Air Force Project Blue Book 1962 Summary.

December 12, 1962- -Amagasaki City, Japan. Five students saw, and independently sketched, Saturn-shaped UFO.

December 21, 1962–Angel Falls, Venezuela. Bright teardrop- shaped light apparently rising from jungle floor filmed from aircraft.

December 22, 1962–Buenos Aires, Argentina. At Ezeiza Air port, pilots and control tower operators saw circular UFO rise from end of runway.




January 5, 1963–The National Academy of Sciences, Space Science Board, released a report (Pub. No. 1079) urging that a search or extraterrestrial Life “be proclaimed the top-priority goal a our space Program.”

January 24, 1963– -Lexington, Ky. Post Office safety engineer saw a round UFO traveling east to west, and a delta-wing aircraft north to south. UFO’s line of flight intersected aircraft path at right angles. [Report via Bluegrass NICAP Affiliate, Lexington, Ky.]

February 5, 1963–Nr. Washington, D. C. Private pilot, newsman passenger, watched a pulsating yellow-white light maneuver around their plane.

February 15, 1963–SE of Melbourne, Australia. Farmer watched disc-shaped object with dome descend through rain clouds, hover, then climb away; cattle bolted. [Witness interviewed by Attorney Peter Norris, NICAP member.]

March 11, 1963– -Oahu, Hawaii. Brilliant light headed west and leaving a trail observed by many people just after 8:00 p.m. Two National Guard pilots flying jets about 40 miles west of Honolulu reported UFO was “much higher” than their altitude of 40,000 feet and moving “very fast.” Possibly an observation of the recently announced A-11. (At 7:28 p.m., Pacific Time, a newsboy in El Sobrante, California, saw two oval-shaped yellow lights pass over the San Francisco Bay area from north to south, traveling at high-speed.)

March 12, 1963–Paine, Chile. Members of the Santiago NICAP Subcommittee observed a pulsating luminous white sphere about 7:50 p.m. The UFO moved from north to south, disappearing in the distance after about a minute.

May 21, 1963–Nr. Mt. Gambler, Australia. Unconfirmed report that a brilliant light followed a car. A youth stated the object was at side of road, rose suddenly as he approached, hovered overhead, then followed car. The Dominion, Adelaide, reported May 22 this was “the second report of such an occurrence in a week.”

May 23, 1963–Sunnyvale, Calif. Bluish disc observed hovering and circling slowly, apparently at tree-top height; rose vertically and disappeared. [Report via Bay Area NiCAP Subcommittee.]

June 16, 1963–Palmerston, North City, N.Z A college student observed two brilliant lights descending in zigzag fashion. The UFOs hovered stationary for about 5 seconds, then “suddenly shot off at very great speed, at first in level flight across my front, then climbed up into the sky at approximately 45 degrees to disappear.” [Witness interviewed by NICAP Adviser Harold H. Fulton.]

June 18, 1963–Niagara Falls, N. Y. An unidentified object flashing various colors moved around erratically for over two hours. Witnesses in separate locations described the maneuvers similarly. About 10:00 p.m., the UFO moved from west to east, reversed direction and headed back west. Later, it headed south east rising higher in the sky. Local astronomers and airport officials could not account for the object. [Report from NICAP member.]

June 19, 1963–Burlington, Mass. An unidentified white light was observed descending, changing color; finally appeared silvery. The UFO then circled the area, disappearing behind objects on the visible horizon. [Report via Walter N. Webb, Boston NICAP Adviser.]

June 21, 1963–Chicago, Ill. A student saw a gray, apparently spherical UFO with a central row of yellow lights. Apparently at low altitude, the object made a “sizzling sound” as it moved east, turned sharply and disappeared to the north. [Witness filed NICAP report form.]

June 26, 1963–Pine Crest, Calif. Four glowing greenish objects with halos were observed by a technician, many others. Three objects moving westerly were approached by a similar object from the west.

The fourth object stopped and hovered as the three approached, split formation, and continued west. Then the fourth object continued east. [Report via Bay Area NICAP Subcommittee.]

June 26, 1963–Rockland, Mass. About 1:00 a.m., witnesses attracted by a loud roar observed a Saturn-shaped UFO. The object hovered, then moved away horizontally. The shape was observed in silhouette, partly illuminated by a white light on top and orange light on bottom. [Witnesses interviewed by NICAP member Raymond Fowler.]

July 1963–Boston, Mass. An advertising plane caused several erroneous UFO reports. (Aircraft identified by NICAP Adviser, Walter N. Webb.)

July 18, 1963–Sunnyvale, Calif. A technical writer for United Technology Center saw a disc-shaped UFO hovering in the sky.  He exposed 8 mm color film of the object using a 36 mm telephoto lens. (A few frames of the film were submitted to NICAP, but the image is too small to show detail.) When four jet interceptors converged on the UFO (three from the west and one from the east), it drifted westward tilting back and forth, “then pulled up in a short are and shot up out of sight in an estimated three seconds.” [Report via flay Area NICAP Subcommittee.]

July 20, 1963–Springfield, Ill. About 7:50 p.m., a shiny silver object was observed hovering at high altitude. The UFO moved up and down, back and forth, but remained in the same area of the sky. About dusk, the object (now resembling a bright star) began moving across the sky, picking up speed, and disappeared in the distance. [Witness filed NICAP report form.]

August 1, 1963–Garston, Herts., England. A former RAF pilot, and flying instructor, observed a triangular UFO which hovered for a ‘long period of time, then climbed out of sight. An air traffic controller four miles away also observed the UFO. [FLIGHT International, 15 August 1963.]

Illinois Sightings

From August 4 into mid-month, there was a flurry of UFO sightings, mostly in southern Illinois. An advertising plane in the Chicago area caused some erroneous reports about the same time. Once the reports had been publicized, the planet Jupiter also was reported as a UFO on a few occasions. The Vincennes, Indiana, NICAP Subcommittee investigated several of the key cases, submitting taped interviews and investigation reports.

August 4, 1963–Wayne County, Illinois. Ronald Austin (18) and his girl friend, returning home from a drive-in theater, noticed a large white object at tree-top level pacing the car. At one point, the UFO crossed the road ahead of the car. During the closest pass, a whining noise drowned out the car radio. Ronald was terrified by the experience, and needed medical attention. (Police and others later saw a light in the sky, probably the planet Jupiter.)

August 7, 1963–Nr. Fairfield, Ill. Chauncey Uphoff and Mike HIll had their attention attracted to a UFO when Uphoff’s dogs began barking. Looking up, they saw a yellow-orange diamond- shaped object traveling west to east. The UFO made a sharp turn, headed toward the observers, changing color from orange to gray, and finally to blue-white. The object continued its U- turn, tilting on edge, and turned southeast. After hovering briefly, the UFO took off at a 45 degree angle toward Grayville.

August 9, 1963–Mount Vernon, Ill. Former Mayor Harry Bishop watched a large, bright red light follow a car along Centralia road. When the car stopped, the UFO stopped and hovered, then moved away at right angles to its original course.


August 6, 1963–Sanford, Florida, Orvil Hartle, Chairman of the LaPorte, Indiana NICAP Subcommittee, on a brief visit to Florida, observed a UFO. He obtained a full report with signatures of 13 additional witnesses. The object appeared in the northwest sky first as a red, then a white moving light. To the west, the star-like light hovered, then moved south. To the south, the object began a series of gyrations and pulsated on and off, visible intermittently. It moved up and down, back and forth, once emitting a flare of greenish-white light.

August 13, 1963–Honolulu, Hawaii. While vacationing in Hawaii, a chemist observed a UFO and reported it to NICAP. Dr. Richard Turse, Princeton, N.J., about 11:30 p.m., saw a round reddish object pass overhead from southwest to northeast. The UFO “traveled across the sky at great speed making two sharp turns at the same speed.”

August 13, 1963– -Nr. Ellsworth, Maine. A family and their housekeeper observed an elliptical object, apparently on the ground adjoining Molasses Pond, for more than an hour. Body lights were visible along its length, and rays of light shone upward from each end of the object occasionally. [Witnesses interviewed by Walter N. Webb, NICAP Adviser.]

August 18, 1963–Ft. Kent, Maine. A silvery disc-shaped UFO was seen by two young boys, whose parents agreed they must have seen something unusual. The disc passed from north to south, emitting a hum intermittently.

September 14, 1963–Susanville, Calif. (Satellite object case; see Section II.) Round UFO accelerated, joined a ‘long” object. “An unusual report from a competent witness. Unidentified.’, (Air Force Project Blue Book 1963 Summary.)

September 20, 1963–Huntsville, Arkansas. A rancher reported watching an egg-shaped Urn moving eastward about 10 degrees above the southern horizon. Through binoculars, a dark spot was visible near the top of the object. As it proceeded west, the UFO dimmed, turning orange, and faded from view after 10-15 minutes. [Witness reported sighting to NICAP.]

September 26, 1963–Sunnyvale, Calif. Police officer, many others, observed a gray disc with central bright spot, moving on a westerly course at high speed.

October 4, 1963–East Hartland, Conn. State Representative L. B. Martin, about 1:00 p.m., saw a silvery triangular object with a row of black dots across the leading edge. The UFO passed overhead, emitting a flame-like tail, at an estimated speed of 2000 mph. [Report obtained by NICAP-CONN Affiliate.]

October 23, 1963–Meridian, Idaho. Shiny disc hovered, emitting “loud pulsating sound,” maneuvered across sky and disappeared . Unidentified, (Air Force Project Blue Book 1963 Summary.)

October 31, 1963–Daylston, Victoria, Australia. A delivery man on his rounds at 4:15 a.m., was frightened by a UFO which approached his van, turned and followed his course just ahead. The object seemed to be 8-12 feet long, glowing orange and red. It then darted to the side of the road, continuing to pace the van for a while, finally zooming ahead over a hill and apparently descending. It was not seen again. Other witnesses reported seeing a maneuvering light at the time of the sighting.

November 3, 1963–Corona, N. Y. A Pan American Airways mechanic, about 1:30 a.m., noticed a star-like object maneuvering across the northern sky. The light moved rapidly, slowed and seemed to “shudder,” then changed course by about 45 degrees. Finally it made a 90-degree turn, accelerated, turned again and disappeared from view. [Report obtained by New York NICAP Subcommittee.

November 12, 1963–Port Huron, Michigan. Deputy Sheriffs chased a low-flying UFO which first appeared as a white flashing light. At times the object seemed to have a “big divided window” on it. When the UFO hovered, the deputies approached and flashed their squad car light. Then a flashing red light became visible on the UFO. The object finally moved away to the northwest making a motor-like sound. Other residents reported a flashing light and “high-pitched” or “whining” noises at the same time.

November 14, 1963–Carson City Nevada. A huge bluish- green disc was seen hovering in the northwest sky about 4:45 a.m. Mrs. Blanche Pritchett said she was listening to her radio when a bright light shining through her drapes caused her to look outdoors. As she watched the hovering object, her radio went off. A brilliant shaft of light from the UFO illuminated a hill top. Suddenly the UFO blacked out and disappeared, after which the radio resumed playing. Other residents reported odd glows in the sky that morning. [VIII]

November 20, 1963– -Neche, N.D. Two high school girls reported that a bright orange, oval-shaped object circled their car at night while they were en route home. They were on highway 55 east of town when they first saw the UFO. It appeared to be surrounded by a light haze. The glowing object sped across in front of the car and circled around the side before disappearing to the southeast.

December 2, 1963–Grand Rapids, Michigan. A motorist stopped at a traffic light about 9:30 a.m., noticed a strange object “glittering in the sun.” Then the object tipped on edge (revealing a disc shape) and quickly sped away to the southeast. The shape was “like a pancake.”

December 5, 1963–Nr. Carrasco, Uruguay. An oval UFO, metallic-looking like aluminum, was observed hovering in the clear morning sky by hundreds at a resort. One description said the object “balanced gently in the air.”




Date: March, 2004  Location: Over Campeche state, Mexico

Mexican Air Force pilots filmed 11 unidentified flying objects in the skies over southern Campeche state in Mexico, a Mexican Defense Department spokesman confirmed. The lights were filmed using infrared equipment. They appeared to be flying at an altitude of about 3,500 meters (11,480 feet), and allegedly surrounded the Air Force jet. Only three of the objects showed up on the plane’s radar.

A videotape made widely available to the news media on Tuesday shows the bright objects, some sharp points of light and others like large headlights, moving rapidly in what appears to be a late-evening sky.


Radar operator “Was I afraid? Yes. A little afraid because we were facing something that had never happened before,” said radar operator Lt. German Marin in a taped interview made public Tuesday as well.

“I couldn’t say what it was … but I think they’re completely real,” added Lt. Mario Adrian Vazquez, the infrared equipment operator. Vazquez insisted that there was no way to alter the recorded images.

The plane’s captain, Maj. Magdaleno Castanon, said the military jets chased the lights “and I believe they could feel we were pursuing them.”
When the jets stopped following the objects, they disappeared, he said.

A Defense Department spokesman confirmed Tuesday that the videotape was filmed by members of the Mexican Air Force. The spokesman declined to comment further and spoke on customary condition of anonymity


Disk-Shaped Object Photographed by Military Pilot in Hungary.

Date: September 29, 2001 Location: Budapest, Hungary

“A military pilot recorded a spectacular video of a silver disk object on September 29, 2001. The craft was flying to his left side and then moved very fast past him in the clouds as can be seen in the video.

“I was on a flight over Budapest, Hungary,” said the pilot, who has requested that his name be withheld until the official inquiry by the Hungarian Ministry of Defence is complete.

“To my left I saw a bright metal aircraft that was the shape of a perfect disk. I was careful to film the object, not to try and chase it since it I could not match its speed. As I was flying a reconnaisance aircraft, I got the idea to film it and used our equipment.”

Officials at the Ministry of Defence would not answer questions about the video when asked and warned that officially they have no comment. Despite the denial, when informed of the pilot’s name, they did acknowledge that the he was a real air force pilot and that it was true that he flew photo reconnaisance airplanes.

The pilot considers the video he made to be his property and not the Hungarian governments as he was flying the plane while not on duty and was transporting it as a favor to save the government money. He has now hired an attorney and wants the video to be released to the public. He hopes the release of a few frames will make this happen.


 Chinese Air Force pilot chases ‘mushroom-shaped’ UFO
                                           Date: October 19, 1998  Location: Changzhou, China

The air force had a prolonged up-close encounter with a UFO last month that one fighter pilot described as “just like ones in foreign movies,” a government-controlled newspaper reported Thursday. At least 140 people on the ground also saw the object. They described an object with a mushroom-shaped dome on top and a flat bottom covered with bright, continually rotating lights.

Source: AFP (Agence France Presse) – November, 1998 Summary from UFO Roundup newsletter:

UFO Roundup, November, 1998
Chinese Jet Fighter Pursues a UFO

On Monday, October 19, 1998, four military radar stations in Hebei province, China, reported the presence of an unidentified blip hovering above a military flight training school in Changzhou. Once authorities determined that the intruder was not a military or civilian flight, Colonel Li, the base commander, ordered a Jianjiao 6 jet fighter to take off and intercept the UFO. At least 140 people on the ground saw the object. To observers at the base, the UFO first appeared to be “a small star” and then grew larger and larger, perhaps as it descended to a lower altitude, the report said. They described an object with a mushroom-shaped dome on top and a flat bottom covered with bright, continually-rotating lights.

The crew of the Jianjiao 6 interceptor consisted of a pilot and a radar officer. The two officers said “the object clearly resembled depictions they had seen in foreign science fiction films. When they got within 4,000 meters (13,200 feet) of the UFO over Qing county, it abruptly shot upward, easily evading subsequent attempts to get closer. It appeared to be toying with the fighter by repeatedly outdistancing it and then reappearing right above it, the report said. The pilot requested permission to fire on the UFO with the plane’s automatic 20mm cannon. He was denied permission to shoot by ground control and was told to continue to pursue and observe the object. The pilot broke off pursuit at an altitude of 12,000 meters (39,600 feet) when the jet began running low on fuel. The UFO then disappeared before two more modern (Chinese fighter) planes could arrive in the area.

Changzhou is 150 kilometers (90 miles) northwest of Shanghai. (See the Hong Kong Standard for November 4, 1998. The story apparently first ran in the Hebei Daily around October 22 and was picked up by the Chinese weekly newsmagazine Baokhan Wenzhai. Many thanks to Errol Bruce-Knapp and Andy Denne of A.U.R.A. for forwarding the article.)


Chinese Air Force Pilot Chases UFO   (Nov. 5, 1998):

SHANGHAI — (Agence France Presse) The air force had a prolonged up-close encounter with a UFO last month that one fighter pilot described as “just like ones in foreign movies,” a government-controlled newspaper reported Thursday.

A Hebei Daily report — carried in the news digest Baokan Wenzhai — gave a detailed pilot’s account of an aerial cat-and-mouse game played between the object and a jet fighter ordered to intercept it.

At least 140 people on the ground also saw the object, it said.

An editor with the Hebei Daily said the events took place on Oct. 19 and were still being investigated by local government departments.

The newspaper’s report and military sources quoted show an openness that contrast sharply with Washington’s notorious secrecy on the topic of unidentified flying objects (UFOs).

It said the encounter began when four different radar stations in northern Hebei province picked up an unknown moving target in airspace directly above a military flight training base near Changzhou city.

To observers at the base, the UFO first appeared like “a small star,” and then grew larger and larger, perhaps as it descended to a lower altitude, the report said.

They described an object with a mushroom-shaped dome on top and a flat bottom covered with bright, continually rotating lights.

A base commander surnamed Li reported to his superiors, who ordered a Jianjiao-6 armed interceptor airborne to pursue the object once checks showed no other civilian or military aircraft in the area.

The two pilots aboard said the object closely resembled depictions they had seen in foreign science fiction films.

When they got within 4,000 meters (13,200 feet) of the UFO over Qing county, it abruptly shot upward, easily evading subsequent attempts to get closer.

It appeared to be toying with the fighter by repeatedly outdistancing it and then reappearing just above it, the pilots said.

The report said a request for permission to fire on the UFO with an onboard cannon was denied by ground command at one point.

The interceptor was eventually forced to return to base after it ran out of fuel at an altitude of 12,000 meters (39,600 feet). The UFO then disappeared before two newer-model planes could get airborne, the article said.


 Large ‘V’-Shaped UFO encounter with US Navy nuclear submarine; electromagnetic effects
Date: October 24, 1989
Location: Florida, United States

From the witness: “My ship was on patrol about 150 miles of the Florida coast. We were cruising at about 500 feet when the submarine started experiencing electronics problems…. I saw a large inverted V-shaped UFO off the port side….This huge vessel was over a half mile across. The UFO made a half circle around our ship then passed across the stern…”

A sailor reports about the UFO sighting he had while in the Navy. “I was assigned to USS Memphis (SSN-698), homeport Titusville, FL. (Cape Canaveral.) Our mission was Special Assignments which meant we protected the Space Program. We would go to sea and patrol while the shuttle was on the pad. Nine years ago, on October 24 and 25, my ship was on patrol about 150 miles of the Florida coast. We were cruising at about 500 feet when the submarine started experiencing electronics problems. The ship was malfunctioning, our tanks were blowing out of control, we were losing navigation ability and the communications area was totally lost. We went to all stop and tried to access what was happening. The controls in the reactor area started to malfunction. This presented a serious danger to our safety, so the captain ordered us to shut down the reactor, surface and go to diesel motors. When the ship surfaced I went to my watch station. The ship was still experiencing electronic difficulties but the mechanical devices such as diesel engines, cook stoves, and turbines were fine. It was raining and the entire sky was red like a red neon sign. I saw a large inverted V-shaped UFO off the port side. The executive officer told me to stand fast and he would speak to the captain. In a minute, the captain appeared on the tower and asked me for a distance to the craft. The laser range finder determined the closest point was 200 meters and the farthest point was 1,000 meters off the port. The UFO was not perpendicular to our ship but at about a 45′ angle. This huge vessel was over a half mile across. The UFO made a half circle around our ship then passed across the stern causing our electronics systems to go crazy. We had permanent damage in communications and the sonar room. As the craft flew over the stern, I could see the rain stop under its red glow. The water seemed to rise almost a foot as the UFO passed over silently. When the UFO finished its swing across the stern it paused – the sky got brighter red and it simply moved off at tremendous speed inside 15 seconds. When the UFO left our boat returned to normal with the exception of the radio and sonar. We did a quick system check and the captain ordered us to return to reactor power and get underway.

The captain took two petty officers, the executive officer, and myself into the wardroom. He told us to not spread any rumors until we had a chance to talk to Commander Submarine Fleet – Atlantic. We reached port in about 7 hours where I was taken into “protective custody.” Two enlisted men and myself agreed we had witnessed a real UFO. I was the one who shot it with a laser range finder so I was the only one that had its exact sizes. I shot that vessel as it hovered and I got solid readings not spotty like I would on debris. We were in holding for about three hours when an officer from the Air Force arrived and gave us a line of bull about an exploding weather satellite. The Navy then transferred virtually everyone on the crew to new assignments. This included the her captain, the executive officer and the entire crew. They were split up which almost never happens unless one of them gets a promotion or a new command, neither of which happened. The military just split up a 4 year team. I was watching a program tonight that gave me the courage to share it.



 Belgium Triangle UFO Sightings

Date: October, 1989 Location: Belgium

From October 1989 throughout 1990, hundreds of reports of lighted objects, frequently described as enormous and triangular in shape were recorded in Belgium. Air Force supersonic F-16 jets chased these strange objects, which were simultaneously tracked by both airborne and ground radars. The Belgian Government cooperated fully with civilian UFO investigators, an action without precedent in the history of government involvement in this field.

From October 1989 throughout 1990, hundreds of reports of lighted objects, frequently described as enormous and triangular in shape were recorded in Belgium. Air Force supersonic F-16 jets chased these strange objects, which were simultaneously tracked by both airborne and ground radars. The Belgian Government cooperated fully with civilian UFO investigators, an action without precedent in the history of government involvement in this field.

The first important case was a multiple-witness observation of a strange aircraft, reported by gendarmes on patrol near the town of Eupen, not far from the German border. Auguste Meessen, professor of physics at the Catholic University in Louvain and a scientific consultant of SOBEPS, summarized the case:

“On November 29, 1989, a large craft with triangular shape flew over the town of Eupen. The gendarmes von Montigny and Nicol found it near the road linking Aix-la-Chapelle and Eupen. It was stationary in the air, above a field which it illuminated with three powerful beams. The beams emanated from large circular surfaces near the triangle’s corners. In the center of the dark and flat understructure there was some kind of ‘red gyrating beacon.’ The object did not make any noise. When it began to move, the gendarmes headed towards a small road in the area over which they expected the object to fly. Instead, it made a half-turn and continued slowly in the direction of Eupen, following the road at low altitude. It was seen by different witnesses as it flew above houses and near City Hall.”134

Sightings continued to be logged by SOBEPS and the Gendarmerie during the fall and winter of 1989-1990. Most witnesses described seeing dark, triangular objects with white lights at the corners and a red flashing light in the middle. Many of the objects were said to have hovered, with some of them then suddenly accelerating to a very high speed. Most of the objects made no sound, but some were said to have emitted a faint humming like an electric motor.

Public interest in the wave reached its peak with a radar/visual and jet scramble incident on the night of March 30-31, 1990. This scramble was seen and reported by hundreds of citizens. A preliminary report prepared by Major P. Lambrechts of the Belgian Air Force General Staff was released to SOBEPS. The “Report concerning the observation of UFOs during the night of March 30 to 31, 1990,” includes a detailed chronology of events and dismisses several hypotheses such as optical illusions, balloons, meteorological inversions, military aircraft, holographic projections, etc.

The incident began at 22:50 hrs. on March 30 when the Gendarmerie telephoned the radar “master controller at Glons” to report “three unusual lights forming an equilateral triangle.” More gendarmes confirmed the lights in the following minutes. When the NATO facility at Semmerzake detected an unknown target at 23:49 hrs., a decision to scramble two F-16 fighters was made. The jets took off at 0:05 hrs. from Beauvechain, the nearest air base, on March 31 and flew for just over an hour. According to Major Lambrecht’s report:

“The aircraft had brief radar contacts on several occasions, [but the pilots]… at no time established visual contact with the UFOs… each time the pilots were able to secure a lock on one of the targets for a few seconds, there resulted a drastic change in the behavior of the detected targets… [During the first lock-on at 0:13 hrs.] their speed changed in a minimum of time from 150 to 970 knots [170 to 1,100 mph and 275 to 1,800 km./hr.] and from 9,000 to 5,000 feet [2,700 m. to 1,500 m.], returning then to 11,000 feet [3,300 m.] in order to change again to close to ground level.”135

The Electronic War Center (EWC) of the Air Force undertook a much more detailed technical analysis of the F-16 computerized radar tapes, led by Col. Salmon and physicist M. Gilmard. Their study was completed in 1992 and was later reviewed by Professor Meessen.

Although many aspects of this case still remain unexplained, Meessen and SOBEPS have basically accepted the Gilmard-Salmon hypothesis that some of the radar contacts were really “angels” caused by a rare meteorological phenomenon. This became evident in four lock-ons, “where the object descended to the ground with calculations showing negative [emphasis added] altitude… It was evidently impossible that an object could penetrate the ground, but it was possible that the ground could act as a mirror.” Meessen explained how the high velocities measured by the Doppler radar of the F-16 fighters might result from interference effects. He points out, however, that there is another radar trace for which there is no explanation to date. As for the visual sightings of this event by the gendarmes and others, Meessen suggests that they could possibly have been caused by stars seen under conditions of “exceptional atmospheric refraction.”

In a recent interview, Major General De Brouwer summarized his reflections on this complex case:

“What impressed me the most were the witnesses, some of whom I know personally and convinced me that, in fact, something was going on. These were credible people and they told clearly what they saw.

“We always look for possibilities which can cause errors in the radar systems. We can not exclude that there was electromagnetic interference, but of course we can not exclude the possibility that there were objects in the air. On at least one occasion there was a correlation between the radar contacts of one ground radar and one F-16 fighter. This weakens the theory that all radar contacts were caused by electromagnetic interference. If we add all the possibilities, the question is still open, so there is no final answer.”137

The Belgian UFO wave yielded a rich volume of good quality cases and many videos and photographs. One strikingly clear photograph of a triangular-shaped craft was taken at Petit-Rechain in early April 1990. As of 1994, it remained unexplained after numerous analyses, including a thorough computerized study at the Royal Military Academy. (see below)

Although public interest in the Belgian wave reached its peak in the 1990-91 period, SOBEPS was still documenting cases in late 1993. Marc Valckenaer listed the main characteristics of the Belgian UFOs in the latest SOBEPS study. Various shapes such as round, rectangular and cigar were reported, but the wave was dominated by triangular objects. Some of their characteristics included:

“Irregular displacement (zig-zag, instantaneous change of trajectory, etc.).

“Displacement following the contours of the terrain.

“Varying speeds of displacement (including very slow motion).

“Stationary flight (hovering).

“Overflight of urban and industrial centers.

“Sound effects (faint humming… to total silence).”138

Because the bulk of the Belgian sightings described triangular-shaped objects, many European and American researchers and journalists speculated that these were caused by either F-117A stealth fighters or some other revolutionary U.S. secret military aircraft. However, the only truly unusual characteristic of the F-117 is its near-invisibility to radar and infrared detection – it looks, flies and sounds like any other sub-sonic jet airplane. Similar claims about the presence of other American advanced airplanes are even harder to substantiate: the A-12 Avenger II was never built, and the existence of the TR-3A “manta” is unconfirmed. Neither has even been rumored to be able to fly in the manner reported for the Belgian UFOs.

Despite the fact that the secret military aircraft hypothesis has been denied officially over and over again by the Belgian Ministry of Defense and Air Force, as well as by the U.S. Embassy in Brussels and the U.S. Defense Intelligence Agency, some publications continue to champion the stealth fighter theory.

In a letter to French researcher Renaud Marhic, the Minister of Defense at the time of the UFO wave, Leo Delcroix, wrote:  “Unfortunately, no explanation has been found to date. The nature and origin of the phenomenon remain unknown. One theory can, however, be definitely dismissed since the Belgian Armed Forces have been positively assured by American authorities that there has never been any sort of American aerial test flight.”


Date: July 28, 1989   Location: Kapustin Yar, Russian Federation
 UFO hovers over Russian military base near nuclear test site of Kapustin Yar


In 1989, at a military base near the nuclear test site of Kapustin Yar, It was about midnight when members of two army units noticed a UFO which hovered for hours over the arsenal of the base. The KGB files contained the handwritten reports of the sighting, which 4 of the witnesses wrote after being interrogated by agents of the KGB. The report does not say what kind of missiles were in the arsenal, nor whether there had been any nuclear warheads.

“I climbed up to the watchtower and watched the object at a height of 18 feet. I could clearly make out a glaring blinking signal, bright as a camera flash. The object flew over the stores of the unit and moved in the direction of the missile arsenal, about 1,000 feet away. It floated at a height of only 60 feet above the depot. The UFO glowed in a kind of phosphorescent green. It was a disc 12 to 15 feet in diameter with a semi-spherical dome on it.

While the object was hovering above the arsenal, a bright ray appeared on its underside where the light had been flashing before, and drew 2 or 3 circles. Then the object moved towards the railway station, still flashing. Soon, however, it came back to the missile depot and hovered at a height of 180-200 feet above it. Two hours after the start of the sighting, the object flew in the direction of the town Akhtubinsk and disappeared out of our sight,”   wrote the communications officer on duty, V. Voloshin.

And the soldier G. Kulik added: “Near the object in the sky I saw a fireball which arose from the earth and approached it. When the UFO moved towards me, I could physically feel its approach. Then it shot off into the sky. I saw an airplane that attempted to get close to the object, but the object accelerated so fast that it soon left the airplane behind”.

 Jet Chase Over Brazil  (FULL REPORT)
Date: May 19, 1986 Location: Brazil

As many as twenty UFOs were seen and tracked by ground radar and at least six airplanes. Unidentified radar returns were tracked by airports in São Paulo and the Integrated Air Defense & Air Traffic Control Center (CINDACTA) in Brasilia. Two F-5E and three Mirage jet fighters were scrambled from Santa Cruz AFB in Sao Paulo State, and Anápolis AFB in Goias State.  Source: Don Berliner, UFO Briefing Document

As many as twenty UFOs were seen and tracked by ground radar and at least six airplanes during the night of May 19, 1986 over several states in southeastern Brazil. Unidentified radar returns were tracked by airports in São Paulo and the Integrated Air Defense & Air Traffic Control Center (CINDACTA) in Brasilia. Two F-5E and three Mirage jet fighters were scrambled from Santa Cruz AFB in Sao Paulo State, and Anápolis AFB in Goias State.

The case was discussed openly by high ranking government officials. It was first reported by Colonel (Ret.) Ozires Silva, president of the state-owned oil company Petrobrás, who was flying on an executive Xingu jet, when he and the pilot saw and pursued unidentified objects for about 25 minutes. The incident was covered widely in the Brazilian media, leading to a press conference at the Ministry of Aeronautics in Brasilia on May 23, with air traffic controllers and air force pilots involved in the scramble mission.

The Minister of Aeronautics, Brigadier General Otávio Moreira Lima, was very outspoken:

“Between 20:00 hrs. (5/19) and 01:00 hrs. (5/20) at least 20 objects were detected by Brazilian radars. They saturated the radars and interrupted traffic in the area. Each time that radar detected unidentified objects, fighters took off for intercept. Radar detects only solid metallic bodies and heavy (mass) clouds. There were no clouds nor conventional aircraft in the region. The sky was clear. Radar doesn’t have optical illusions.

“We can only give technical explanations and we don’t have them. It would be very difficult for us to talk about the hypothesis of an electronic war. It’s very remote and it’s not the case here in Brazil. It’s fantastic. The signals on the radar were quite clear.”112

The Minister also announced that a commission would study the incident. Air Force Major Ney Cerqueira, in charge of the Air Defense Operations Center (CODA), was equally candid:

“We don’t have technical operational conditions to explain it. The appearance and disappearance of these objects on the radar screens are unexplained. They are Unidentified Aerial Movements… The technical instruments used for the identification of the lights had problems in registering them. CODA activated two F-5E and three Mirages to identify the objects. One F-5E and one Mirage remained grounded on alert. A similar case occurred four years ago [the Commander Brito VASP airliner radar-visual incident in 1982]. The lights were moving at a speed ranging between 250 and 1,500 km./hr. [150 to 1,000 mph] The Air Force has not closed the case.”113

Aeronautics Commission report was not released. However, the accounts of air force pilots and radar controllers were published widely in the press and later studied by Brazilian researchers. A comprehensive report was made by Basílio Baranoff, an airline captain, member of the Aerospace Technical Center, and consultant for the Brazilian UFO organization CBPDV. Baranoff provided a chronology of events for the night of May 19, 1986:

“6:30 p.m. local time – First visual sightings by control tower personnel at the São José dos Campos airport in São Paulo State. Controllers notice two intense lights aligned with the runway axis at 330 degrees azimuth and approximately 15 km. [10 m.] distance from the tower.

“7:00 p.m. – The control towers in São Paulo and Brazilia confirm to São José that they have three primary targets on their screens, and that there are no scheduled aircraft in those areas.

“8:00 p.m. – CINDACTA (Brasilia) detects up to eight targets (echoes) on its screens.

“8:30 p.m. – A new object is observed with binoculars at the São José tower; it shows defined edges and red-orange color; it approaches the tower and then retreats.

“9:00 p.m. – The oil company Xingu executive jet with Col. Silva requests landing conditions at São José. Both Silva and Commander Alcir Pereira, the Xingu pilot, confirm visually the luminous objects at 330 degrees azimuth. The Xingu jet attempts to follow the UFOs for 10 minutes.

“9:10 p.m. – The Xingu jet returns for landing when a new, large luminous object heads toward the aircraft. The São Paulo tower confirms two echoes: the Xingu and an unknown, which disappears from the screen 15 minutes later.

“9:20 p.m. – The Air Control Center in Brasilia (ACC-BR) informs the Air Defense Command about the situation.

“9:25 p.m. – The Xingu returns for a second landing attempt when the São Paulo tower reports yet another object at 180 degrees south, which is observed and followed by Commander Pereira.

“9:30 p.m. – The Xingu returns for a third landing attempt when ACC-BR reports the appearance of new objects. The Xingu, now at 3,000 meters [10,000 ft.] of altitude, makes visual contact with three luminous objects flying low over Petrobrás refineries and heading towards Serra do Mar. The Xingu finally lands in São José dos Campos.

“9:40 p.m. – More visual sightings of a round object at 320 degrees azimuth.

“9:50 p.m. – A luminous yellow object surrounded by smaller lights is observed at 110 degrees azimuth.

“10:23 p.m. – The first F-5E jet fighter, piloted by Air Force Lt. Kleber Caldas Marinho, is scrambled from Santa Cruz AFB in Rio State.

“10:45 p.m. – The second F-5E jet, piloted by Captain Brisola Jordão, is scrambled from Santa Cruz. The first Mirage F-103, armed with Sidewinder and Matra missiles, is scrambled from Anápolis AFB in Goias State.

“10:55 p.m. – Anápolis AFB detects the objects on radar. The Mirage piloted by Captain Viriato does not make visual contact with the UFO, but a target is detected on its onboard radar… Captain Viriato later explained at the press conference in Brasilia that he was chasing the UFO ‘at 1,350 km./hr. [850 mph], approaching the object up to a distance of 6 miles [9.5 km.]. The object was heading up front and moving from one side to the other (zig-zagging) on my radar scope. Suddenly, the blip disappeared from my radar scope.’

“11:00 p.m – The second Mirage F-103 is scrambled from Anápolis.

“11:15 p.m. – Lt. Kleber’s F-5E makes visual contact with a ball of light and chases the UFO at Mach 1.1 (1,320 km./hr. or 850 mph)… Kleber later declared at the press conference: ‘I had one visual contact and one contact with my aircraft radar of something that looked like a luminous point, which was 12 miles [19 km.] in front of me, a distance confirmed by ground radar. The object was moving from left to right and then began to climb… [it] was at 10 km [6 mi.] of altitude and flying over 1,000 km./hr. [600 mph]. I followed it up to 200 miles [320 km.] over the Atlantic Ocean [limit of Brazil’s territorial waters]. I wasn’t afraid because I like the unknown.’

“11:17 p.m. – The third Mirage jet is scrambled from Anápolis AFB.

“11:20 p.m. – Captain Jordão’s F-5E establishes radar contact… At the press conference a few days later, he stated: ‘Near to São José dos Campos, radar detected several targets, 10 to 13 targets, at a distance of 20 miles [32 km.]. The sky was clear but I didn’t see anything. Ground radar informed me that the objects were closing in: 20 miles, 15, 10, 5, suddenly there were 13 objects behind my aircraft, 6 on one side and 7 on the other, during several minutes. After I maneuvered the aircraft, the objects had disappeared.’ [Captain Jordão flew for 1 hour 20 minutes.]

“11:36 p.m. – The third Mirage is scrambled from Anápolis AFB.

“1:00 a.m. (May 20) – By this time all jet fighters have returned to their bases.”114

These are the basic known facts surrounding the multiple UFO jet scramble incidents over southeastern Brazil on the night of May 19-20, 1986. It is noteworthy that Captain Baranoff added that “two nights after, ten to eleven unidentified luminous objects returned for a new round over São José dos Campos; they were observed visually and detected by the São Paulo, ACC-BR and by CINDACTA 1 radars.” This time there was no official confirmation from Air Force authorities.115

Lacking the final Ministry Commission report with all the pertinent data, it is difficult to make a final conclusion about this case. Many hypotheses were offered in the Brazilian media by skeptical astronomers and scientists, ranging from a meteor shower, a reflection of the full moon and ball lightning, to radar malfunction, space debris and spy planes. Most of these explanations seem quite insufficient to explain the events of May 19. One of the more plausible was offered by British space researcher Geoffrey Perry. According to Perry, the Soviet space station Salyut-7 ejected several boxes of debris on that night, which re-entered the earth’s atmosphere around central-western Brazil. The re-entry of NASA’s Solarwind satellite was also discussed in the Brazilian press.116

However, Brigadier José Cavalcanti from Brazil’s Air Defense Command, was not impressed with the Salyut-7 and Solarwind explanations. He told the weekly magazine Veja:

“It could have been space debris, but it wasn’t only that. A metallic box with space debris can be detected by radar, but it will always fall in the same direction and at constant velocity. That was not the case of what was seen in Brazil, where the objects detected by radar had speeds that varied from very slow to extremely high.”117

Another interesting view is the final comment in a short message from the USDAO (U.S. Defense Attaché Office) in Rio to DIA (Defense Intelligence Agency) on the subject, entitled “BAF [Brazilian Air Force] has a Close Encounter of the First Kind”:

“COMMENT:  While the RO [Reporting Officer] does not believe in UFO’s or all the hoopla that surrounds previous reporting, there is too much here to be ignored. Three visual sightings and positive radar contact from three different types of radar systems, leads one to believe that something arrived over Brazil the night of 19 May.”



US Navy ship; radiation detected after UFO experience.

Date: 1986 Location: Cape Hatteras, North Carolina, United States

During one of my scans of the night sky, out of know where, four red circular lights appeared… The four lights, in a flash, darted towards the horizon amazingly fast… Then all four shot straight up into outer-space and out of sight, all within a split second… After a half hour had passed since the sighting, the radiation detection system on the bridge started making a loud clicking sound.”

Seaman Report — While in the US Navy in the summer of 1986, I was standing lookout aboard the USS Edenton ATS 1 (currently decommissioned). The lookout watch, stood outside on top the bridge of the ship, and was responsible for reporting all contacts seen both in the water and sky. It was around eleven p.m. one clear night at sea, located about fifty miles off the coast of Cape Hatteras, NC.

During one of my scans of the night sky, out of know where, four red circular lights appeared. The lights where hundreds of yards apart from each other and formed a square. At first, I thought it was four separate air craft, such as, military helicopters because the lights were stationary; however, due to the distance from the ship, the lights where too large to be aircraft running lights.

There were also no other normal running lights like green and white, which make-up the normal outline of an aircraft seen at night. The lights where located about twenty degrees above the horizon and about a mile away from the ship. Again, these four red lights were each about the size of a small plane, which were very bright and visible in the night sky. The night sky was also clear, moon lit, and a moderate amount of stars were visible, which also aided in calculating the distance and size of these lights.

As stated, when I first saw these lights they were all stationary in the sky and appeared out of know where. Once I noticed that these were not normal lights, grouped in a square and not moving, I called down to the bridge over a salt and pepper line informing the conning officer of a possible UFO sighting. This brought laughter across the wire at first, but I relayed the contact again in a stern but excited voice, which succeeded in getting the bridge officers attention. After relaying the contact information a second time, the four lights, in a flash, darted towards the horizon amazingly fast. The lower two lights in the square went first, with the top two lights following directly behind them in a curved swooshing motion and there was no sound.

Then all four shot straight up into outer-space and out of sight, all within a split second. At this point, I felt very excited and shocked, and was personally praying someone on the bridge had seen what I just saw. Having been an avid watcher of the night sky, seen shooting stars and a believer in that life has to exist somewhere out there, I become even more excited because I knew, I just saw my first unidentified flying object(s).

To my amazement, when I returned to the bridge after my watch, I was very pleased to learn that the conning officer and everyone else on the bridge had seen this sighting and logged it into the ship’s log as a UFO sighting.

Next, after a half hour had passed since the sighting, the radiation detection system (gamma roentgen meter) on the bridge started making a loud clicking sound. At first, no one seemed to know what was making this sound then a very loud bell went off notifying us as to what was going on, we were being radiated.

When the instrument stopped clicking, it indicated we had taken a hit of 385 roentgens in the period of about one minute. At this point, the captain of the ship was awoken and called to the bridge, as well as the chief in charge of the radiation metering equipment onboard ship.

The captain was not impressed with an entry of a UFO sighting being placed in the ship’s log, and at first, took the roentgen meter as being defective. However, the chief informed the captain that the meter had been serviced and calibrated the day before and that other like meters throughout the ship had just gone off indicating the same amount of roentgens received as the bridge.

The captain stated not to log the instance concerning the radiation exposure and left the bridge. During the rest of my watch duty that night, no officer or enlisted person spoke of what happened, and also acted liked nothing happened. This experience, however, was etched into my memory as if it happened yesterday and I have told this story to only a few people, people who I thought would believe me. This is also the first time I have documented the events of this night.

In conclusion, as an indication of the strength of gamma radiation, I and others received that night; all the personnel during the Project Trinity experiments conducted in 1945 at ground zero, only received between 1 and 6 total roentgens of gamma radiation. This leads me to believe, we traveled through the wake of radiation produced by the UFOs seen thirty minutes earlier.


  The Rendlesham Forest Incident (FULL REPORT)
Date: December 26, 1980 Location: Rendlesham Forest, United Kingdom

What is widely considered Britain’s most extraordinary encounter took place between 26 and 28 December l980. It involved at least a dozen civilians from villages surrounding Rendlesham Forest, a large pine wood in south east Suffolk eight miles from the large town of Ipswich. However, it also gained a high profile because of its military witnesses, part of a huge USAF contingent at the twin bases of RAF Bentwaters and Woodbridge located beside the forest. These had been on long-term lease from the British Ministry of Defence (MoD) since World War Two.

Although the twin bases closed with the cessation of the cold war, other local facilities survive in this high security area. At RAF Bawdsey the world’s first working radar was developed. And Orford Ness, a coastal spit five miles from the Woodbridge base, was for many years a secret research facility. “Over The Horizon” beam experiments (code named Cobra Mist) led to warnings that shipping coming too close to the shore might experience “interference”.

The area surrounding the forest has long been a hotbed of UFO activity, with fishermen reporting strange blisters on their skins and the sightings of green fireballs emerging from the North Sea around the Ness.

Then, at approximately 3:00 a.m. on 26 December l980, a two-man USAF security patrol near the East Gate of RAF Woodbridge observed strange coloured lights above the forest in the direction of Orford Ness. Assistance was requested and a security unit was sent out from Bentwaters. The lights were now deep inside the pine wood and three men, Sargeant Jim Penniston, his driver, Airman Ed Cabansag, and one of the two original security officers, airman (later sargeant) John Burroughs, drove down a logging track that led into the forest, proceeding the rest of the way on foot owing to the frozen terrain.

All three men closed in on an object that resembled an “aircraft on fire”, or, as Burroughs described it, a “multiple series of lights”. At closer proximity, the lights solidified. Burroughs says that no structured craft ever emerged, but Penniston claimed that he went close enough to see an actual object looming from within the glow that was “the size of a tank…It had a very smooth surface almost like glass”. Cabansag, whilst more guarded, agrees that strange lights were visible.

At close proximity Penniston says “The air was filled with electricity – like static.You could feel it on your skin as you approached the object. There was also a sense of slowness, like time itself was an effort.”

Burroughs concurred: “The nearer we got to that thing the more uneasy I felt…it was as if I was moving in slow motion. I felt really hot and as if the hair was standing up on the back of my head”.

There was then a silent explosion of light, causing the airmen to throw themselves to the ground in a defence. The object disappeared towards the coast and “was gone like a blur”. However, the three men began to follow a light that had appeared in the distance. Only after pursuing this for some minutes through the forest did they discover that they were chasing the glow from the lighthouse situated on Orford Ness. They do not believe this was what they had witnessed earlier at close quarters.

After discovering “marks” on the forest floor the airmen returned to base to be debriefed. British civilian police sent two officers to the forest and senior policeman, David King, met with Colonel Ted Conrad on the logging road at 4:11 a.m. From here they reported seeing only the Orford Ness lighthouse; although the UFO had long since disappeared.

At 10:30 a.m. police were called to the woods again to study the holes now confirmed as located in the ground at the landing site and forming a roughly triangular pattern. In the log report at the Woodbridge police station these were noted as possibly having been caused by animals.

The Suffolk police established that there were several UFO reports during the previous night, including sightings on radar screens at Heathrow Airport near London. It is likely that much of this activity referred to an incident just after 9:00 p.m. on 25 December, when the booster from a Soviet space probe had burned up on re-entry over South East England and fell into the North Sea. This trail of debris brought a flood of sightings into BUFORA (the British UFO Research Association) as well as to the Civil Aviation Authority (CAA), because some witnesses thought that this was an aircraft exploding in mid-air.

Local UFOlogists, Brenda Butler and Dot Street, later found many witnesses in surrounding villages to the lights that Burroughs had reported over the forest. The Webb family, returning from a Boxing Night party on the road through the forest, observed floating lights and had time to slow their car to a stop, eliminating one theory since proposed for this UFO: a short duration meteor that astronomers had witnessed in the sky around this time.

The sighting by the USAF patrol quickly became the talk of the base, and next day (27 December) strange lights were reported again by airmen who were having an unofficial “sky watch” in the forest. Concerned about morale base security chief, Lieutenant Bruce Englund, interrupted an officers Christmas party on Woodbridge base to report the new sightings.

Base commander, Colonel Ted Conrad, who had an awards speech to give at the party, ordered his deputy, Lt Colonel Charles Halt to gather a team and sort out the matter once and for all. Halt duly collected a tape machine to take notes in the dark woods , and took a small group of men, including Englund, an officer from the disaster preparedness team and a base photographer, to prepare for a nocturnal investigation. Gas-powered “lightall” searchlights were taken with them, but these constantly malfunctioned near to the “suspected landing site”.

Halt and his team were in the forest from soon after midnight early on 28 December through to just before dawn. During this time they took samples of soil and damaged tree bark, photographed the landing marks, measured a hole in the tree canopy at the point where Burroughs, Penniston and Cabansag had seen the UFO depart 48 hours earlier and used geiger counters to take readings that they considered to be unusual radiation levels within the impact marks.

Halt intermittently recorded the team’s progress onto the tape, until at 1:48 a.m. some airmen in the party reported strange activity. This tape runs for 18 minutes and was released to British UFO investigators in July l984 by a US Major, who had held a copy for four years. On this dramatic audio account of the early hours of 28 December you can hear the following exchange:

Halt: Zero one forty eight, we’re hearing very strange sounds out of a farmer’s barnyard animals…very, very active, making an awful lot of noise.

Airman: There…look.…

Halt: You just saw a light? Where? Slow down…where?

The witnesses debate this pulsing light, and at one point (after viewing it through an optical enhancer known as a starlight scope) it seems to break apart; possibly an effect of an optical distortion. They then set off to follow the glow, much as the three airmen did at this same position two nights earlier, when misperceiving the Orford Ness lighthouse.

Halt: We are about 150 to 200 yards from the site. Everything else is just deathly calm. There’s no doubt about it, there’s some type of strange flashing red light ahead.

Airman: Sir, it’s yellow.

Halt: I saw a yellow tinge in it, too…Weird! … it appears to be moving a little bit this way…It’s brighter than it has been. It’s definitely coming this way…Pieces of it are shooting off…There’s no doubt about it this is weird.

Further sightings continued, mostly of small star-like lights, moving in box-grid patterns and scattered about the sky. It seems hard to deny that some of these could be stars caused to move by the effects of autokinesis (an optical illusion), the clear night sky and the effects of wind. But at one point another very strange event does occur as Halt and his men report pencil-thin beams of light coming from the sky.

Halt (In clearly stunned tones): Now we observe what appears to be a beam coming down towards the ground…this is unreal.

Halt has since explained that this was like a laser and it struck the ground only feet from the men but also beamed into the weapons storage area back on base, where, unbeknownst to British citizens, nuclear weapons were then located.

With his men now tired, Halt ordered them to return to base. As the sky lightened he saw one more “UFO” still hovering over the woods, but this faded as the sun came up; behaviour that almost certainly proves this one to be a star; although it is much harder to account for the laser beam.

Again, there were civilian witnesses to events on this second night. These included local villagers familiar with Orford Ness and far less likely to be fooled by a lighthouse than would foreign airmen unused to these woods at night. Sarah Richardson, for example, observing from her bedroom in Woodbridge, saw: “three bands of star like light and they were bright, coloured red, blue and yellow.”

After taking statements from the witnesses and plaster casts of the landing marks, there was confusion on base as to what to do next. It was technically a British matter, but the Suffolk constabulary had shown no interest in the story. However, the MoD needed to be informed.

On 13 January l981 Colonel Halt officially reported the matter to London at the request of Squadron Leader Donald Moreland, who acted as liaison between the landlord MoD and their USAF tennants. Although Moreland personally saw nothing, he had every confidence in the men who did and sent a note fully endorsing Halt’s memo to the MoD.

Neither Halt nor Moreland received any further contact from the British government. This memo was just a one-page summary of the events. It made no reference to the fact that soil samples, plaster casts, photographs and other evidence from the landing site had been taken, nor that a “live” audio tape existed of the second night’s sightings. Halt says that he would have made this data available had the MoD chosen to follow up the case, but they never bothered to do so.

Unfortunately, the chronology on the memo is also misleading. It was apparently put together from memory three weeks after the events.

This memo was eventually secured, using the Freedom of Information Act, by US group CAUS in June l983; this being two months after the MoD had finally written to myself and officially accepted that an unsolved incident had occurred. In this startling letter they confirm “unidentified lights” had been seen and that “no explanation was forthcoming”—an unprecedented admission by British standards.

We now know that the inaccuracy in these dates misled the British government. Whilst files regarding Rendlesham Forest were sealed from public release until 2014, in an unexpected move, following requests by folklore researcher, Dr David Clarke, the MoD agreed to release the entire case file in summer 2001.

This 150-page file paints a picture of an MoD department baffled by the events and unable to explain them, but not taking any urgent action. Although they were aware of reports of allegedly high radiation readings they merely sent letters to various government departments asking for advice and then waited weeks to get responses despite continued puzzlement from experts. Yet whilst the case was still secret, villagers in eastern Suffolk were walking dogs and picnicking freely around a forest that might have been irradiated!

It is likely that the recorded radiation levels were not dangerous, but the complacency whereby that fact was assumed certainly was potentially disasterous.

The MoD file reveals no evidence that the British government believed this case to be solved, but still regarded it as having no defence significance. The lack of any unidentified radar targets that correlated with the UFO sightings was one key reason. However, the communications between the MoD and “Eastern Radar” (RAF Watton) included with the file offer two caveats. The RAF radar was not apparently working fully at the time. More seriously, the radar coverage on the night of 26/27 December was the data being pursued when we know that the first sighting had really occurred 24 hours earlier.

Opinion within UFOlogy is seriously divided as to what really happened inside Rendlesham Forest on those two winters nights. Some researchers feel it is one of the strongest examples of a military encounter with a possibly alien craft, and the sincerity of the many independent witnesses is not in dispute.

However, it seems likely that a number of factors combined to explain parts of this case—particularly on the second night (28 December) when stars and the lighthouse do seem to have been mistaken during phases of this lengthy encounter. The lighthouse is an unexpected sight, so far inland, particularly to those not familiar with these woods at night or the effects of the undulating landscape.

Other considerations include the presence of sea mist, during the first sighting particularly, and the possibility of mirage effects; plus, of course, the covert research known to have occurred for decades in the vicinity of Orford Ness.

The radiation levels seem not to have induced any lasting ill effects and experts studying the records suggest that they were not abnormally high for within a pine forest, especially one close to a nuclear power station.

On the other hand, there are aspects to this case very difficult to explain, particularly the alleged physiological effects and distortions in time and space reported by Burroughs and Penniston in close proximity to the 26 December UFO. And, of course, the “laser beams” witnessed by Halt 48 hours later.

This case is certain to remain the source of many arguments for years to come and has already generated more books discussing the evidence than any other single case apart from Roswell.


Kirtland Air Force Base 1980 UFO Landing

Date: August 9, 1980 Location: Kirtland AFB, Albuquerque, New Mexico, United States

On the morning of August 9, 1980, several security guards at the Manzano Weapons Storage Area, adjacent to Kirtland AFB, saw a bright light descend in (a) restricted area. A fourth guard observed a disk shaped light in the vicinity of a bunker used to store nuclear weapons. The incident resulted in a report being filed with the Air Force Office of Special Investigations (AFOSI) at Kirtland. The incident was subsequently investigated by agent Richard Doty — an interesting and mysterious figure who often appears in the UFO literature. Doty filed a preliminary report on the incident, which has been acknowledged and released by the Air Force. Researcher Bruce Maccabee’s question is, where is the follow-up report? Surely, no such incident at an atomic facility, even if explainable by mundane causes, would not have been further investigated. Maccabee reveals strong circumstantial evidence that such a report exists but is being withheld by the Air Force.

The in-depth report of this case by Dr. Bruce Maccabee has far-reaching implications if true, especially in light of what has been reported before at and near, Kirtland AFB, a military base which is one of the most sensitive military installations in the world.


 US Air Force personnel witness 3 large oval shaped craft in Mojave desert

Date of sighting: August, 1978 Location of sighting: Phelan, California, United States

Summary: US Air Force personnel witness 3 large oval shaped craft hovering and moving at incredible speed in the California Mojave desert in 1978.

Date Reported: 12/15/2005

Sighting Time: 5:30 AM
Day/Night: Dawn
No. of Witnesses: 3
Duration: About 6 to 7 minutes

Appearance / Description of Object(s)
Oval shaped with no distinctive features. The crafts emitted an extremely bright orange/yellow light evenly from their entire surface.

Size of Object(s)
About 1/2 inch between fingers at arms length. Given the distance between me and the craft I estimate that they must each have been at least the size of a very large blimp.

Description of Area / Surroundings
Very rural, high-desert area of the Mojave desert. Both George AFB (my destination and place of work) and Edwards AFB are in this area.

Full Description and Details
Driving from home in Wrightwood, CA to work at George AFB in a 2-door sedan with 2 co-workers eastbound on Hwy 18 between Sheep Creek Rd and Hwy 395 near Phelan, CA. Myself and other witnesses were F4-Phantom Weapons Control Technicians in the USAF. My eastbound view was of mountains on horizon with first glow of sunrise behind mountains.
Weather calm and completely clear. 1st large oval rises up from directly behind mountains due east from me. Motion is slow, floating like a blimp or balloon. At first I thought it was a large blimp with a mirror-like exterior reflecting the sunlight (sun was below the eastern horizon during the entire encounter), object was extremely bright, yet had a distinct oval outline. After rising a few degrees above mountains object stopped all motion. Total time to rise up was about 2 minutes. Second identical object then began to rise just to the left of the first object.

Second object moved identically to first, then stopped next to first at equal altitude. Third identical looking object then began to rise just to right of first object, at same slow rate, until it was at equal altitude with other 2 objects. All three objects remained still for about 2 more minutes. Very curious sight at this time, but all witnesses still thought objects were blimps. Right-most object then begins to rise slowly above others, stops completely, then moves from a complete stop to a point slightly above the horizon almost directly due south of us (visible out the right side of the car) in about 2 or 3 seconds then comes to a complete stop again. No acceleration or deceleration was apparent. Middle object then does exactly the same, stopping next to the other above the southern horizon. Third object then repeats the same exact moves.

When all 3 were stopped hovering next to each other then all 3 objects slowly descended towards the ground until disappearing on the southern horizon. Objects retained their extreme brightness throughout the entire encounter, even when in a position near the southern horizon where there was no sunlight to reflect in my direction. All witnesses agreed with each other not to speak of the sighting due both to fear of ridicule, and due to the fact that all of us were under orders to speak of any potential UFO sightings ONLY to our commanding officer (to my knowledge all AF personnel, including myself and the witnesses, at the time were required to sign a statement acknowledging the order upon enlisting in the AF).

Can sighting be explained as any conventional man-made or natural object?
No, not whatsoever.

Witness Background
Service in the USAF as an electronic technician. College graduate, BSCS, Summa Cum Laude, (GPA of 3.875) Senior level design engineer (electronics/software), 25 years experience. Co-patent holder (co-inventor) of an industry award winning Laser Scanning Microscope.

Views on UFOs, before and after sighting
Before the sighting I was a complete non-believer, a very scientifically-minded skeptic. I was exposed to some material about UFOs prior to this, but no more than the average person at that time – it was not a subject of interest to me prior to my sighting. Obviously, now I know they exist – which in itself implicates many in positions of authority who continue to deny this fact. I feel like someone who knows a rare truth that most are not aware of, and that I’m fighting a constant battle with those who try to keep the truth from us. I know that I’m right, and they are wrong, but how do I prove it? What do I do with this knowledge I have? It hurts me deeply as a devoted and patriotic American to know that the government that I am supposed to trust is lying and deceiving the public. It causes me to lose nearly all trust in my government, and it’s not my fault – it’s theirs. I feel as if I have been cursed with this first-hand knowledge, because there has never been any “closure” for me. At this point I have come to the conclusion that we must have more to fear from our own government than we do from the UFOs – and it is our own government’s actions compared to those reported concerning UFOs that have led me to this conclusion. What I am supposed to teach my children concerning them trusting their government – about the rightness of truth and the evil of lies? I am very sad and angry.


 Fort Dix-McGuire AFB Case.

Date of sighting: January 18, 1978   Location of sighting: Fort Dix/McGuire AFB, New Jersey, United States

The primary eyewitness in the case, Jeffrey Morse, alleged (i) that he had been working as a security policeman at McGuire AFB at 03.00 on January 18, 1978 when he was notified about UFO activity over Fort Dix army base that adjoined McGuire AFB. (ii) Morse alleged that he heard that a non-human entity had been shot and he later saw the dead body of the entity lying on the ground on a disused runway at McGuire AFB. (iii) The scene was rapidly cordoned off and the body was crated and flown to Wright-Patterson AFB (WPAFB) for examination. (iv)Morse himself, two days after the shooting incident, was allegedly summoned to WPAFB and interrogated about the event. He was warned to keep quiet and shortly thereafter was transferred to Okinawa, Japan.

Letter from sergeant Morse summarizing his experience and the incident:

In January of 1978, I was stationed at McGuire AFB, NJ. One evening, during the time frame of 0300hrs and 0500hrs., there were a number of UFO sightings in the area over the air field and Ft. Dix Army camp. I am a security policeman and was on routine patrol at the time. N.J. State Police, and Ft. Dix MPs were running code in the direction of Brownsville, NJ. A state trooper then entered gate #5 at the rear of the base requesting assistance and permission to enter. I was dispatched and the trooper wanted access to the runway area which led to the very back of the air field and connected with a heavily wooded area which is part of the Dix training area. He informed me that a Ft. Dix MP was pursueing (sic) a low flying object which then hovered over his car. He described it as oval shaped, with no details, and glowing with a blueish (sic) green color. His radio transmission was cut off. At that time in front of his police car, appeared a thing, about 4ft tall, grayish (sic), brown, fat head, long arms, and slender body. The MP panicked and fired five rounds from his .45 Cal into the thing, and one round into the object above. The object then fled straight up and joined with eleven others high in the sky. This we all saw but didn?t know the details at the time. Anyway, the thing ran into the woods towards our fenceline and they wanted to look for it. By this time several patrols were involved.

We found the body of the thing near the runway. It had apparently climbed the fence and died while running. It was all of a sudden hush-hush and no one was allowed near the area. We roped off the area and AF OSI came out and took over. That was the last I saw of it. There was a bad stench coming from it too. Like ammonia smelling but it wasn?t constent (sic) in the air. That day, a team from Wright-Patterson AFB came in a C141 and went to the area. They crated it in a wooden box, sprayed something over it, and then put it into a bigger metal container. They loaded it in the plane and took off. That was it, nothing more was said, no report made and we were all told not to have anything to say about it or we would be court martial-ed.

Morse, in subsequent conversations, revealed that two days after the incident he and others on duty at the scene were summoned to Wright Patterson AFB for interrogation, and each was transferred promptly to a separate base overseas.

The Fort Dix/McGuire case was also of interest because a prominent UFO investigator, George Filer, claimed to have been present at McGuire AFB on the morning of January 18, 1978. Mr. Filer told NIDS that he witnessed a commotion with red lights on one of the disused runways at McGuire when he arrived on the base at 4:00 AM. He further claimed that he heard from a Senior Master Sergeant at McGuire command post on the same morning that (i) UFO activity had been sighted by the control tower and on radar at neighboring Fort Dix and (ii) an alien had been shot that morning and that it had been found dead on the runway at McGuire.


 Retired Chilean General in air encounter with large ‘banana-shaped’ UFO

Date of sighting:  1978 Location of sighting: Antofagasta, Chile


SANTIAGO DE CHILE.- In an interview with, retired general Hernan Gabrielli Rojas mentioned that he had squared off against a gigantic UFO while engaging in a training flight in the skies of northern Chile.

According to the military man, the object was the size of 10 or 15 aircraft carriers, and its presence was picked up by the radars aboard two F-5 jet fighters as well as the Cerro Moreno airport in Antofagasta
– What do you remember about your contact with the UFO?

Over 20 years have gone by (this was in 1978). I was a captain and was flying a mission with two F-5 fighters. It was noon and I was flying with captain Danilo Catalán – we were both flight instructors. Accompanying us was Fernando Gomez, an avionics tech, and another trainee. The F-5 is radar-equipped, and a line appeared from side to side – in other words, a trace throughout the bottom side of the screen. A trace for a surface ship, a cruiser, is approximately one centimeter long, but this line went from one side [of the screen] to another. I assumed the radar scope had failed, and told Danilo Catalán, but his radar also “failed”. I then advised the ground radar at Antofagasta and they also picked up the line. We were engaged with these details when we looked toward the east: we were flying from north to south in the vicinity of Mejillones, and saw a deformed cigar-shaped object. Deformed, like a plaintain banana. It was swathed in smoke.

What was the object’s size?
It was large and must have been some 15 to 20 miles away. It moved in the same direction as us. We had no missiles, guns or anything. As you can imagine, the fright was more or less considerable. We could see a large thing surrounded in smoke, and from which a vapor issued. All of this situation must have lasted some five minues. We approached the UFO but it was motionless. It neither approached nor retreated – it merely sailed parallel to us. It was quite impressive, because it was truly something strange, and something could be seen in concealment behind the smoke.

What happened later?
The object then disappeared toward Easter Island at an impressive rate of speed. The sky cleared and the lines on the radar vanished. However, there had been an object physically flying there. It’s not a yarn, let me tell you. It’s my only experience with UFOs.


Retired general Hernan Gabrielli (radio interview)



Alejandro Guillier (journalist): . How do you do, general? Good morning.

Hernan Gabrielli Rojas (general-Ret.): Hello, Alejandro. Good morning to you.

Alejandro Guillier: This occurred in ’78, according to one version, but what is the story about your running into a UFO while flying a warplane?

Hernan Gabrielli: We were two F-5s, dual training craft, and we were returning to base after completing our mission, Cerro Moreno, noon. From Mejillones to Antofagasta, at an altitude of some 35,000 feet – 40,000 feet. I suddenly detected a radar fault and saw a line that ran side to side on the scope, and my student, Danilo Catalán, also detected the same, and curiously enough it was the ground radar, which has a large screen, that also indicated a radar fault. At that time we looked toward [the part of the sky indicated on the radar screen] and we saw that UFO.

Alejandro Guillier: What was it exactly? What was it you managed to see? Can it be described?

Hernan Gabrielli: It was visualized as a smoke-covered, half- deformed banana, very large, in other words, very large in plain sight. We were between 15 or 20 miles away. It was tremendously large and surrounded by a fumarole which moved in our very same direction and at the same speed as our aircraft.

Hernan Gabrielli: We approached it carefully and…but those were good instructions. We were heading back from Attack 1, which is a combat tactic involving gun cameras, no cannon, missiles or anything else. So we approached it with caution. Unfortunately the UFO did not go away toward a single minute, so we arrived in an instant.

Alejandro Guillier: But I understand that you had to ascend.

Hernan Gabrielli: No…

Alejandro Guillier: In order to approach, what was your position? Going upward..

Hernan Gabrielli: No…we shared the same altitude, between 30,000 and 35,000 feet.

Alejandro Gabrielli: But F-5s are swift airplanes. When you got near it scurried way so…

Hernan Gabrielli: Of course. It’s a fighter that covers 10 nautical miles a minute, in other words, 20 kilometers a minute. That is the normal speed for that aircraft.

Alejandro Guillier: And this object you saw, how soon did it vanish? At what speed?

Hernan Gabrielli: Unimaginable, in other words, thousands of nautical miles a minute, because it vanished toward the west suddenly and the screen cleared up. In other words, all three radar screens–the ground radar, mine and Danilo’s — were operating normally; it wasn’t just a visual experience but a physical one as well, a material one, that materialised on the screen. Now, if you ask me what it is, where it comes from, don’t ask me. I haven’t the slightest idea.

Alejandro Guillier: Now…is this time of sighting customary among Chilean military pilots?

Hernan Gabrielli: No, they are not.

Alejandro Guillier: And has any other functionary remarked that he had been flying and seen strange things?

Hernan Gabrielli: Look, at that time there was also another sighting by a functionary near Calama, but no…that was the age of the Vampire aircraft.

Alejandro Guillier: What’s that?

Hernan Gabrielli: Vampires were wooden aircraft, and the fighter climbed to a certain number of feet and could see from below that this UFO didn’t…didn’t move. However, as the pilot climbed, he said that the object or UFO’s size was such that…

Alejandro Guillier:…that it didn’t move and he could never reach it.
Hernan Gabrielli: He never reached it. They later sent out a pair of fighters, then an F-5 and nothing, really…

Alejandro Guillier: And they couldn’t continue climbing.

Hernan Gabrielli: No, they couldn’t continue their ascent.

Alejandro Guiller: It reached its maximum altitude and then…

Hernan Gabrielli: Fifty something thousand feet, and it had to turn back.

Alejandro Gabrielli: And by the descriptions you recall, general, was there any similarity with the sighting you had in Antofagasta?

Hernan Gabrielli: No, because this one had another shape, it had a shape…in other words, as though looking from below upward, the pilots flying at the time said it was triangular.

Alejandro Guillier: Triangular…it couldn’t have been an American plane, one of those spy planes.

Hernan Gabrielli: I don’t think so. This was 1978. The latest thing around at the time was the SR-71, which is a U.S. spy plane, but it flies at Mach 3, so there is displacement. This thing did not move.

Alejandro Guillier: Right, this thing was suspended in the air. Well, and after that you landed and must’ve had a shot of whisky, I imagine.

Hernan Gabrielli: No, no. There were remarks, in other words, each combat or training flight is its own story, so this was just another anecdote.

Alejandro Guillier: Now, why does the FACH [Chilean Air Force] handle all of this with such secrecy, because it has in fact appeared before Congress, before parliamentarians, and everyone was deathly silent…there were no such things. All they do is create more concern, because one says: “Well, there must be something awful that the FACH, the senators and the deputies don’t want to discuss,” and in this case they were all quiet.

Hernan Gabrielli: Look, it’s not that there’s an unwillingness to talk, but since it is an almost intangible piece of information it cannot be handled, it cannot be processed. To tell you the truth, the base commander is informed and then the page is turned and normal activity resumes.

Alejandro Guillier: Right. Well, last week in Calama, a LAN airliner was flying over the weekend with the players of the Wanderers team for the big match against Cobrelola and the pilot was forced to make a spectacular turn, diving to avoid a collision. Supposedly there was no airplane there. This would also be equivalent to a UFO.

Hernan Gabrielli: Surely. In other words, if the pilots were forced into taking an evasive maneuver, with passengers aboard, it must have been something…


14. Chilean soldier loses five days to UFO (The Valdes Case)

Date of sighting: April 25, 1977
Location of sighting: Pampa Lluscuma (near Putre), Chile
Source: Associated Press / San Antonio News, May 23, 1977

“Soldier loses 5 days to UFO”

SANTIAGO, Chile — A Chilean soldier is still in shock after a weird, five-day ordeal with a UFO.

This is his story.

It was 4:15 a.m. in Chile’s far north desert country,

Six members of an army patrol were bedded down around a campfire while two men stood guard. Suddenly, two bright objects began descending from the sky.

One dropped into the Andes foothills out of direct sight, but the men in the patrol, now fully awake, could see the glow of its light.

The second, they said, lowered almost to the ground about 500 yards away from the camp. The men said it shone with a violet light with two points of intense red.

Cpl. Armando Valdes, the patrol leader, ordered the soldiers to take up their weapons. Then he set out alone to investigate and, according to the men, simply vanished. Fifteen minutes later, they said, he reappeared, tried to speak and passed out.

They said he regained consciousness about 7 a.m. but that his watch showed only 4:30, the approximate time he reappeared. They also said the date on the watch had been advanced five days, and that Yaldes now had about a week’s growth of beard.

According to his comrades, when Valdes was beginning to regain consciousness he said: “You do not know who we are, nor where we come from. But I tell you that we will soon return.”


This purported sighting occurred April 25, and since the soldiers’ tale was publicized dozens of other unidentified flying objects have been reported up and down the 2,700-mile length of Chile.

Valdes says he does not recall anything that happened during the 15 minutes he was missing-Some skeptics said the soldiers may have seen a desert mirage. But other sightings have been reported on the outskirts of this capital city, in the rainy lake region about BOO mites to the south, and over the Straits of Magellan at I he cold southern tip of the continent.

The U.S. National Aeronautics and Space Administration and the University of Chile jointly operate a space tracking station a few miles north of Santiago, but officials at the station had no official comment on the reports.

A source at the station who asked not to be identified said he felt some of the previous UFO sightings in Chile were satellites or airplanes. But he said the most, recent sightings, made at relatively close distances, did not appear to be satellites.

Oscar Bravo, a radio announcer at Punta Arenas, the major town on the Straits of Magellan, said he awoke about 3 a.m. one night and went, to the kitchen for a glass of water.


“First, I noticed the sky was bright,” he said.

“This caused me to open the curtains, and I could see these two things suspended in the air emitting a strong light, bright and orange.

“The light went out but returned, with a violent color. Then these two things, of oval shape, moved at a rapid speed, opening themselves like a V and closing at a higher point in the sky.” They finally disappeared over the straits, he said.

A few nights later, passengers on a bus going from Puerto Monti to Puerto Varas in southern Chile said they saw something similar about. 100 yards above them in the sky.

Several people who have seen UFOs recently estimated their size at about 12 feet in diameter. Most say they are round or oval—”like a huge wagon wheel,” said one woman.

  F-4 Jet Chase over Iran 1976

Date: September 18, 1976
Location: Tehran, Iran

Source: Don Berliner, UFO Briefing Document: The Best Available Evidence
[go to original source]
One of the best documented UFO-aircraft incidents took place over the skies of Tehran, Iran, on the night of September 18-19, 1976, when a UFO was observed flying over the capital’s restricted airspace.
Two U.S.-made F-4 Phantom II jet fighters of the Imperial Iranian Air Force were scrambled, but as the pilots closed in on the target, their communications and weapons systems were suddenly jammed. The incident was confirmed by high ranking officers of the Iranian Air Force and later documented by several agencies of the U.S. military.
Lt. General Azarbarzin, Deputy Commander-in-Chief of Operations of the Imperial Iranian Air Force, confirmed in a 1977 interview the strong electromagnetic effect experienced by the two F-4s:
“That is true. They both were scrambled and they locked on the target but they received a very strong jamming. And then they lost almost every avionics system they had on the airplane… The jets couldn’t fire their missiles because they had very strong jamming… this technology it [UFO] was using for jamming was something we haven’t had before and we don’t have it. It doesn’t exist because it was a very wide band and could jam different bands, different frequencies at the same time. It’s very unusual.”
General Nader Yousefi, Base Operations commander and the number three man in the Imperial Iranian Air Force, authorized the scramble mission and was also an eyewitness, as described in a recent TV interview:
“I put down my phone [with the Control Tower] and I ran to my balcony to see if I can see that object. I saw a big star among the other stars, which it was at least twice as large as the normal stars… It was around 12 miles [19 km.], we lost communication and I heard nothing from the pilots, so I was so scared what’s going to happen and what happened to the pilots. I asked from the tower controller to tell them to continue their mission and see if they can get more information from the flying object… and it [UFO] was coming toward them, they try to shoot them down, when they squeezed the trigger it didn’t work and the trigger was inoperative, they couldn’t shoot the missiles.”
The sequence of events can be reconstructed from both Iranian sources and declassified U.S. intelligence documents:
Between 10:30 and 11:15 p.m. on September 18, several calls were received by the Control Tower at Mehrabad Airport, reporting an unknown object hovering 1,000 feet (300 m.) above the ground in the northern section of Tehran. The night shift supervisor, Hossain Perouzi, initially didn’t pay too much attention. The radar system was turned off since it was under repair. After he received the fourth telephone call at 11:15 p.m., Perouzi went to the terrace next to the tower and observed the UFO with binoculars:
“Suddenly I saw it. It was rectangular in shape, probably seven to eight meters [24 to 27 ft.] long and about two meters [7 ft.] wide. From later observations I made, I would say it was probably cylindrical. The two ends were pulsating with a whitish blue color. Around the mid-section of the cylinder there was this small red light that kept going around in a circle… I was amazed. I didn’t know what to think. There definitely was a very strange object there in the sky right over Tehran.”
At 12:30 a.m. on September 19, Perouzi called the Air Force Command post to report the UFO. The Base Commander, in turn, called General Yousefi, who authorized the scramble of an F-4 Phantom jet from Shahrokhi AFB to investigate. The first scramble is summarized in a “Memorandum for Record” from the U.S. Defense Attaché Office (DAO) in Tehran:
“The F-4 took off at 01:30 a.m. and proceeded to a point about 40 nm [45 statute miles or 75 km.] North of Tehran. Due to its brilliance the object was easily visible from 70 miles [110 km.] away. As the F-4 approached a range of 25 nm [29 statute miles or 46 km.], he lost all instrumentation and communications (UHF and Intercom). He broke off the intercept and headed back to Shahrokhi. When the F-4 turned away from the object and apparently was no longer a threat to it, the aircraft regained all instrumentation and communications.”
At 01:40 a.m., Gen. Yousefi authorized a second F-4 scramble piloted by Lt. Jafari, who quickly established radar contact with the UFO. The DAO Memorandum describes the events of the second scramble:
“The size of the radar return was comparable to that of a [Boeing] 707 tanker. The visual size of the object was difficult to discern because of its intense brilliance. The light that it gave off was that of flashing strobe lights arranged in a rectangular pattern of alternating blue, green, red and orange, in color. The sequence of the lights was so fast that all the colors could be seen at once.”
“The object and the pursuing F-4 continued a course to the south of Tehran when another brightly lighted object, estimated to be .5 to .33 the apparent size of the moon, came out of the original object. The second object headed straight toward the F-4 at a very fast rate. The pilot attempted to fire an AIM-9 missile at the object, but at that instant his weapons control panel went off and he lost all communications (UHF and Interphone). At this point, the pilot initiated a turn and negative G dive to get away.”
The aircraft electric system went back to normal once the F-4 reached a certain distance from the UFO. The small object returned to the primary object, but a second one emerged and flew toward the ground. Gen. Yousefi observed the landing from the balcony of his Tehran residence:
“He went down and landed on the ground and now it is a communication between the mothership and that small flying object, and it shows the lights between those two is connected.”
More strange events were still reported that night. A UFO seemed to follow the F-4 as it approached the runway, and a civil airliner experienced communications failure but did not see anything. The DAO Memorandum describes the investigation early that morning:
“During daylight, the F-4 crew was taken out to the area in a helicopter where the object apparently had landed. Nothing was noticed at the spot where they thought the object landed (a dry lake bed), but as they circled off to the West of the area they picked up a very noticeable beeper signal. At that point, where the return was the loudest was a small house with a garden. They landed and asked the people within if they had noticed anything strange last night. The people talked about a loud noise and a very bright light like lightning.”
The trail ends there. Although the Attaché Office added that the area had been checked for possible radiation and that “more information will be forwarded when it becomes available,” the details surrounding the beeper signal and the ground witnesses have not been released. A report published in a 1978 classified U.S. military journal, MIJI Quarterly, basically repeats the facts contained in the original DAO message, although its author begins the article with this interesting remark:
“Sometime in his career, each pilot can expect to encounter strange, unusual happenings which will never be adequately or entirely explained by logic or subsequent investigation. The following article recounts such an episode as reported by two F-4 Phantom crews of the Imperial Iranian Air Force during late 1976. No additional information or explanation of the strange events has been forthcoming; the story will be filed away and probably forgotten, but it makes interesting, and possibly disturbing, reading.”
Recent taped testimonies by Iranian Air Force Generals Nader Yousefi and Mahmoud Sabahat, now retired and living in exile in the United States, reveal that Gen. John Secord, then chief of the USAF mission in Iran, attended a high level briefing with Iranian authorities and the pilots and air traffic controllers involved in the incident. A Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA) “Evaluation” summarized the salient features of the Iranian incident:
“An outstanding report. This case is a classic which meets all the criteria necessary for a valid study of the UFO phenomenon:
“a) The object was seen by multiple witnesses from different locations (i.e. Shemiram, Mehrabad and the dry lake bed) and viewpoints (both airborne and from the ground).
“b) The credibility of many of the witnesses was high (an Air Force General, qualified aircrews, and experienced radar operators).
“c) Visual sightings were confirmed by radar.
“d) Similar electromagnetic effects (EME) were reported by three separate aircraft.
“e) There were physiological effects on some crew members (i.e. loss of night vision due to the brightness of the object).
“f) An inordinate amount of maneuverability was displayed by the UFOs.”

 Black sphere hovers near U.S. Naval Comm. Station at North West Cape, Australia

Date: October 25, 1973
Location: North-West Cape, Australia
Source: Bill Chalker (1996)
On a narrow peninsula, over one thousand kilometres to the north of the main centres of population in Western Australia, stands an enigmatic monument to the military ethic. It is a remote spot even for a country as vast and thinly populated as Australia. A vast array of antennas and towers stand out in stark contrast to the harsh natural beauty of the surrounding terrain. Rising to a dizzying height of 387 metres is Tower Zero, the central structure of a vast array of satellite and radio communications equipment. Another 12 towers stand in two concentric rings around it. The towers support ‘large spider webs of wire’, a Very Low Frequency antenna array covering one thousand acres, the largest facility of its kind in the world. Altogether the base, which consists of three main sites, is spread over 60 kilometres. Collectively the sites function as a window into an extraordinary world that few of us are privy to, the vast and highly secretive world of military intelligence. The site is officially called US Naval Communication Station Harold E. Holt, but is more popularly known as North-West Cape.
In the vast scheme of facilities that make up the worldwide US intelligence gathering network, North-West Cape, with a reported 430 US military staff, plays an important and acutely sensitive role. During the Cold War it was used for communications with US and Australian navy ships, including US nuclear submarines, in the Indian and western Pacific Oceans. It was also used to intercept Soviet communications. It was never very far from the drama and controversy that pivoted around the fears of possible nuclear war between the superpowers.
Along with other US bases in Australia, such as Pine Gap and Nurrungar, North-West Cape has long been a matter of acute political sensitivity, specifically related to claims that such sites would be prime nuclear targets during a major outbreak of hostilities between the superpowers. On 11 October 1973, five days after the Middle East War broke out, North-West Cape along with other US bases in Australia was put on full alert. According to Richard Hall, in his book The Secret State, this alert status was to escalate dramatically due to ‘an NSA misreading of Arabic in a Syrian message to the USSR which led Kissinger and Nixon to believe that Soviet troops might be sent to the Middle East1.
This fiasco climaxed early on the morning of 25 October 1973, in Washington. A full nuclear alert went out to all US forces. North-West Cape was used to communicate the alert to both conventional and nuclear forces in this region. Local time at North-West Cape was around early evening. It was then that an intruder was spotted in the airspace over the base. According to official reports, at 7.30 p.m. Lieutenant Commander M, of the US Navy, observed ‘a large black, airborne object’ at a distance of approximately eight kilometres to the west, at an altitude estimated at 600 metres. M was driving from the naval communication station towards the support township of Exmouth, along Murat Road. He reported that the object hovered, with no apparent noise or exhaust, then, ‘After about 20-25 seconds the craft accelerated at unbelievable speed and disappeared to the north.’
Back at the base, US Navy Fire Captain L had also seen the object. At 7.20 p.m. he was driving towards the officers’ club when he noticed a large black object in the sky, which he at first took to be a small cloud formation. He got out of his car and stood for several minutes watching the object, which he now saw looked like a black sphere, hovering. The sky was clear and light, and there were no clouds about. The object was about 10 metres in diameter and was about 300 metres above the ground. It was completely stationary except for a halo around its centre, which appeared to be either revolving or pulsating. It suddenly took off at tremendous speed and disappeared in a few seconds.
The Americans investigated the two sightings, naturally concerned in case the UFO was some form of new Soviet aircraft, but apparently no explanation of its true nature was ever found.

 Coyne Helicopter Incident

Date: October 18, 1973
Location: Mansfield, Ohio, United States
Source: Jennie Zeidman, CUFOS
[go to original source]
The Coyne case (or “Army helicopter incident”) stands out as, perhaps the most credible (in the “high strangeness” category) of the 1973 wave. An Army Reserve helicopter crew of four men encountered a gray, metallic-looking, cigar-shaped object, with unusual lights and maneuvers, as they were airborne between Columbus and Cleveland, Ohio. The crew won the NATIONAL ENQUIRER Blue Ribbon Panel’s $ 5,000 award for “the most scientifically valuable report of 1973.”
On October 18, 1973, at approximately 10:30 PM a UH-1H helicopter of the United States Army Reserve left Port Columbus, Ohio, for its home base of Cleveland Hopkins airport, ninety-six nautical miles to the north-northeast. In command, in the right-front seat, was Captain Lawrence J. Coyne, thirty-six, with nineteen years of flying experience. At the controls, in the left-front seat, sat First Lieutenant Arrigo Jezzi, twenty-six, a chemical engineer. Behind Jezzi sat Sergeant John Healey, thirty-five, a Cleveland policeman who was the flight medic, and Coyne was the Crew Chief, Sergeant Robert Yanacsek, twenty-three, a computer technician. The helicopter was cruising at 2,500 feet above sea level at an indicated airspeed of ninety knots, above mixed hills, woods, and rolling farmland, averaging 1,200 elevation. The night was totally clear, calm, and starry. The last quarter moon was just rising.
About ten miles south of Mansfield, Healey noticed a single red light off to the west, flying south. It seemed brighter than a standard aircraft port-wing light, but it was not considered relevant traffic, and he does not recall mentioning it. An estimated two minutes later, at approximately 11:02 PM, Yanacsek noted a single red light on the south-east horizon. He assumed it was either a radio-tower beacon or an aircraft port-wing light – most likely an aircraft, since it was not flashing – and he watched it “for a long time, a minute to ninety seconds” before calling it to Coyne’s attention. Coyne, smoking, relaxing, glanced over, noted the light, assumed it was distant traffic, and told told Yanacsek casually to “keep an eye on it.”
After an estimated additional thirty seconds, Yanacsek announced that the light had turned toward the helicopter and appeared to be on a converging flight path. Coyne verified Yanacsek’s assessment, grabbed the controls from Jezzi, and put the UH-1H into a powered descent of approximately 500 feet per minute. Almost simultaneously, Coyne established radio contact with Mansfield control tower, ten miles to the northwest. Coyne thought the flight was an Air National Guard F-100 from Mansfield. After an initial acknowledgment (“This is Mansfield Tower, go ahead Army 1-5-triple-4”), radio contact failed. Jezzi then attempted transmission on both UHF and VHF frequencies without success. Although the channel and keying tones were both heard, there was no response from Mansfield; and a subsequent check by Coyne revealed that Mansfield had no tape of even the initial transmission, the the last F-100 had landed at 10:47 P.M.
The red light continued its radial bearing and increased greatly in intensity. Coyne increased his rate of descent to 2,000 feet per minute and his airspeed to 100 knots. The last altitude he noted was 1,700 feet. Just as a collision appeared imminent, the unknown light halted in its westward course and assumed a hovering relationship above and in front of the helicopter. “It wasn’t cruising, it was stopped. For maybe ten to twelve seconds – just stopped,” Yanacsek reported. Coyne, Healey, and Yanacsek agree that a cigar-shaped, slightly domed object substended an angle of nearly the width of the front windshield. A featureless, gray, metallic-looking structure was precisely delineated against the background stars. Yanacsek reported “a suggestion of windows” along the top dome section. The red light emanated from the bow, a white light became visible at a slightly indented stern, and then, from aft/below, a green ‘pyramid shaped” beam equated to a directional spotlight became visible. The green beam passed upward over the helicopter nose, swung up through the windshield, continued upward and entered the tinted upper window panels. At that point (and not before), the cockpit was enveloped in green light. Jezzi reported only a bright white light, comparable to the leading light of a small aircraft, visible through the top “greenhouse’ panels of the windshield. After the estimated ten seconds of “hovering,” the object began to accelerate off to the west, now with only the white “tail” light visible. The white light maintained its intensity even as its distance appeared to increase, and finally (according to Coyne and Healey), it appeared to execute a decisive 45 degree turn to the right, head out toward Lake Erie, and then “snap out” over the horizon. Healey reported that he watched the object moving westward “for a couple of minutes.” Jezzi said it moved faster than the 250-knot limit for aircraft below 10,000 feet, but not as fast as the 600-knot approach speed reported by the others. There was no noise from the object or turbulence during the encounter, except for one “bump” as the object moved away to the west. After the object had broken off its hovering relationship, Jezzi and Coyne noted that the magnetic compass disk was rotating approximately four times per minute and that the altimeter read approximately 3,500 feet; a 1,000 foot-per-minute climb was in progress. Coyne insists that the collective was still bottomed from his evasive descent. Since the collective could not be lowered further, he had no alternative but to lift it, whatever the results, and after a few seconds of gingerly maneuvering controls (during which the helicopter reached nearly 3,800 feet), positive control was achieved. By that time the white light had already moved into the Mansfield area. Coyne had been subliminally aware of the climb; the others not at all, yet they had all been acutely aware of the g-forces of the dive. The helicopter was brought back to the flight plan altitude of 2,500 feet, radio contact was achieved with Canton/Akron, the night proceeded uneventfully to Cleveland.
Apparent ground witnesses to this event have been found by William E. Jones and Warren Nicholson, independent UFO researchers from Columbus, Ohio.
Mrs. E. C. and four adolescents were driving south from Mansfield to their rural home on October 18, 1973, at approximately 11 P.M., when they were attracted to a single steady bright red light. flying south “at medium altitude.” They watched for perhaps half a minute until it disappeared to the south over the trees.
Approximately five minutes later, now driving east on Route 430, approaching the Charles Mill Reservoir, the family became aware of two bright lights – red and green – descending rapidly toward them from the southeast. When first seen, the angular distance between the lights was about 2 degrees; the red light appeared to be leading. Mrs. C. pulled over to the shoulder of the deserted road and kept the engine and car lights running. The lights – bigger than point sources – slowed and moved as a unit to the right of the car and the family became aware of yet another group of lights – some of these flashing – and “a beating sound, a lot of racket” approaching from the southwest. Two of the children (cousins, both age thirteen) jumped from the car and observed both a helicopter and the object, which they described as “like a blimp,” “as big as a school bus,” “sort of pear shaped.” The object at that point subtended an angle equivalent to “a 100-mm cigarette box held at arm’s length.” The object assumed a hovering position over the helicopter, an estimated 500 feet back from the road and 500 feet above the trees. (The ground elevation at the site is almost exactly 1,000 feet above sea level; thus at the noted 1,700-foot altimeter reading, the helicopter was actually about 650 feet above the trees.) The object’s green light then flared up. “It was like rays coming down,” the witnesses said. The helicopter, the trees, the road, the car – everything turned green.” The kids scrambled with fright back into the car and Mrs. C. proceeded apace. Their estimated total time outside the car was “about a minute.” Neither ground witnesses nor aircrew are sure at what point the two aircraft disengaged; the ground witnesses reported that the unidentified object crossed to the north side of the road behind the car, appeared to move eastward for a few seconds, then reversed its direction and climbed toward the northwest towards Mansfield – a flight path which correlates perfectly the motion of the object established through analysis of the aircrew’s report.
Any theory of the object’s being a meteor (UFO skeptic Philip Klass maintains that the object was a “fireball of the Orionid meteor shower”) can readily be rejected on the basis of: (1) the duration of the event (an estimated 300 seconds); (2) the marked deceleration and hard-angle maneuver of the object at closest approach; (3) the precisely defined shape of the object; and (4) the horizon-to-horizon flight path.
The possibility of a high-performance aircraft likewise is untenable when one examines the positions and colors of the lights with respect to the flight path of the object. To have presented the reported configurations, and been in accordance with FAA regulations, an aircraft would have had to be flying sideways, either standing on its tail, tail-to to the helicopter, or upside-down head-on. Other arguments against aircraft hypothesis are: (1) a fixed-wing aircraft moving across the line of sight would appear to move most rapidly when passing directly in front of the observer; (2) a fixed-wing aircraft would not have the capability of decelerating from high velocity to “hover” within a few seconds time; (3) a helicopter would have the capability of hovering, but would not be capable of the high forward speeds reported; (4) a conventional aircraft, if within 500 to 1,000 feet, would have produced noise audible inside the helicopter; (5) the FAA requires either a strobe or a rotating beacon on either the top or bottom of the fuselage, (6) FAA requires that no aircraft shall fly below 10,000 feet msl at speeds above 250 knots; (7) some of the features of a conventional aircraft would have been seen, e.g., wings, engine pods, windows, empennage, numbers, logo.
Coyne reported that the Magnaflux/Zygio method of nondestructive testing was applied to the rotors the following day and that there was no indication that they had been subjected to fatigue-producing stresses. Comparable times/distances/directions support the possibility that the red light first seen by the C. family, Healey’s red light, and the object of the encounter were all one and the same. Yanacsek’s red light on the eastern horizon was under continuous observation and was unequivocally the object of the encounter.
The case has maintained its high “strangeness-credibility” rating after extended investigation and analysis.
Jennie Zeidman

Large disc with light beam follows car near Nowra, Australia

Date: January, 1973
Location: Nowra, Australia

Source: Bill Chalker, (1996)

Elizabeth C and her family regularly took their Christmas holidays on the South Coast of New South Wales. One evening, Elizabeth was driving an old Valiant car carrying four other people. The encounter occurred in early January of 1973 just as the group passed the turnoff to Sussex Inlet. Elizabeth drew the attention of the others to the presence of a light ahead. To Elizabeth it looked like the light from an approaching semi-trailer. Then it seemed to move to her left and approached the car like an aircraft passing by. It was then that events took an extraordinary turn. The object, perceived as a bright light, appeared to reverse direction and began to travel alongside the car. This represented a 180 degree change in direction for the UFO. At this point the object appeared to be very large, at ground level and quite close. It maintained a parallel course with them for approximately the next 24 kilometres.
Elizabeth described the object as large, with red lights under portholes. The red lights looked like a thin ribbon of light. Elizabeth said the night was very dark. At that point the UFO was apparent as a large disc-shaped object with possible ‘window’ features along its length. There appeared to be a distinct ‘searchlight’ beam effect that rotated around the bottom of the object. At least one of the witnesses, an army officer, who was in the best position to see the extraordinary display, was certain that figures could be seen in the windows of the object.
At a point near the turnoff to HMAS Albatross Naval Base, the object seemed to suddenly vanish. It appeared to have instantly relocated to a high altitude and moved in a large arc around Nowra and then headed out to sea, where it was lost to sight.
Later that morning, one of the group saw something decidedly odd at their campsite at Shoalhaven Heads. A large number of holidaying campers were gathered at the ocean edge. They saw a number of helicopters passing low over the campsite, heading out to sea. The helicopters were flying over a fiery mass in the water. Yet the Navy later said it knew nothing of this incident. Because of their earlier experience and the campsite events, three members of the group, including Elizabeth, went to HMAS Albatross to report their experience. They feared a light-hearted or even an unwelcome reception; instead the group was the subject of a high level and detailed interview. They were told that the UFO had had numerous witnesses, and that the base radar had been affected by the UFO during the incident. The army officer in the group said that after he had returned to his unit he was interviewed about the South Coast experience by intelligence officers.
I later interviewed Elizabeth C and the army officer who was with her, and found them to be impressive and compelling witnesses. There seems little doubt that something extraordinary happened, but no official confirmation has been made. I contacted the Navy, which denied all knowledge of the incident.

The Isla De Lobos Case in Uruguay

Date: October 28, 1972
Location: Isla de Lobos, Uruguay
Source: Dr. Willy Smith (UNICAT Project)/ C.I.O.V.I.
[go to original source]
DATE: October 28, 1972
TIME: 10:15 P.M.
DURATION: 1 minute
PLACE: Isla de Lobos, Uruguay
35 deg. 1’ S.; 54 deg. 53’ W.
(a) The place.
Isla de Lobos is a small island a few miles off the Uruguayan coast, just where the River Plate meets the Atlantic Ocean. Its name means literally “island of the fur seals”, as these animals roam freely, and it is a lonely place where the only outstanding feature is the lighthouse.
The maintenance of this lighthouse is the responsibility of the Navy, and for that purpose a small garrison of 4 or 5 men is kept on the island. Their main task is to attend to the electric generators, as the actual operation of the beam is automatic. It is a routine and non-stressing job, and the tours of duty are 15 days in and 15 days out.
(b) The incident.
On the night of October 28, 1972, there were five men at the house which serves as headquarters for the Navy personnel: the witness, Corporal Juan Fuentes Figueroa; two enlisted men, Jose Gomez and Hector Gimenez; a telegraph operator, Jose Lima; and the sub-officer in charge, Francisco Cascudo. After dinner, the men sat around the table for a while, talking and playing cards, until at 10:10 PM it was time for Corporal Fuentes to inspect the generators, which are located at the base of the lighthouse proper.
The lighthouse is a 66-meter-high tower sitting at the center of a large building which contains the electric generators, the telegraph office and other dependencies. The top of this building is a flat terrace, which is about 6 meters above the adjacent terrain (Fig.1). The house where the garrison lives is at a distance of 45 meters from the lighthouse.
As soon as Cpt. Fuentes started to walk toward the lighthouse, he noticed on top of the terrace some lights that shouldn’t be there. In fact, he thought first of a car, a complete impossibility, and his reaction was to return to the house and procure a pistol that he had in his room. To do this, he didn’t have to pass through the kitchen where the other men were, so he didn’t speak to them. As will be discussed later, this behavior is typical of the personality of the witness.
Carrying the pistol, he went outside again and started walking decisively but not fast toward the lighthouse, meanwhile removing the safety from the gun and cocking it. As he advanced, he noted that the object had several lights: some white, some yellowish, and a third color that he describes as violet, as in the “rainbow”. Those lights were sufficient to allow him a good view, and he saw that a figure was next to the object and that a second was in the process of descending. A third and taller figure started to descend almost at once, but at the same moment, the initial two figures noticed Fuentes progressing toward them. They had what appeared to Fuentes as a moment of communication, and all three of them faced him.
By that time, Fuentes was at about 27 meters from the object, which, we will recall, was on the top of a 6-meter terrace. Hence, the object was above him, and he started to raise his extended arm to shoot. He was never to complete his motion, as the entities prevented him, from doing so. Fuente, a man of limited education, tried in vain to explain to the investigators how this was accomplished. It was not telepathy, and he felt some physical effects, like a “vibration” and his hair standing on end; but more than anything else it was like a premonition, in his words like: “Don’t shoot because it is useless”. At any rate, he felt paralyzed and confused, and was unable to shoot.
The action continued rather fast: the entities reentered their craft, the tallest one first. Although Fuentes did not see steps or a handrail, he could see quite well the motion of the figures against the lights of the object, outlined by the light coming out through the open door. He is certain that there were steps, as while the entities were climbing up with their backs toward the witness, their motions were like those of a person pulling himself up with handrails.
The door closed sideways, and the craft started to move straight up, emitting a humming sound until it reached about 45 meters, as judged by the adjacent lighthouse tower. It then tilted, belched a blinding fireball from the bottom, and disappeared in silence at a tremendous speed toward the southeast.
The witness returned to the house, where the other men noticed him white as a paper and still with a gun in hand. When he said that he had seen a flying saucer, he was not believed, except perhaps by Sub-Officer Cascudo.
Corporal Fuentes was rather upset that his equals and his immediate superiors were dubious of his story, and was planning when he returned to Montevideo to go to one of the leading newspapers and make his experience public. However, before this was accomplished, he was ordered to report to a higher ranking officer, who carefully listened to what Fuentes had to say. He then disappeared into an office in which two members of the personnel of the American Embassy had been waiting.
According to Fuentes, they were officers of the “Spatial Affair Service”, (sic) and their presence in the Command Offices was not unusual. Fuentes was left waiting in the corridor, and after a while someone came out and offered him some drawings for inspection and asked him to select the one closest to what hi has seen. He did so and was dismissed. He never talked directly to the Americans, but from the conversation overheard through the door, he concluded that they were surprised at the short distance of Fuente’s observation. And I am amazed at the continuous interest shown by American Embassies in collecting information about a phenomenon that we have been told many times does not exist…
(c) Craft and entities.
While the whole incident lasted about one minute, Corporal Fuentes had the object in direct view for more than about 15 seconds. It was well illuminated by its own lights, and it was fortuitous that the external lights usually illuminating the exterior of the installations were not in operation that night. If the floodlights had been on, they would have prevented a clear view by the witness, even blinding him at the location of the observation. As things turned out, he observed the entities in the background light of their own craft, and even if this prevented him from seeing facial details, for example, their outline and motions were quite evident.
When Corporal Fuentes started to walk toward the lighthouse, the first entity was already on the terrace, while the second was alighting from the craft. These two entities were about 1.50 m. (5 ft), while the third one, the last to descend, was 1.75-1.80 m. (6 ft). Thus, their heights were within the normal human limits (Fig. 2). Their silhouettes were dark, as if they were wearing heavy black rubber suits. The witness attributed their slow and deliberate motions to the weight of their suits, and thinks that his presence surprised the strangers at the beginning of an operation never to be completed. Their descent from the craft was done backwards, as if using a ladder not seen by the witness. Likewise, when they climbed back into the object, their motions were those of a person pulling himself up using handrails.
The most distinctive feature of the entities, clearly noticeable in the profile view that they offered to the witness, was the elongated shape of the back o their heads. It is not clear if this corresponds to the heads themselves, or it is was the result of some type of hood or garment.
The craft itself had the shape of an inverted bowl, with a diameter of between 4 and 5 meters. It had a dome on top and a rectangular aperture or door, used by the entities to descend (Fig. 3). It also had legs, which the witness saw clearly during the first stage of the departure. as the craft was slowly gaining altitude. Those legs did not fold like the landing gear of a plane, but retracted telescopically.
The surface of the craft was undoubtedly metallic, with a somewhat reddish color that Fuentes compared to mahogany. The most distinctive feature of the object was the antenna that topped it, shaped like a corkscrew and rotating.
The lights have already been described, and it only is necessary to add that they seemed to Fuentes like “little squares”, moving and flashing like “an advertising sign”.
(d) The witness.
This is a single witness sighting, and yet it has become the best case coming from Uruguay due to the in-depth investigation done by the members of C.I.O.V.I.. This paper is based on the information contained in their report on this case. (Ref.1).
The first stage of the investigation consisted of two lengthy interviews with the witness in his own home. The two interviews were recorded, and the transcripts do not reveal any discrepancies in the narrative.
This was followed by an “in situ” reconstruction of the events. with the participation of the witness. Sub-officer Cascudo, present on the island that night, verified that the initial version by Corporal Fuentes was similar to the subsequent descriptions relayed later to the investigating team. Sub-officer Cascudo, as well as other superiors of Corporal Fuentes, described him as a “simple and honest man, incapable of inventing a story of this nature”.
But indeed the most fascinating part of the CIOVI investigation was to request the assistance of a professional and to submit the witness to a battery of psychological tests that extended over a total of 9 hours, and that included, among others, Raven, Bender, Rorschach and PMK.
The result of those various tests dwell on positive and negative aspects of the personality of the witness, but when analyzed in the light of the narrative presented by Corporal Fuentes, they complement each other and tend to lend credibility to the story.
In what follows, the key elements of the psychological evaluation will be indicated with quotation marks, interspace with comments on how they relate to the particular facets of the case.
First of all, the witness is described as “sincere, uncomplicated and simple”. He expresses what for him is the truth, and he does that in a straighrforward manner, with no cultural burden distiring what he has to say.
The witness “has no tendency to fabrication or fantasy”, which if existing would damage his credibility. Moreover, he has “less that average intellectual capacity”, to which the psychologist adds that he “lacks an average imagination” and “has a remarkably poor knowledge of what is going on in the social environment”. All of these are pluses from the viewpoint of the credibility of the witness, and negate the possibility of him having created the whole story. And in fact, the investigators were able to determine that the ufological knowledge of the witness was practically non-existent.
From the emotional viewpoint, the witness is typified as “insecure, prompt to react anxiously and even aggressively” to an unexpected situation. That is exactly what the witness did when confronted with the impossible presence of a car on the terrace: his first reaction was to arm himself, although he could not explain later to the investigators what he intended to do with the gun. But he was following his training, and thus bolstered his confidence.
Another result of the psychological tests is that the witness has “a balanced psychic personality”, and it is “unlikely that he would confabulate by himself, unless an external event would upset him”. To summarize, his poor intellectual capacity and lack of imagination did not allow him to reason what was best to do when confronted with the unexpected, and instead of firing his gun or alerting his companions, he failed to do either, remaining paralyzed and confused. When he returned to the house, the other men noticed his trembling voice and his pale color, so there is no question that an external stimulus affected him deeply.
The conclusion, then, is that the psychology and personality of the witness are such that his reactions and behavior under the circumstances are totally compatible. Therefore, the probability that the witness is telling the truth is very great.
Of course, there is always an uncertainty about what percentage of the description of the witness corresponds to the physical reality of the object and the entities, but we can assert that in fact that Isla de Lobos is a remote place, moreover, a restricted area with difficult access, controlled by the Uruguayan Navy, and where no conventional explanations are viable, the inescapable conclusion is that this case is, using Dr. Maccabee’s coined word, a TRUFO.
(1) Hourcade, Milton. et al.; INFORME FINAL EN EL CASO DE LA ISLA DE LOBOS DEL 28 DE OCTUBRE DE 1972; C.I.O.V.I., March 1975.
ABOUT THE AUTHOR: Dr. Smith earned his Ph.D. from the University of Michigan, and after many years dedicated to teaching physics at universities in the United State and Europe, he now devotes most of his time to the study of the UFO phenomenon, whose reality he considers indisputable.

US aircraft carrier ‘stopped’ by large, glowing UFO; electromagnetic effects

Date:  1971
Location: Caribbean / Bermuda Triangle,

Source: Jim Kopf

US Aircraft Carrier stopped by UFO
By Jim Kopf
This encounter occurred in 1971, while aboard the aircraft carrier, USS John F. Kennedy CVA-67 (now CV-67) in the Bermuda Triangle. I was assigned to the communications department of the Kennedy and had been in this section about a year. The ship was returning to Norfolk, VA after completing a two week operational readiness exercise (ORE) in the Caribbean. We were to stand down for 30 days, after arriving in Norfolk, Virginia, to allow the crew to take leave and visit family before deploying to the Mediterranean for six months.
I was on duty in the communications center. My task was to monitor eight teletypes printing the “Fleet Broadcasts”. On the top row were four teletypes each printing messages from four different channels. On the bottom row were four more doing the exact same thing except the signal was carried on different frequencies. If one of the primary receivers started taking “hits” I would be able to retrieve the message from the bottom one. I also notified Facilities Control of any hits so they could tune the receivers. On the other side of the compartment(room) was the NAVCOMMOPNET (Naval Communications Operations Network). This was the Ship to Shore circuit with the top teletype being the receive and the bottom as the send (known as a duplex circuit). Next to this was the Task Group Circuit for ship to ship communications (task group operations or TGO).
It was in the evening, about 20:30 (8:30 PM) and the ship had just completed an eighteen hour “Flight Ops”. I had just taken a message off one of the broadcasts and turned around to file it on a clip board. When I turned back to the teletypes the primaries were typing garbage. I looked down to the alternates which were doing the same. I walked a few feet to the intercom between us and the Facilities Control. I called them and informed them of the broadcasts being out. A voice replied that all communications were out. I then turned and looked in the direction of the NAVCOMMOPNET and saw that the operator was having a problem. I then heard the Task Group operator tell the watch officer that his circuit was out also. In the far corner of the compartment was the pneumatic tubes going to the Signal bridge (where the flashing light and signal flag messages are sent/receive). There is an intercom there to communicate with the Signal Bridge and over this intercom we heard someone yelling “There is something hovering over the ship!” A moment later we heard another voice yelling. “IT IS GOD! IT’S THE END OF THE WORLD!”.
We all looked at each other, there were six of us in the Comm Center, and someone said, “Lets go have a look!”. The Comm Center is amidships, just under the flight deck, almost in the center of the ship. We went out the door, through Facilities Control and out that door, down the passageway (corridor) about 55 feet to the hatch that goes out to the catwalk on the edge of the flight deck (oppisite from the “Island” or that part of the ship where the bridge is). If you have ever been to sea, there is a time called the time of no horizon. This happens in the morning and evening just as the sun comes up or goes down over the horizon.
During this time you cannot tell where the sea and sky meet. This is the time of evening it was. As we looked up, we saw a large, glowing sphere. Well it seemed large, however, there was no point of reference. That is to say, if the sphere were low; say 100 feet above the ship, then it would have been about two to three hundred feet in diameter. If it were say 500 feet about the ship then it would have been larger. It made no sound that I could hear. The light coming from it wasn’t too bright, about half of what the sun would be. It sort of pulsated a little and was yellow to orange.
We didn’t get to looked at it for more than about 20 seconds because General Quarters (Battle stations) was sounding and the Communication Officer was in the passageway telling us to get back into the Comm Center. We returned and stayed there (that was out battle station). We didn’t have much to do because all the communication was still out. After about 20 minutes, the teletypes started printing correctly again. We stayed at General Quarters for about another hour, then secured. I didn’t see or hear of any messages going out about the incident.
Over the next few hours, I talked to a good friend that was in CIC (combat information center) who was a radar operator. He told me that all the radar screens were just glowing during the time of the incident. I also talked to a guy I knew that worked on the Navigational Bridge. He told me that none of the compasses were working and that the medics had to sedate a boatswains mate that was a lookout on the signal bridge. I figured this was the one yelling it was God. It was ironic that of the 5,000 men on a carrier, that only a handful actually saw this phnomenon. This was due to the fact that flight Ops had just be completed a short time before this all started and all the flight deck personnel were below resting. It should be noted that there are very few places where you can go to be out in the open air aboard a carrier. From what I could learn, virtually all electronic components stopped functioning during the 20 minutes or so that what ever it was hovered over the ship. The two Ready CAPs (Combat Air Patrol), which were two F-4 Phantoms that are always ready to be launched, would not start.
I heard from the scuttlebut (slang – rumor mill) that three or four “men in trenchcoats” had landed, and were interviewing the personnel that had seen this phenomena. I was never interviewed, maybe because no one knew that I had seen it.
A few days latter, as we were approaching Norfolk, the Commanding and Executive Officers came on the closed circuit TV system that we had. They did this regularly to address the crew and pass on information. During this particular session the Captain told us how well we did on the ORE and about our upcoming deployment to the Mediterranean. At the very end of his spiel, he said “I would like to remind the crew, that certain events that take place aboard a Naval Combatant Ship, are classified and are not to be discussed with anyone without a need to know”. This was all the official word I ever received or heard of the incident.
Being young and excited about my visit home and going to the Med, I completely forgot about it until years later when my wife and I went to see “Close Encounters of the Third Kind” at the movies when it first came out. In fact the friend that had been the radar operator was with his wife and went with us. As we walked across the parking lot to my car, I ask him if he remembered what We had experienced years earlier on the ship. He looked at me and said he never wanted to talk about it again. As he said it he turned a little pale. I never talked about the incident again. When I discovered “Aliens and Strange Phenomenon” on MSN and started reading the posts I started thinking about it again. Now I seem obsessed in finding out all I can about this phenomena.
Jim Kopf
Mt. Airy, Maryland

Military sighting of ball of opaque light started out small, grew to 5 times moon size

Date:  1970
Location: Ft. Gordon, Georgia, United States
Source: UFO Evidence
[go to original source] (Currently says 404 Error)
Date Posted: 3/28/2004 8:52:24 PM
Day/Night: DawnDusk
Duration: 20 min.
No. of Witnesses: 200+
No. of Object(s): SingleFull Description and Details:
Our company had fallen out for morning formation. we were waiting for the 1st seargent to join us when someone in our ranks started saying “what is that?” I looked down the ranks of my platoon and saw that they were pointing at a point approx. 30 degrees above the horizon. What I saw was an object that first appeared to be a full moon only larger by half than I had ever seen it. As I continued watching it, it steadily grew in size untill it was at least 5 times larger than I have ever seen the moon be. There were no light and dark areas on the surface such as the moon has, yet the surface was luminous and exactly as the moon would look if there were no other features on its face. It sat there for about 20 sec. and then a beam of light started (and I do mean started because it moved out from the object very slowly, Its width being the width of the object itself but narrowing as it moved towards the ground, it looked like the beam of a flahlight in reverse only in slow motion
it was about halfway down when 2 F-4s took off under military afterburner and banked straight for could tell they were in afterburner by the length of their exhaust plume. At the same time our first seargent came out of the day room and after seeing what we were hollering about turned around and ran back into his office (apparently to notify someone}. The 2 F-4s formed up and were heading straight towards this object of which it was impossible to tell exactly how far away it was when the beam reversed direction, went back to the object and the object left moving straight awy from us so fast it looked like what happened in those old tube type tv’s when you turned them off and that picture shrunk down to a dot in about 1 sec. Ever since this happened, I have been interested in ufo’s. Always expecting to read an account of this particular sighting. Mainly because not only was it veiwed by my whole company, but apparently by the bases aircraft control tower and someone with the authority to scramble two military aircraft. As soldiers we never heard another word as to what we saw. I can’t beleive no-one has come forward and told about this after so many years, so I am for whatever it’s worth.Personal BackgroundAerospace machinist (computer numerical control).

Reported Sighting? No
Name: Lanny Ward
Location: Everett, Wash
Age: 52

22. Chilean Navy ship encounters large UFO; tracked on radar
Date: October 24, 1969
Location: Chile
Source: Bill Chalker
[go to original source]
An Extraordinary UFO Incident Off Chile
by Bill Chalker
Bill Chalker, an industrial chemist by profession, is one of Australia’s leading UFO investigators. He lives In New South Wales.
Editor’s note: Incredible tales of military UFO encounters and cover-ups are legion in the ufological literature. Most depend on the testimony of a single informant. This one is no exception and for that reason must be viewed, unless and until verifying evidence comes forward, as no more than an interesting anecdote. We are publishing it not because we consider it “evidence” of anything — it clearly is not –but because it resembles other such stories in a remarkable way.
That means that either the claimant is drawing on a body of widespread folklore or he, like other claimants telling like tales, is speaking the truth. Chile, a military dictatorship, does not have a Freedom of Information Act to which inquirers seeking verification can turn. Readers who might have access to information that could shed light on this claim are urged to write IUR.
Because of a series of chance events and an overseas trip, I had the opportunity to interview an alleged witness to an extraordinary event that supposedly took place in the Pacific Ocean, about 350 miles to the south of Valparaiso Port, off the coast of Chile. The incident involved a Chilean Naval destroyer and was witnessed by crew members and the commander of the vessel. Up to six UFOs, including one large object, were observed. The objects were verified on radar and observed visually. As the main object moved over the ship, the vessel’s power went out.
As extraordinary as the event itself is its alarming aftermath. According to my informant, a cover-up followed and the witnesses were held in confinement in port for two days, subjected to intense psychological pressures to force them to believe they saw nothing out of the ordinary.
The name of my informant cannot be revealed. He says, however, that he was on duty during the incident and observed the whole event. The location of the interview, even the country in which it took place, also cannot be given. The witness fears that disclosure of either detail could cause him to be recalled to active service in the Chilean Navy. Although he has already served his term of service, he is concerned that enforced military service could be used as a form of punishment.
I must point out that from the very beginning I have been skeptical of many UFO cover-up claims. From my experience as the first civilian researcher to have comprehensive access to the Royal Australian Air Force UFO files, however, I have become more open-minded about such allegations. In this regard I was willing to consider the testimony of my Chilean informant, who to all appearances was sincerely frightened by the events he described to me. That does not mean I have become a ‘believer,’ only that I believe such claims deserve a fair hearing.
The event
Just after midnight, on or about October 24, 1969, a Chilean Navy destroyer, a week out of dry dock at Talcahuano Port (where the ship’s axle had been removed and replaced), was navigating at 20 knots and heading north 20 degrees portside from NNW). The incredible events that followed took place over the next eight minutes.
At 12:43 A.M. the radar officer reported a long-range flying contact. A minute later the “contact” was at 400 miles. Because of the “object’s” speed, the operator suspected a malfunction in his equipment. In the next minute the contact was approximately 150 miles away closing from 331 degrees of true north. But the operator and officer in charge during the late night duty (an officer of second-class rank) speculated that the contact was a “plane flying southeast” –but at 213 miles in a minute: 12,780 mph!
The officer in charge advised the ship’s commander, who asked that an eye be kept on the object. At 12:47 the contact was only 12 miles away. Suddenly the single contact became six “targets.” The “thing spread …. Little dots appeared in the fire of the light on the radar….”
The officer in charge informed the commander just as the objects making the returns came into view. Both eyewitnesses and radar were reporting six objects approaching the ship. The commander came up to the ship’s bridge to see what was going on.
It was a fantastic sight. One massive object and five small objects were approaching at high speed. The “big thing looked like a big box [with] semicircles in the side” looking as if they had been scooped out. It was bathed in brilliant light. “The thing must have been metallic,” my informant told me. “It was bigger than the destroyer, which was about 110 metres long.” He thought it might be at least twice the length of the ship but it was difficult to tell because “the light was bright.”
The five smaller objects were egg-shaped and appeared to be no bigger than eight feet long and five to six feet wide. They were bluish in color.
At about 2000 yards out from the destroyer the smaller objects left the proximity of the larger object. Three went portside and two went starboard. The smaller objects at times seemed to be flying in “elliptical circles backwards and forwards between the big one and our vessel ….
“The main thing did not change direction — if it had been in the sea there would have been a collision.”
A humming noise was audible when the large object got to within 300 yards. It was at this point that the power went out. For a couple of seconds all instruments went dead as the huge craft passed overhead.
At this point the commander came on to the bridge, asking, “What the hell is that?” My informant remarked that the commander “was very calm, because probably he knew what he saw. We didn’t.
“You could see the whole thing, the light was so strong. You could see the water, the funnel head, the head of the ship, the towers, everything… Everybody on the bridge was sort of listening to the noise. I don’t know how long this thing took to go across.”
The bright red lights underneath the main UFO seemed to be moving back and forth inside the “box,” shining through a half-circle or crescent shape on the bottom of the object. On the side were what looked like “corn cobs,” with green or turquoise pulsing lights. These lights, my informant said, “went right through your head.”
The large object passed over the powerless ship. When it was 200 yards away, everything returned to normal. The smaller objects, never coming closer than 500 to 1000 yards, flew around the ship and joined up with the larger object on the other side.
The main object continued on its way until it was about two miles beyond the ship. At that point, along with (we assume) the smaller-objects, it vanished. “It was like somebody opened a big door; then it closed and it was darkness. The only thing that was left behind was like floating little bits of metallic paper.”(!)
At least eight minutes had passed. Three persons had tracked the UFOs on radar. Five persons saw the objects themselves. The ship’s commander ordered everyone to keep silent about what they had seen.
The Cover-Up
The “cover-up” started immediately, According to my informant, the officer in charge (the second-class officer) had made several entries concerning the UFO incident in the ship’s log.
The entries at midnight and on either side of the UFO entries-were routine. Duty proceeded normally for the rest of the morning.
Awakening after he had retired from his shift, the officer rechecked the log, only to find normal entries in what appeared to be his own handwriting. The UFO incident was not mentioned. The officer had been left-handed but an accident had forced him to use his right hand. Because writing was difficult for him, he had to press down hard on the paper. He had to press down so hard, in fact;-that the outline of what he wrote was always visible on the page. But when he checked, it was not. In other words, someone had forged his handwriting but neglected this telltale physical detail.
At 6:45 that morning the destroyer arrived in Valparaiso Port. After eating breakfast, the men on duty during the UFO event were asked to report to the commander. He told them that some people were coming to talk with them and that they were to go with them. The visitors turned out to be two Chilean Navy officers and four Americans in civilian clothes. The Americans, who spoke Spanish, were identified as naval attaches with the U.S. embassy.
The six witnesses were taken to a mine- or torpedo-storage area at the port. Each was taken to a separate room.
My informant was directed to explain what happened last night. When he told them, they said, “No, you didn’t see that !”
“I said that’s what we saw,” my informant related to me. “They started getting very cranky. They said, ‘No, you didn’t see it. You didn’t see anything. You know nothing.’
“I spoke to the highest-ranking officer there, a tactic commander in the Chilean Navy: ‘Are we under arrest or what?’ He said, ‘No you are not.’ “
Asked why they were there, the Chilean officer replied, ‘You are under orders. These people just want to talk to you, to put you on the right track.”
My informant claimed, “While the men never asked us to go through the story in detail, they knew what had happened by the questions they asked. They also had the radar-plot blueprint.” They were more interested in securing his silence than in getting information about the event from him.
For two days the harassment continued. “Every two hours,” the informant said, “this guy would come up. ‘What do you think now?’ he’d say… We had arguments. They didn’t have any right to do what they were doing.”
My informant threatened to complain when he got out. He was told that if he did so, that would be the end of him. He did not see the other witnesses at any point during the two day interrogation. He was not allowed to sleep until he signed a document. Finally, after he had done so, he was put in a jeep and driven to another location. One week later he was transferred unexpectedly from destroyer duty. He never saw the others again.
As I listened to this man tell his story, I was struck with the passion of his tone. If he was making this up, he was an excellent actor.
His claim that he had been placed in confinement following the sighting was especially interesting to me. In fact, the account sounds exactly like something out of the NBC-television movie The Disappearance of Flight 412, said to have been based on the real life experience of one of the scriptwriters, Neal B. Burger. Burger’s experience supposedly took place in 1951. (My informant claimed not to have seen the movie.) A similar story, involving a U.S. Navy man who allegedly was subjected to similar pressures in Panama in 1973, is recounted in Fawcett and Greenwood’s Clear Intent (1984).
This reference: International UFO Reporter September/October 1985, pp. 4-6

Navy ship HMAS Hobart hit during Vietnam UFO encounter?

Date: June 15, 1968
Location: DMZ, Viet Nam
Source: AUFORN Special Report, Issue 34, April 2003
Story by Jon Wyatt
In June 1968 Australia was dismayed by the news that the guided-missile destroyer HMAS Hobart had been badly damaged by ‘friendly fire’ in Vietnam: Two crew died and seven were wounded during the USAF attack.
Officially, the Hobart ‘Incident’ occurred during a night operation against ‘enemy helicopters’ – but was it in reality a UFO story?
The evidence is very intriguing, and to find out why let’s go to the beginning.
On Friday, 15 June 1968, Allied forward spotters along the eastern part of the Demilitarised Zone, a 9.6km wide strip separating North and South Vietnam, reported seeing about 30 strange slow-moving ‘lights’ in the night sky. At the time the belief was these were lumbering North Vietnamese Russian-built M-14 ‘Hound’ helicopters ferrying men and materiel over the border.
After the sightings, Allied Command, fearing another Tet Offensive-style build-up, rushed more anti-aircraft guns to the border, and placed Phantom fighter-bombers at Danang Air Base on standby, and it also asked available Allied warships to patrol the DMZ coast. HMAS Hobart II one of those warships that responded.
That night, the forward spotters along the eastern DMZ again reported the ‘enemy helicopters’ had re-appeared, and the Allied forces sprang into action.
Details of the subsequent aerial ‘melee’ remain sketchy, but it is known several US 7th Air Force Phantom fighter-bombers soon arrived on the scene and began firing on the intruders; and were supported by anti-aircraft ground fire. During the Allied attack the ‘enemy helicopters’ were seen to move down the east coast and then out to the sea – and there things went terribly wrong.
A US Navy Board of Inquiry, which investigated the Hobart ‘incident’ for the Australian government, found shortcomings of the Phantom’s radar system were partly to blame: to stop big targets flooding the radarscope the radar had a cut-off mechanism, so the returns from a warship and a slow moving low flying helicopter could appear similar on-screen.
After the ‘lights’ fled seaward, the first ‘friendly fire’ incident occurred shortly after midnight when the US Navy swift boat PCF-19 was sunk by three air-to-air missiles while patrolling some kilometres south of the DMZ. Five of the seven crew died (more about this later).
At about 3.30am, the Hobart was patrolling (blacked-out and maintaining radio silence) near Tiger Island, about 20kms off Cap Lay, when her radar room detected a fast, in-coming aircraft. The IFF (Identication Friend of Foe) system indicated it was ‘friendly’ and the ship was attempting to establish further identity when a Sparrow air-to-air missile struck her amidships on the starboard (right) side. The missile penetrated the alluminum hull and exploded killing Ordinary Seaman R J Butterworth and wounding two others.
While the crew was rushing to Action Stations, two more air-to-air missiles penetrated the starboard side and killed Chief Electrician Hunt and wounded several others – and narrowly missed a magazine. Hobart fired five rounds from a deckgun, but the swept-winged attacker escaped.
During the DMZ ‘lights’ operation, the guided-missile destroyer USS Edson, the guided-missile cruiser USS Boston, the US Coast Guard cutter Point Dume, and the USS PCF-19 also came under ‘friendly fire’ , but fortunately without causing more casualties.
Eventually, the Phantom pilots involved in the operation that night and early morning, were recalled and grounded.
After daybreak, US helicopters airlifted the wounded Australian sailors to Danang and the damaged Hobart went to Subic Bay, Philippines, for repairs and was off the scene for five weeks – and that night DMZ ‘lights’ returned.
Whatever the ‘lights’ actually were remains a subject of conjecture, but it appears they were sighted for some weeks and went unchallenged. A week after the Hobart ‘incident’ the Melbourne Sun noted: “sightings were reported by radarmen in Quang Tri Province about five miles [eight kms] below the border zone. It was the sixth time since last Saturday that such sightings have been reported … US command has ordered its fighter-bombers and artillery to withhold fire not wanting a repeat of the incidents in which the Allied ships were fired upon.”
Also adding further to the mystery, no wreckage of downed enemy choppers was found. In August 1968 the Royal Australian Navy News confirmed: “No physical evidence of helicopters destroyed has been discovered in the area of activity nor has extensive reconnaissance produced any evidence of enemy helicopter operations in or near the DMZ”.
In 1996 I interviewed the Hobart’s skipper, the late Ken Shands, and he also said, “Neither before nor after the incident … was there any report by any of the ships of a helicopter being there [around Tiger Island]. Now having said that, the captain of one of the American ships told me later at Subic Bay that he thought there were helicopters there, but the fact is he didn’t report, and if he believed there was a helicopter … it was his duty to report it at the time, but there was no report.”
So what appeared over the DMZ that sparked the mission that saw Hobart hit?
The events of that night have doubtless raised much discussion – it was the RAN’s costliest day of the entire war – and Australian navy history books mention ‘unusual atmospheric conditions over the DMZ’, ‘insect swarms’ or ‘bird flocks’ as possible sources of the sightings, but were they unidentified flying objects?
General George S Brown (1918-1978) was commander of the 7th US Air Force and deputy commander for Air Operations, Military Assistance Command Vietnam from 1968 to 1970 – and so was in command of the Phantoms involved in the snafu. In later years he rose to chair the Joint Chiefs of Staff in Washington. In 1973, he fronted a Chicago media conference held to discuss the North American UFO flap of that year, and while airing his views on UFOs at the conference he said:
“I don’t know whether this story has ever been told or not [but UFOs plagued us in Vietnam]. They weren’t called UFOs they were called enemy helicopters, and they were only seen at night and they were only seen in certain places. They were seen up around the DMZ in the early summer of ’68, and this resulted in quite a battle. And in the course of this, an Australian destroyer [Hobart] took a hit … there was no enemy at all involved but we always reacted. Always after dark. The same thing happened up at Pleiku at the Highlands in ’69”.
George Filer, today Director of the Mutual UFO Network Eastern, USA, served as a USAF intelligence officer under General Brown during the Vietnam conflict, and he has also said, “In 1968, I briefed General Brown the USAF Chief of Staff most mornings on the intelligence situation in Vietnam… a lot of times we’d get UFO reports over the DMZ”.
The late Bill Cooper served as a patrol-boat captain in Vietnam from 1967 to 1969, and during a talk at the 1989 Los Angeles UFO conference he said:
“After about five months I was sent up north to the DMZ, to a place called Qua Vieaf [perhaps Qua Viet] on the Tacan [sic] river …. It was while there that I discovered that there was a tremendous amount of UFO and alien activity in Vietnam. It was always reported in official messages as ‘enemy helicopters’. Now any of you who know anything about the Vietnam war know that the North Vietnamese did not have any helicopters especially after our first couple of air raids into North Vietnam [during 1965]. Even if they had, they would not have been so foolish as to bring them over the DMZ, because that would have ensured their demise.”
Cooper later recanted his belief in an alien presence and instead insisted UFOs are “technology originally developed by the Germans in their secret weapons programs during WW-II, by geniuses like Nikola Tesla and many others”. However the mystery of 1968 DMZ ‘lights’ marched on, and the following is from another American patrol boat crew member.
Jim Steffes, ENC, USN Retired, served on the patrol boat PCF-12 on the night of the Hobart ‘incident’, and he confirms strange goings-on in the sky. In his article ‘The sinking of PCF-19 as seen from PCF-12’, he states the PCF-12 met the ill-fated PCF-19 at sea that night to fix the PCF-19’s radar. At approximately 0030 hours the PCF-12 received a ‘flash traffic’ that PCF-19, the first ‘friendly fire’ target, had disappeared in a flash of light. The PCF-12 reached the scene as Point Dume was pulling the two badly wounded survivors aboard. As PCF-12 searched in vain for more survivors, she found she had company.
As he and the crew peered into the darkness, the moon sometimes behind clouds, “we spotted two aircraft ‘hovering’ on our port and starboard beams. They were about 300 yards away and 100 feet above the water. As the boat swung around to put the aircraft ahead and astern of PCF-12, I could hear Mr. Snyder [the Officer In Charge] requesting air support and identification of these helos. The answer from the beach was ‘no friendly aircraft in the area, have contacts near you on radar and starlight scope’.
Steffes says he saw one ‘helo’ in the moonlight and believed “It had a rounded front like an observation helo and it looked like two crewman sitting side by side”. Then, “I watched as tracers began to come toward us as this helo opened fire. The guns were from the nose of the helo. Our guns opened up and I ran back to my position as the loader on the after gun. We heard a crash of glass and a splash as one of the helos hit the water, the other helo broke contact and left the area.”
Steffes says for the next two and one half hours the PCF-12 played cat and mouse with one or more helos, opening fire whenever they moved in. He also observed the Point Dume firing tracers at blinking lights moving around her in the air. All the radios were crackling constantly as friendlies were checked out. “The result was no friendlies, these had to be North Vietnamese.”
Then, three and a half hours later, at about 3:30am, military jets roared overhead and after they acknowledged the PCF-19’s position, he soon heard explosions and gunfire to the north (the Hobart ‘incident’?). “As dawn broke, we could only see the shoreline and the Point Dume.”
Steffes concluded: “We continued to monitor and track these ‘lights’ for several weeks after this up until September … I know what the ‘official story’ is, but this is mine as true and complete as I can remember.”
Jim Steffes’ story of course raise many fascinating questions including:
Did the PCF-12 crew fall victim to ‘cultural tracking’: aliens using their advanced technology to mimick our technology to interface with humans?
If the lights were North Vietnamese observer helicopters? why did they fly around for hours with their lights on, why weren’t they shot down, and why was no ‘helo’ wreckage ever retrieved?
Many Ufologists believe alien visitors havelong been studying human wars; and this may have been the case in 1968.
Paranormal Postscript:
Hobart served out three tours of duty in Vietnam, however it seems after 1968 she had an extra crewman.
A Signalman, who served on the ship during the 1990s, says that one morning at 4am when the warship was approaching Hobart, Tas., he was climbing a flex ladder to the flag deck when he felt the ladder move below him, then felt “something actually walk past/through me on the ladder”. Then, when he reached the flag deck and entered the Signalmans Shelter, he sensed “someone in there with me and could hear them breathing as though they had been running or working hard”.
The Signalman later learnt from the Chief Coxswain, a 15-year veteran, that “a Leading Seaman Signalman” had been killed while scaling the ladder to action stations in 1968: “Apparently, the ship took a missile hit and a piece of shrapnel took this poor man’s head clean off his shoulders”.
During the late 1990s when the Signalman was re-posted to the ship, he sent a young sailor up the ladder to ‘test the waters’, and the bloke also came down shaking.
The “Green Ghost”, as the ship was also affectionately known, was de-commissioned in May 2000, and scuttled at Yankalilla Bay, south of Adelaide, in late 2002, where she is now a scuba-dive spot.

Russia UFO crash and recovery, 1968

Date: March, 1968
Location: Berezovsky , Russian Federation
Source: (editor, B. J. Booth)
[go to original source]

The Secret KGB UFO Files, The Russian Crash of 1969

The details of a Russian Crash on or about 1969 are sketchy and somewhat suspect. This case comes from the so-called “Secret KGB Files,” which were reportedly smuggled out of the former Soviet Union. Reportedly, $10,000 was paid for the information. The details of these secret files were first offered to the general public on 9-13-98 as part of a TNT special titled “The Secret UFO Files of the KGB.” The show featured extraordinary film and still photographs of the UFO recovery, and also a portion of autopsy film on part of an alien body.

The event itself, according to the files, occurred in the state of Sverdlovsky, which was formerly Yekatrinburg of the USSR. The crash story follows a familiar pattern normally associated with this type of report. The fiery crash of an unknown object occurred in March 1969. The site was secured by the Russian military, and one dead alien was found in the wreckage. The remains of the craft and alien were brought to a secure location, and the alien body was autopsied. Both still and moving pictures were taken of the craft, its retrieval, and the alien autopsy. The autopsy shows only an alien torso and arm. From the size of the body parts, the alien would have been an extremely small being.

The TNT special features Roger Moore, veteran actor and former James Bond, who discusses other UFO events, along with interviews with UFO experts, CIA agents, and other film. Probably the most notable footage is from MIG gun cameras of confrontations with UFOs. There have been only a few still frames of this footage in America, and I have not been able as of this writing, 11-01-2002, to obtain the videos. The show itself is mediocre, and its only redeeming quality is the presentation of the UFO crash story. Supposedly, the crash story was validated by secret KGB documents.

The footage at the crash site does seem to be authentic at least on several points. The truck in the film is a circa 1950 model ZIS151, which has not been used by the military for quite some time, and the truck would have been difficult to find to stage a hoax with. Other elements of the film do not exhibit any obvious signs of a hoax, as to the movement of the soldiers, the timing of the film as to shadows, and the UFO itself.

There are also several documents shown to verify the event itself, and an eyewitness to the event who swears that the recovery mission did occur. The footage of the autopsy film shows personnel without caps and gowns, which seemed odd to me at first, but after some research I found that this was commonplace for that era in Russia.
The furnishings in the room are acceptable, and in Russia have probably not changed much today. Three men in their 20’s and 30’s are performing the procedure, and one woman is taking notes. The note taker is identified as KGB stenographer O. A. Pshonikina. The alien’s torso and arm are lying together on the table as the autopsy is performed, and there are documents shown to support the autopsy.

Although the USA-Russia relationship is much improved over a few years ago, it still lacks. Any information received is subject to translation, and often times there are problems with interpretation. It is sad there is not more cooperation between the two countries. The case of the 1969 retrieval and autopsy are difficult to assess. Until more information is uncovered, it will remain unsubstantiated.



‘For nearly fifty years, the secrecy apparatus within the United States government has kept from the public UFO and alien information, we have contact with alien cultures’. He went on to say ‘the suppression of UFO and other extraterrestrial intelligence information for at least forty-seven years, is probably being orchestrated by an elite band of men in the CIA, NSA, NSS, DIA and their like. This small group appears able to keep these already hard-to-believe secrets very well’.

Statements from various NASA sources, including Maurice Chatelain reveal that all astronauts are briefed and debriefed, before and after every mission, and are warned not to discuss their encounters in public. Rumors of astronauts being ‘threatened’, ‘going mad’, or even ‘losing their lives’ on their return to Earth, abound.
According to Sgt Major Robert Dean, who carried the highest security clearance there is while serving at SHAPE (Supreme Headquarters Allied Powers Europe) in the 1960’s, the US intelligence community is in possession of a top-secret dossier entitled The Assessment, detailing the history of extraterrestrial visitation, and an assessment of their purposes for visiting our planet. For the past twenty years Sgt Major Dean had fought to make this information public knowledge.

Former NASA photographic technician, Donna Tietze said in an interview with a radio station in 1995 ‘The job of a co-worker in a restricted area was to airbrush out any anomalies found on the Moon photos’. The NASA Library is currently in possession of literally millions of photographs, plus an impressive catalogue of transmission tapes and videotapes documenting the presence of UFOs. The Clementine Probe alone sent back 1.6 million photographic images in 1994.

When President Eisenhower  created NASA on October 1st, 1958, it was to ‘coordinate national space activities’ and to take ‘full advantage of the military potential of space’, and yet at the same time was to ‘administer the civilian space program’.

NASA Astronaut Cooper denies seeing UFO in orbit – But Tells of His Dealings With Secret UFO Film

Pioneering astronaut L. Gordon Cooper denies being the first astronaut to see a UFO while in orbit, but stands by his reports of a strange encounter over Germany in the 1950s.Cooper flatly denied the long-standing claim, repeated over the years by various authors including UFOlogical saints J. Allen Hynek and Jacques Vallee, that he saw a greenish object with a red tail move past his Mercury 9 spacecraft in 1963.

“No, somebody made a lot of money selling lies on that one,” Cooper, the sixth American in space, told Art Bell on the syndicated “Coast to Coast” talk radio show recently. “It was totally untrue, sorry to say.” However, the retired air force colonel, who once lectured the United Nations on the reality of UFOs, still holds an “unshakable” belief in extraterrestrial intelligence, thanks largely to personal experience. “On one occasion, I saw some strange vehicles that we assumed were UFOs,” he told Bell.

In the encounter, which took place over Germany in the early 1950s, Cooper saw “flights of fighters flying by in the same sort of formation we flew, moving east to west.” The U.S. Air Force base scrambled its own pilots, including Cooper, who remembers the objects as looking “just like saucers — they were metallic looking, but we couldn’t really get close enough to see more than that. You couldn’t see any wings on them.”

At the time, Cooper entertained the possibility that the craft might be a new Soviet design, but “looking back now,” he suspects “it was some kind of extraterrestrial vehicle.”

He also stood by his belief that he saw a UFO land at Edwards Air Force Base in California in 1957. Although Cooper had been filming the base with a camera crew at the time, the film, which he handed over to a high-ranking officer from Washington, has never emerged.
Area 51 and the lost Gemini photographs
After another round of filming — this time in orbit aboard Gemini 5 — Cooper ran into trouble with the authorities when they confiscated film he took from space. However, in contrast to UFO legend, this film did not contain photographic proof of an alien encounter.Instead, he had ran afoul of the authorities for taking pictures of the “top secret” Nevada military base known familiarly as “Area 51“. “I found out fairly recently that one of the reasons it got confiscated was I had inadvertently … overflown Area 51,” while taking test photos, he said.

Cooper had no comment on the Great Face on Mars. “That’s one of the reasons you need to send a manned mission to Mars, to study that stuff closer,” he told Bell, gently criticizing today’s NASA and recent presidential administrations for lacking the “bravery” to build on previous generations’ space advances.

In recently published memoirs “Leap of Faith: An Astronaut’s Journey into the Unknown”, by USAF Colonel L. Gordon Cooper (Ret.) recounts how he chased UFOs over Germany in his F-86. Following this experience, Cooper was very open minded about UFOs.

He writes,

“I knew an Air Force master sergeant assigned to a team that received an emergency call-out from Washington D.C., to the Pacific southwest (not Roswell.) He told me they reached a canyon and found a wreckage at the site. According to his friend — and I had been around him enough to consider him a reliable guy — a metallic disk-shaped object had crashed, and sitting atop the wreckage were two very human-looking fellows in flight suits, waving at them. They were hustled away, and the sergeant never found out who they were or what happened to them.”

As a captain stationed at Edwards Air Force Base, Calif., on May 3, 1957, he became aware that a metallic, saucer-shaped craft had landed (silently) sometime after 8:00 a.m. on base property. He alleges that the event was filmed by a startled technical film crew on assignment 50 yards away, the craft zooming out of sight when the photographers tried to approach it for a better camera shot. Cooper writes that, upon learning of the incident, he telephoned appropriate Pentagon officials, who ordered him to have all the film developed (but not printed) and to ship it immediately to the Pentagon. He adds that, before complying, he chose to peek at some of the negatives, which confirmed the existence of the “saucer” as described to him by the film crew. Cooper notes that he heard nothing more about the film or the results of any investigation.
After reading the above information, I must ask you this…

  • If NASA was formed as a ‘civilian space agency’, why were so many NASA programs funded by the US Defense Department?
  • Why were all astronauts subjected to US military security regulations?
  • Why were all video and photographic evidence screened by the National Security Agency?
  • Why were all the radio communications screened by the National Security Agency?
  • After spending millions of taxpayers’ dollars planning a ‘Moon City’, why has the Moon not been visited by NASA since 1973?
  • Why are some of NASA’s top photographic technicians employed to ‘airbrush out’ anomalies caught on film?
  • Why are astronauts and other NASA employees threatened with long jail sentences if they ‘speak out’ about what was really discovered out there in space?
  • Do you realize that no information, either photographic or otherwise, reaches the public domain until it has been thoroughly scrutinized and sanitized by the US intelligence community, and has been in effect since the space program began?.
  • Did you know that the main debates before the ‘official’ Moon landings were regarding mining and mineral rights?

Bearing in mind that the rich resources of titanium, aluminium, uranium, helium 3, and god knows what else, were found on the Moon. Do you really think that the US would have then told the rest of the world to come on up and take a share?

Buzz Aldrin has said in his book, ‘Men From Earth’

‘Another exciting energy resource on the moon is… an ample supply of the isotope Helium-3 (HE-3), which is very rare on Earth but has been deposited on the lunar surface over billions of years by the solar wind. It is estimated that at least a million tons of He-3 are readily recoverable from the regolith formations where lunar solar power stations would be practical.



Argentinean Air Force UFO Commission states Mission


Commission for the Study of Aerospace Phenomena


“To document, analyze and study unidentified phenomena in an orderly, systematic and truthful manner by means of conventional control systems on the airspace under the National Jurisdiction.”


Due to the increment of information given by the population regarding sightings of unidentified aerospace phenomena, the Chief of the General Staff of the Argentinean Air Force created the Commission for the Study of Aerospace Phenomena through Resolution Nº 414. Its goal is to contribute in the search for a scientific and technical explanation of those aerospace phenomena which have not been identified.

The commission is composed of full time personnel of the Argentinean Air Force and specialists with a proven record in different fields of research that can contribute an invaluable support to the analysis of each field of study from different perspectives.

It is fundamental for the investigation to count with true information that can describe with the highest precision the observed phenomenon, for which the collaboration of our citizenry is very important.

To that end the Commission can be contacted through the email address

Recognizes UFO Research

Friday, May 20, was an historic day for Ufology in Brazil and in the world as the Brazilian Air Force (FAB), for the very first time in its history, officially receives a committee of top UFO researchers to openly discuss sightings in the country and fully exam classified UFO documents in several military facilities in Brasilia, the Federal Capital.

By doing this very important step, Brazilian Air Force (FAB) has placed Brazil in a very short list of countries whose militaries acknowledge the Ufology as a serious activity and significative effort to fully understand the nature and origin of UFOs. “We want to have all info on the subject, that is withheld by us for some decades, fully released to public, through the UFO community”, declared brigadier Telles Ribeiro, chief of Brazilian Air Force Communication Center.

From left: A. J. Gevaerd, Fernando Ramalho, Roberto Beck, Marco Petit, Rafael Cury e Claudeir Covo at main entrance of the Integrated Center of Air Defense and Air Traffic Control (Centro Integrado de Defesa Aérea e Controle de Trafego Aéreo, Cindacta), after 2 hour of visitation

The Brazilian Government, through the Brazilian Air Force, has finally decided to come forward and recognize the UFO research as a genuine activity as a direct result of the intense pressure made by the campaign UFOs: Freedom of Information Now, a movement started by the Brazilian UFO Magazine in April 2004. The campaign was launched by the Brazilian Committee of UFO Researchers (CBU), composed of 6 UFO civilian researchers: Claudeir Covo, Marco Petit, Rafael Cury, Reginaldo de Athayde, Fernando Ramalho and A. J. Gevaerd (Athayde was sick an replaced by new interim member veteran UFO researcher Roberto Affonso Back

Details of the campaign both in Portuguese and in English can be consulted at: and
A. J. Gevaerd gives to Brazilian Air Force (FAB) brigadier Telles Ribeiro, head of the Brazilian Air Force Communication Center (Cecomsaer), the formal letters of requests that are to be forwarded to Brazilian Air Force (FAB) Commander, the Brazilian Ministry of Defense and the Brazilian president Luis Inacio Lula da Silva, for opening for good the secret UFO documents and start an official committee of UFO research. “We want to have all info on the subject, that is withheld by us for some decades, fully released to public, through the UFO community”, declared brigadier Telles Ribeiro,.

The approach of the Brazilian military by the CBU committee started last February, ten months after the campaign begun, with a phone call from a Brazilian Air Force spokesman, major Antonio Lorenzo, and a formal invitation to a visit and a chat in some Air Force headquarters in Brasilia. Major Lorenzo fully recognized the UFO researchers, efforts in this field and provided a few details of what kind of reserved files and procedures the Brazilian Air Force (FAB) has about the UFO Phenomena and its detection, recording and investigation in the country.

Two meeting between the civilian UFO researchers and the military took place last Friday, May 20, and firstly happened in the headquarters of the Integrated Center of Air Defense and Air Traffic Control (Centro Integrado de Defesa Aérea e Controle de Trafego Aéreo, Cindacta), a very sensitive facility. During two hours, the researchers were given lectures of the procedures conducted at Cindacta and had the chance to visit air traffic control rooms and understand how UFOs could be detected by the Air Force personnel.

From left: Roberto Beck, Rafael Cury, Marco Petit, A. J. Gevaerd, Fernando Ramalho e Claudeir Covo in front of Brazilian Air Defense Command (Comando de Defesa Aerea Brasileiro, Comdabra), a sensitive installation that controls the entire air defense situation in the country and surrounding areas of Atlantic Ocean and South America. The researchers could exam secret UFO files at this facility.

The second and most important meeting took place just after this one at the very reserved facilities of Brazilian Air Defense Command (Comando de Defesa Aerea Brasileiro, Comdabra), an even more sensitive installation that controls the entire air defense situation in the country and surrounding areas of Atlantic Ocean and South America. In this facility the UFO researchers were given full briefing of the top aspects of aerial defense of the country.

It was in this facility that its own commander, brigadier Atheneu Azambuja, admitted to the UFO researchers how concerned the Brazilian military are about the UFO phenomena. Azambuja also gave details of Comdabra procedures and openly admitted that the country has systematically detected and registered UFOs in the country – labeled as “H Traffic” – since 1954. That wasn,t a surprise for the UFO researchers of the Brazilian Committee of UFO Researchers (CBU), but how this registering process took place was.

From left: A. J. Gevaerd, Marco Petit, an spokesman from Comdabra, Rafael Cury, Roberto Beck, Fernando Ramalho e Claudeir Covo, at a meeting room at Brazilian Air Defense Command (Comando de Defesa Aerea Brasileiro, Comdabra). After this point of the visit, nothing could be filmed, taped, videoed or even copies and transcripted

After  detailed explanations of Comdabra activities, brigadier Atheneu Azambuja, for the first time in history, gave full access to the civilian UFO researchers to exam 3 different folders with classified UFO information, cases from specific dates of 1954, 1977 and 1986. The first case was an airplane pursuit of a UFO in the ocean shores of Paraná State.

The second file was much more important. In the folder containing the 1977 docs that could be examined by the UFO researchers were dozens of cases of UFOs in the Amazon with and amazing amount of over 100 pictures made during the so-called Operation Saucer, an official program of UFO investigation by the military that took place from September to December, 1977, and has been fully covered by specialized UFO press over the world.

The third case was the “The Official Night of UFOs in Brazil”, a very significative group of events that happened in May 1986, when 21 objects of over 100 m in diameter jammed Brazilian air traffic control system over Rio de Janeiro, Sao Jose dos Campos and Sao Paulo, mainly, and several jets were sent to intercept – without any success – the intruders.

The Brazilian Air Force (FAB) representatives at those meetings then fully admitted that Ufology is serious business and broadly recognized the activity of UFO research by the civilian UFO community. And also guaranteed that further steps are about to be taken to let the researchers to exam the entire military UFO files in a more comprehensive way. Plus, a committee of military and civilian UFO researchers was promised to start operating very soon, coordinated by the Brazilian Committee of UFO Researchers (CBU)

This certainly means that we will start a new era in Ufology in Brazil and in South America. Very good things are about to happen as the Brazilian Air Force (FAB) command, the Brazilian Ministry of Defense and the Brazilian president Luis Inacio Lula da Silva receive the open letters and formal requests for opening for good the documents and start the mentioned committee, as presented to them by their spokesman.




Aliens ‘Already Exist On Earth’, Bulgarian Government  Scientists Claim

Aliens from outer space are already among us on earth, say Bulgarian government scientists who claim they are already in contact with extraterrestrial life.

Work on deciphering a complex set of symbols sent to them is underway, scientists from the country’s Space Research Institute said.

They claim aliens are currently answering 30 questions posed to them.

Lachezar Filipov, deputy director of the Space Research Institute of the Bulgarian Academy of Sciences, confirmed the research.

He said the centre’s researchers were analysing 150 crop circles from around the world, which they believe answer the questions.

“Aliens are currently all around us, and are watching us all the time,” Mr Filipov told Bulgarian media.

“They are not hostile towards us, rather, they want to help us but we have not grown enough in order to establish direct contact with them.”

Mr Filipov said that even the seat of the Catholic church, the Vatican, had agreed that aliens existed.

He said humans were not going to be able to establish contact with the extraterrestrials through radio waves but through the power of thought.

“The human race was certainly going to have direct contact with the aliens in the next 10 to 15 years,” he said.

“Extraterrestrials are critical of the people’s amoral behavior referring to the humans’ interference in nature’s processes.”

The publication of the BAS researchers report concerning communicating with aliens comes in the midst of a controversy over the role, feasibility, and reform of the Bulgarian Academy of Sciences.

Last week it lead to a heated debate between Bulgaria’s Finance Minister, Simeon Djankov, and President Georgi Parvanov.


Canadians were still accustomed to looking towards the sky, keeping a watch for enemy aircraft. Although the war was over, people were conscious of the possibility of an attack due to the new threat of a cold war. As a result, the Royal Canadian Mounted Police (RCMP) and the Department of National Defence received reports of unidentified flying objects (UFOs). Although sightings in Canada had occurred before, it was at this time that the Department of National Defence and other government agencies began to collect information on UFOs.


UFO Declassification Begins

In 2014 Chile’s Office of Civil Aeronautics handed over a number of videos or audiotapes of UFO events that occurred in its territory. This was done through the Comité de Estudios de Fenomenos Aereos Anómalos (CEFAA, by its Spanish acronym). The news item goes on to state that “out of a total of 183 cases, 12 of these lack an explanation.”

Chile appears to take the subject earnestly and is concerned over UFO manifestations: both the presence of these unknown quantities and their consequences.

Rodrigo Bravo, a Chilean military aviator and a correspondent for Brazil’s Revista UFO, said that the Chilean army has its own aviation corps and pilots, and it has demonstrated its “awareness and interaction with the subject of UFOs on various opportunities.”

Bravo cites a recent statement by the Chilean army: “There is no longer any need to deny or ignore the UFO situation. They represent a real and very serious threat. Today were are challenged by a complex phenomenon whose characteristics cannot be explained within natural terrestrial confines.”

The article reminds readers that in December 2010, the Argentinean Air Force (FAA) created its own Comité de Estudios de Fenómenos Aeroespaciales with a view toward delving deeper into UFO study, increasing the number of official agencies involved with UFO research in South America.

The report ends by reminding its readers that La Tercera TV has published an audio recording between the Chilean pilot and ground control, reporting an anomalous aerial phenomenon.


discloses UFO reality.
Dramatic events have taken place in China over the last month and that nation’s thousands of UFO researchers and enthusiasts are reeling in shock.

One of the heads of China’s famous Purple Mountain Astronomical Observatory, Prof. Wang Sichao, has gone public admitting the UFOs are real and aliens are visiting Earth and that the observatory has observed their craft many times. The admittance of UFO reality was made yesterday within an official speech entitled tellingly ‘China’s UFO truth’. This news has been extensively reported in China.

The key points that Wang Sichao have disclosed are that:

  • Aliens are visiting Earth on R & D expeditions
  • These UFOs are probes manned by robots.
  • These craft travel at eighty percent the speed of light.
  • These craft have been seen by the observatory many times at between 150 and 1500 kilometers above Earth.
  • The aliens might use Nuclear fusion to propel their craft
  • 39 years of work at Purple Mountain Observatory has led Wang to believe these craft use Earth’s gravity to manoeuvre and stay aloft

Wang Sichao also said he disagreed with Stephen Hawkings recent comments and declared that these aliens appear peaceful and require nothing materially from us as they can create their own materials using advanced technology.
In the event that these aliens do not come in peace, he stressed that they are not gods and have flaws and thus we can possibly defend ourselves.

The Purple Mountain Observatory was the station that observed the now well known UFO during last years eclipse. The entire text of the speech by Wang Sicaho clearly shows that the stuff we have been saying about China and other places regarding UFOs over the last few years is not just ‘made up tabloid news’ but fact and “those that criticise this publication are the know nothings who have bought into the West’s cover-up on this topic”


Danish UFO files now open to public

The top secret UFO files compiled by Denmark’s Air Force over the past 30 years have finally been declassified and opened to public perusal. Some 15,000 reported UFO sightings are detailed in the files, offering plenty for UFO buffs to drool over. The Danish government decided to release the files because they felt “there was nothings secret in the files.”

The Copenhagen Post reports that most of the sightings remain unidentified because there was not enough precise information to make a judgment. Many of the sightings, however, were found to be aircraft, weather phenomenon and the like. But not all the sightings were over Danish territory, and rumor has it one sighting over Greenland is drawing particular attention from UFO enthusiasts.

The Greenland incident happened on 5 January 1981, when a square flaming object appeared over the frozen tundra near Thule Air Base. The object disappeared as suddenly as it appeared. Interestingly, the neighbouring American military base recorded the exact same thing.

Danish Air Force Captain Thomas Petersen is an expert on the UFO files, and told the Copenhagen Post that the Air Force’s primary concern is defending Denmark against outside threats. “UFOs are not a known threat,” Peterson teasingly commented.


Secret UFO video filmed by Finnish

Finnish officials have filmed UFOs by infrared video at least twice, November 2003 and April 2005. The Finnish UFO Research Association FUFORA has received the videos for further analysis.

“No normal explanations have been found, neither by officials nor UFO researchers”, says Tapani Koivula, chairman of FUFORA.

Finnish UFO researchers are pioneers in the field of infrared photography. During the UFO flap in the late 1960´s and early 1970´s they got plenty of UFO infra red photos. It seems that UFOs mostly appear on the infra red level.

Also abroad UFO videos have been captured on infra red film. On April the 5th 2004 Mexican pilots filmed strange light balls that surrounded their
aeroplane. The video was presented also in Finland via MTV Morning TV.

According to the representatives of FUFORA the UFOs filmed by Finnish officials resemble the objects seen and filmed abroad lately. “A rod shape is typical,” says Mr. Koivula. “This is not the first time our officials have got UFO sightings. Many Air Force and Finnair pilots have seen UFOs during the last 50 years. Both the Finnish Air Force and Finnair have followed the general international style not to publish the sightings. They feel that because there are no normal explanations for UFOs, it is better to be silent. Ilpo Koskinen, pilot and UFO researcher, estimated that every fourth pilot has seen UFOs.”



French aerospace report endorses reality of UFOs

A new French report released on May 31, 2010 concluded that UFOs are definitely real and possibly of extraterrestrial origin. While not an official government study, the Progress Report of the Sigma/3AF Commission comes from a highly credible source, the Aeronautical & Astronomical Association of France, known as the 3AF, which established a Commission on Unidentified Aerial Phenomena back in May 2008. The Commission’s President is Alain Boudier, a former French Economics attaché, and one of its key members is Jean-Gabriel Greslé, a former fighter pilot who studied at the U.S. Air Force Academy and later became an airliner pilot with Air France, where he experienced a couple of UFO sightings. Greslé has published three UFO books in France, including Unidentified Flying Objects: An Airline Pilot Talks (Guy Trédaniel, 1993).


The Sigma/3AF is not a final report but just a work in progress document; nevertheless, it provides good background material on the history of official UFO research in France, a balance of Sigma’s work during the last two years, a brief description of the most significant French cases, and some comments and conclusions. The report begins with a brief history of French official UFO research, which is quite extensive: “France is the only country where the collection of Unidentified Aerospace Phenomena (PAN in French) and its scientific study have been assigned since 1977 to a civilian official organization, the CNES (National Center for Space Studies, the French space agency) through the GEPAN study group.” After a short description of this unit, now known as GEIPAN (Study and Information Group on Aerospace Unidentified Phenomena), the report outlines other official or quasi-official French studies, including the famous COMETA (Committee for In-Depth Studies) Report of 1999, issued by a group of high-ranking retired French military and intelligence officers, which concluded that UFOs were real and probably extraterrestrial.

Members of the Sigma/3AF Commission also met representatives of many other official French military and intelligence organizations that had some UFO involvement in the past. These included the National Gendarmerie, which has collected UFO reports systematically since the 1960s; the General Secretariat of National Defense, which issued an interesting report a few years ago (although I am not aware that it was ever released to the public); the Air Force; and one of France’s intelligence services, the General Directorate for External Security, which admitted through an “authorized source” that UFOs have been monitored by the agency since the early sixties.

The section on “the most significant French cases” provides a very short description of five incidents: a massive multiple-witness sighting in Madagascar in 1954; the famous landing and Close Encounter of the Third Kind (CE-III) in Valensole in 1965, which was documented by the Gendarmerie; the equally famous landing case in Trans-en-Provence in 1981, and another similar one in Nancy in 1982 known as “amaranth,” both of which were investigated by GEPAN and published respectively in their Technical Notes Nº 16 and Nº 17. The last case is a multiple-witness sighting seen in a diagonal between Biarritz and Strasbourg across France in November 1990.


In the Comments section, the Sigma/3AF report uses unambiguous language, for instance: “No natural phenomenon can account for the majority of observation reports accompanied by electromagnetic detections made by one or several radars. Both the defense services and air traffic control have been confronted a number of times around the world with unknown aerial intrusions or artificially induced phenomena.” Later on, the report goes on to say, “The behavior of these devices during encounters with fighter jets or interceptors – some have participated in real swirling battles in the U.S. – suggests they are controlled, guided or led by particularly sophisticated automation.” And then again, “the air superiority of the craft concerned, if they are indeed crafts, is such that none of the many interceptions which have been made against them, in the United States for example, have been able to overcome one of these devices.”

After outlining a number of characteristics exhibited by UFOs, such as “remarkable accelerations of the craft right after a stationary mode,” the report indicates: “We feel that we must reject the thesis of a terrestrial origin for all the observations made since World War Two. Indeed, if a nation of the world had been able to secretly develop such an armada of exotic craft, like those observed for more than half a century, the means of analysis and strategic logistics available would have permitted their rapid identification. The illegal overflights which they have been guilty of conducting could constitute a casus belli [cause for war].” The Sigma/3AF experts go on to state that, “the above features suggest that in many cases the devices detected, far from being unidentified, are easily recognizable by the aerial defense agencies as part of a technology far ahead of ours.” And later: “We have been unable to get any serious indication as to the origin of the aerospace phenomena that is the subject of our research. The technological elements that we selected… allow us to draw some assumptions about the aircraft in question, which do not seem to belong to an identifiable terrestrial technology at the times when they were observed.”

The Sigma/3AF report finally agrees with COMETA’s conclusion that we are probably facing an ET presence. That conclusion was quite controversial for a semi-official study like COMETA back in 1999 and was criticized by many in the French press. Yet the Sigma/3AF Commission found no quarrel with it. “Thus, the central hypothesis proposed by the COMETA report still cannot be rejected up to this day and remains perfectly credible,” they wrote. “Many documents and materials examined by the authors of this report confirm it. We have therefore retained, the possibility that most of the craft observed can have a non-terrestrial origin.”


Berlin court demands release of secret German UFO report

Claimant Mr. Frank R. refers his request to the German freedom of information act (Informationsfreiheitsgesetz , IFG) and demands the release of the paper that the German federal government is still holding back. This report is known to exist and represents a compilation done by the “scientific research service of the German parliament” on information about the “search for extraterrestrial life and the realization of the UN-Resolution A/33/426 about the observation of unidentified flying objects and extraterrestrial life”. (Note: Together with A/DEC/32/424, A/DEC/33/426 was adopted decision by the United Nations Berlin/ Germany – On December 1, 2011, the administrative court of the city of Berlin is running a hearing on a man’s claim against the German government to release secret information on UFOs and Aliens and in special the release of an official report compiled by the “scientific research service of the German parliament” on demand of members of the German parliament on the question on the government’s knowledge and studies about UFOs. So far the German government refuses to publish this paper.

General Assembly in 1978 which called for the “establishment of an agency or a department of the United Nations for undertaking, co-ordinating and disseminating the results of research into unidentified flying objects and related phenomena”.)

So far the German parliament, the Deutsche Bundestag in Berlin, denies access to and the publication of this report with the argument that “the IFG (German freedom of information act) only applies to the parliament as long as it administers public administration duties”, as quoted by the administrative court of Berlin that continues quoting the German parliament: “The specific area on administrating of parliamentary duties should be excluded from access to information. This includes amongst other things the legwork of the scientific research services to the delegates. Furthermore protection of the intellectual property rights (a kind of the German version of Copyright) applies also for the work of the scientific research service of the German parliament.”
As part of the worldwide Disclosure and Exopolitic-movement, the “German Exopolitic Initiative” ( is pursuing the release of reportedly secret knowledge and information by governments, military and intelligence services. In an interview with the German online newsmagazine on the paranormal and edge science “Grenzwissenschaft-Aktuell” ( the coordinator of Exopolitc Germany, Robert Fleischer, commented on the fact that the Bundestag is withholding the paper, even while facing a court hearing, as follows: “The refusal of the German parliament to publish the report is even more strange and questionable as you can find and download nearly all other such reports, compiled by the ‘scientific research service of the German parliament’ when it comes to a whole range of other topics, at the website of the service fact that the release and publication of such an report dealing with questions about UFOs and extraterrestrial life is not only denied but also fought at court with reference to the protection of the intellectual property rights, does not really make sense – or does it?”
In fact: What is known about the conclusion of the secret paper is the fact that also the scientific research service of the German parliament this the very same and claims is is “more than likely that also official German authorities and Departments dealt with this questions”.

Since many decades German UFO-researchers tried to find out if the German government is conduction investigation into UFOs and keeping records of it somewhere. While many members of the military as well as private pilots (most prominently the former chief pilot of the German airline “Lufthansa”) publicly confirmed their very own first hand observations and experiences with unidentified flying objects, all official enquiries for example to the German Department of Defense (Bundesverteidigungsministerium) were replied with statements denying any official German interest or knowledge about UFOs at all.

However, such an alleged lack of interest does not make any sense at all, as other NATO members, partner countries and states, such as the United Kingdom, Belgium, Italy and France (only to name a few…) have already gone public with their former UFO-files that were collected and investigated for several decades. According to Fleischer, it is impossible that Germany as one of the leading European countries, had and has no interest in a matter of national security, that got and gets investigated by so many of his neighbors and NATO-partners.”




BANGALORE, INDIA – Indian and Chinese authorities have confirmed the existence of an underground UFO base in the Himalayas.

Kongka La is the low ridge pass in the Himalayas in the disputed India-China border area in Ladakh.  The Chinese held northeastern part is known as Aksai Chin and Indian South West is known as Ladakh. This was where Indian and Chinese army fought major war in 1962. The area is one of the least accessed area in the world and by agreement the two countries do not patrol that part of the border.

According to the locals on the Indian and Chinese side, this is where UFOs are seen coming out of the ground on a regular basis.  According to many, the UFO underground bases are in this region and both the Indian and Chinese Government haven known this for a very, very long time.

They are publicly confirming its existence.

“India has found an active UFO base in The Himalayas. We are working with China and the U.N. to discuss how to handle this alien incursion,” said Indian Defense Minister, A.K. Antony.  “We do not want our people to be alarmed.  We are confident we can contain this threat from an alien culture.”

UFO expert, Dr. John Malley, of the U.N. Panel on Extraterrestrials, has been touring the globe, speaking to governments about the ongoing alien invasion (which he believes will last until December 2015) and how to best to deal with the situation.  “ If we don’t, we are doomed,”  Malley said.

Why did India release the information now?

They had no choice.

Recently, some Hindu pilgrims on their way to Mount Kailash from the Western pass, came across strange lights in the sky. The local guides while in the Chinese territory told them that this was nothing new and is a normal phenomenon from Kongka Pass area the tensed border between India and China.  They were first turned by the Chinese guard posts as they were refused entry from the Chinese side and then when they tried to approach the site from Indian side, the Indian border patrol also turned them down in spite of their permit to travel between the two countries.

One of the pilgrims (Sukhbir Siwach) is a writer for The Times of India (the biggest English language newspaper in India) and he had planned an expose on the cover-up of the alien base by India.  The government was unable to stop him (a brave writer) – so the Indian government went public with information, some say in order to “control” the information.

UPDATE:  The Indian government (with help from the China, Russia and the U.S.) has scrubbed ALL mentions of this online and is publicly denying what they have already said publicly.  The outrageous cover-up continues!

WWN examined the site with Dr. Malley.  The locals in the aeras start laughing when they are asked about these UFO sightings. According to them the extra-terrestrial presence is well known and is in deep into the ground. They believe the Indian or Chinese Governments covered up the fact for some reason. But they are happy that they are now disclosing it to the world.

Why didn’t they report it to the global press?  They were told to keep quiet or face death.

The area where the UFO base is located is where the Euresian plate and the Indian plate have created convergent plate boundaries. Convergent plate boundaries are formed where one plate dives under another. Consequently, this is one of the very few areas in the world where the depth of the earth’s crust twice as thick as in other places. The opposite is found in hot spots like Yellow Stone National Park in America where the earth’s crust in thin making it perfect for alien spaceships.

The U.N. Panel on Extraterrestrials has called an emergency meeting for September 22nd to deal with the problem of the UFO base.


Japan’s Top Government Spokesman: UFOs ‘Definitely’ Exist

Japan’s air force has never spotted a UFO, but the country’s top government spokesman said Tuesday he “definitely” believes they exist.

Chief Cabinet Secretary Nobutaka Machimura was speaking to reporters in response to demands lodged by an opposition lawmaker for an inquiry into “frequent reports of UFO sightings.”

The government said in an official reply that it had “not confirmed sightings of unidentified flying objects believed to be from outer space.”

Still, “I definitely believe they exist,” Machimura said as reporters erupted in laughter.

In a written response issued Tuesday to opposition Democratic Party of Japan lawmaker Ryuji Yamane, the government said the air force had often spotted “birds and other objects beside aircraft,” but no UFOs.

Tokyo keeps a vigilant watch over Japanese airspace and is ready to scramble fighter jets to intercept suspicious airborne objects, the government reply said.


Mexican DoD Acknowledges
UFOs In Mexico

The UFO Phenomenon in Mexico has been recognized as a fact in an historic and unprecedent decision taken by the mexican Department of Defense under his Secretary of Defense General Clemente Vega Garcia, commander of all armed forces in this country.

The insolit meassure that will change history here in Mexico was the result of a high level incident in wich a mexican Air Force airplane, military pilots and personal were involved in a situation with several UFOs while doing a routinary suveillance antinarcotics operation to detect a drug smuggling flight.

The news was released last night, Sunday May 9, 2004 by Jaime Maussan, researcher and tv journalist during the tv show Los Grandes Misterios del Tercer Milenio (Great Misteries of the Third Millenium) broadcast by mexican tv network Multimedios Television in the city of Monterrey, N.L.

Jaime Maussan announced that on Tuesday May 11 there will be an international press conference to present the case and the investigation made by the Department fo Defense along with Maussan’s research team in an unprecedent colaboration. The press conference will take place at the Hotel Sevilla Palace in Mexico city at 11:00 AM were all the international media representatives have been invited. Previously on Monday’s night an advance report will be broadcast on national television newscast.

All the facts and materials of the investigation will be presented at the conference including the official footages by the Air Force as well as interviews with the pilots and personal involved in the amazing incident.

THE FACT IS: On April 20, 2004 Jaime Maussan was contacted by a high officer of the Department of Defense to have a private meeting and discuss a subject of a high relevant matter. The next day Maussan met General Clemente Vega Garcia, Secretary of Defense and his major staff and was informed about an incident that took place on March 5, 2004 on the aerial space of Ciudad del Carmen, Campeche where an Air Force Merlín C26A Bimotor airplane was doing a routinary flight to detect a smuggling drug airplane during an antinarcotics operation.

The Merlin C26A was equipped with a high tech advanced digital equipment to register and record all the activities during the operation. Powerful sensor detectors like a FLIR STAR ZAPPHIR II and a RADAR AN/PS 143 BRAVO VICTOR 3 were being used by qualified personal aboard the airplane and all the operation was being recorded both in normal and infrared mode.

The airplane was under the command of Mayor Magdaleno Jasso Núñez. The FLIR operator was Lt. Mario Adrián Vázquez and the RADAR operator Lt. German Ramirez, all of them members of the 501 Aerial Squadron.

This airplane is programmed only for surveillance and detection procedures, not for interception or combat maneuvres. Their duty is to detect and identify drug dealers filghts and then inmediately report them to the base where combat planes are scrambled to intercept those narcotics smugglers.

At aproximately 17:00 PM the Merlin C26A detected an unknown traffic at 10,500 feet over Ciudad del Carmen, Campeche airspace and according to the protocol and suspecting a drug dealer airplane Mayor Magdaleno Jasso made a maneuver to approach the unidentified traffic at certain range to get a close look and record the target with their equipment. At the same time Mayor Jasso reported by radio to the base that a posible suspect was detected requesting the interceptor planes to be in alert condition.

The RADAR AN/PS 143 BRAVO VICTOR 3 was detecting the unknown traffic and the FLIR STAR ZAPPHIR II was recording the object in infrared. As the Merlin C26A tried to approach the unknown traffic to make a visual identification it suddenly in a surprising maneuver escaped flying away at tremendous speed. By this time Mayor Jasso tried to persecute the target but it was very fast. All this was being recorded by the FLAIR and also the radio conversations with the base describing the inexpected maneuver of the unknown. However the C26A still have not made visual contact with the unknown object.


Just some moments passed when suddenly the unknown object returned and began following the Merlin C26A in a surprising situation. This was detected by the RADAR and the FLIR while the personal aboard were trying to make visual contact of the unidentified traffic now following them. In seconds the equipment detected now not only one but two traffics following them. The images in both RADAR and the FLIR were clear and unmistakable. But both pilot and personal still could’nt have visual contact with these two traffics following them adding a great suspense to this disconcerting situation.

Mayor Magdaleno Jasso reported to the base the insolit incident that was taking place giving detail of all the informations registered by the equipment while keep trying to make visual contact of the unknowns. The FLIR kept recording in infrared every movement made by the two unknown objects that seemed to be keeping their distance from the C26A but still following it. The personal aboard the Merlin C26A were confused and disconcerted seeing the images on the FLIR and the RADAR asking themselves what was going on with this insolit situation.



But the stressing moment that the C26A crew were passing through was just the beginning of something more dramatic that will turn their undesirable experience into a real nightmare.

Some minutes passed while the mexican Air Force Merlin C26A crew continued making maneuvers to have a visual contact of the unknowns because despite both RADAR and FLIR were showing perfectly clear both unidentified objects for unexplained reasons there was not a visual contact even that the objects by this time were at close range.

It was during this round and round maneuvers to identify these two objects that something amazing happened. In a matter of seconds more unknown objects arrived to the scene and the disconcert of the C26A crew was totally surrounded

The RADAR and the FLIR detected immediately the presence of nine new objects of the same size and characteristics, unknown objects that arrived to the scene surprisingly like coming from nowhere. Now the situation has entered into a high level of danger so Mayor Magdaleno Jasso reported by radio to the base this new situation requesting instructions.

But the most insolent thing was that even that there were eleven unknown objects close to them still the crew could’nt see them, no visual contact with the unknowns was posible for some reason never experienced before by these high trained men. However the high tech sophisticated equipment and sensors were not lying, there were eleven targets outside them with unpredictable intentions.

At the middle of a complete confusion and disconcert among the C26A crew the unknown objects suddenly made a maneuver surrounding the mexican Air Force airplane in a circle at close range. The RADAR and FLIR presented an insolit image of an eleven objects near by in a circle formation around the Merlin C26A. The situation turned out of control.

Mayor Magdaleno Jasso reported to the base that the C26A situation was now in red alert, surrounded by eleven mysterious round shaped objects camouflaged with a certain unknown advanced technology that avoid any visual contact of them. However Mayor Jasso kept the calm as well as the crew who were working fast meassuring and recording every detail of this unique incident conscientious of their duty as military and trained men.

Confronting this situation surrounded by unidentified objects in an unpredictable ending Mayor Magdaleno Jasso took the decision of turning out all the airplane lights and wait to see what happened. Moments of high suspense lived by the crew while the FLIR was recording the images of those bright objects even that visual contact was not posible, moments of silence and uncertainty.

The C26A crew kept calmed doing their duty, documenting every moment of the strange incident while Mayor Jasso continued in contact with the base. After some stressing minutes the eleven objects dissapeared giving an end to the strange experience that these members of the 501 Aerial Squadron just lived. The Merlin C26A returned safe to the Air Force Base and Mayor Magdaleno Jasso prepared a complete report of the incident along with the C26A crew.

The Secretary of the Defense took notice of Mayor Jasso’s report and began a full investigation studying and evaluating every element of the case. Statements of the crew, images, lectures, meassurements of all the equipment as well as a complete evaluation of the meteorological data . The incident was taken very seriously by the Department of Defense Staff and after several weeks of investigation they decided under the command of General Clemente Vega Garcia to contact researcher and tv journalist Jaime Maussan for a special colaboration in this investigation as an experienced researcher in these matters.

On April 22, 2004 General Clemente Vega, Secretary of Defense gave Jaime Maussan a copy of all the tapes and data collected by the Merlin C26A during the incident for study, evaluation and analisis by Maussan’s research team as complement of this investigation and as an external colaborating source trying to establish a definition of the posible motives and consequences of the March 5, 2004 incident.

General Vega as well as his staff were very open to discuss the subject and showed their legitimate interest in conducting this investigation in order to establish the truth of what happened. General Vega authorized the Merlin C26A crew to give Jaime Maussan the interviews needed without any censorship, giving all the facilities to present this case to the mexican people, an historic and unprecedent decision that will open a new era of mutual colaboration among the mexican ufologists and the military forces, a colaboration based in respect and interest to find the truth of the intense UFO activity we have been experiencing here in Mexico since the beguinning of the Amazing Mexican UFO Wave back in July 11, 1991.

This new era of relationship among the mexican UFO witnesses, skywatchers, ufologists and our military forces will try to establish and give form to a new legislation in our law system focused to be prepared for any incident involving these unidentified flying objects, our people, our comercial and military airplanes etc. for learning and understanding what are we going to do and how are we going to confront this reality.




New Zealand Military Releases UFO Files

Talk about out-of-this-world: the BBC is reporting that New Zealand’s military has just released hundreds of classified files, dating from 1954 to 2009, detailing reports of sightings of unidentified flying objects (UFOs).

The documents, which run at an estimated 2,000 pages, allegedly comprise drawings of flying saucers as well as alleged samples of alien writing. Also included are accounts by members of the public, military personnel and commercial airline pilots describing close encounters, as well as never-before-seen details of the country’s best-known UFO sighting, when footage of unusual lights was shot off the South Island town of Kaikoura in 1978, which was then explained as natural phenomenon.

New Zealand Air Force spokesman Kavae Tamariki confirmed the documents’ release, but otherwise remained tight-lipped over their contents. “We have just been a collection point for the information,” he told the Dominion Post, adding that the military did not have the resources to investigate UFO sightings. “We don’t investigate or make reports, we haven’t substantiated anything in them.” Officials also say the files were open for scrutiny but that individuals named in the reports are to remain anonymous.

In a move that seems inspired by the ongoing WikiLeaks “Cablegate” scandal, the Dominion Post is publishing the entire lot of documents online. Among the reports that have been uploaded so far are details of a 1999 sighting of what appeared to be aircraft contrails above the sky in Auckland, during which the writer reportedly warns, “A vast many people in Auckland will suffer flu-like sickness.”


National Security Agenc

The thousands of released NSA documents relating to UFO incursions were located in response to the numerous requests received by NSA on the subject of Unidentified Flying Objects (UFO). In 1980, NSA was involved in Civil Action No. 80-1562, “Citizens Against Unidentified Flying Objects Secrecy v. National Security Agency. These documents are available to be viewed online AND CONTAIN 100’S OF UFO and USO contact and sightings.


Peru’s Government Launches Official UFO Investigation Department

In a significant event for UFO research in Latin America, the Peruvian Air Force has officially launched a department that will focus on studying the UFO phenomenon. It’s called the Office of Anomalous Aerial Phenomena Research (OIFAA), which was previously in operation but shut down for the past five years.(0)(1) The department will seek the expertise of air force personnel, sociologists, scientists, archaeologists and astronomers to analyze as much information and data possible about UFOs.

In my opinion this decision is great news, anytime that a country officially acknowledges the presence of UFOs, as dozens have already done, it brings a necessary level of seriousness and professionalism to the phenomenon. However, the public announcement of this event certainly should not overshadow the fact that UFO research within government and military agencies has been conducted for decades.

This might not be a surprise to many, as dozens of governments have already released thousands upon thousands of files indicating that there were departments within the government that study the UFO phenomenon. These files indicated that UFOs are constantly tracked on radar and jets are scrambled to check them out.. The National Security agency has also released many files indicating the same thing. Apart from that, we have an enormous amount of witness testimony from high ranking military, NASA and political personnel (to name a few). Not to mention all of the people around the world who have had their own experiences.

Decades ago, visitors from other planets warned us about the direction we were heading and offered to help. Instead, some of us interpreted their visits as a threat, and decided to shoot first and ask questions after. It is ironic that the U.S. is fighting monstrously expensive wars to allegedly bring democracy to those countries, when they themselves can no longer claim to be called a democracy when trillions of dollars have been spent on projects which both congress and the commander in chief no nothing about.

Decades ago, visitors from other planets warned us about the direction we were heading and offered to help. Instead, some of us interpreted their visits as a threat, and decided to shoot first and ask questions after. It is ironic that the U.S. is fighting monstrously expensive wars to allegedly bring democracy to those countries, when they themselves can no longer claim to be called a democracy when trillions of dollars have been spent on projects which both congress and the commander in chief no nothing about.

The Russian navy has declassified its records of encounters with unidentified objects technologically surpassing anything humanity ever built, reports Svobodnaya Pressa news website.

The records dating back to soviet times were compiled by a special navy group collecting reports of unexplained incidents delivered by submarines and military ships. The group was headed by deputy Navy commander Admiral Nikolay Smirnov, and the documents reveal numerous cases of possible UFO encounters, the website says.

Vladimir Azhazha, former navy officer and a famous Russian UFO researcher, says the materials are of great value.

“Fifty percent of UFO encounters are connected with oceans. Fifteen more – with lakes. So UFOs tend to stick to the water,” he said.

On one occasion a nuclear submarine, which was on a combat mission in the Pacific Ocean, detected six unknown objects. After the crew failed to leave behind their pursuers by maneuvering, the captain ordered to surface. The objects followed suit, took to the air, and flew away.

Many mysterious events happened in the region of Bermuda Triangle, recalls retired submarine commander Rear Admiral Yury Beketov. Instruments malfunctioned with no apparent reason or detected strong interference. The former navy officer says this could be deliberate disruption by UFOs.

Vladimir Kremlev stated that on several occasions the instruments gave reading of material objects moving at incredible speed. Calculations showed speeds of about 230 knots, of 400 kph. Speeding so fast is a challenge even on the surface. But water resistance is much higher. It was like the objects defied the laws of physics. There’s only one explanation: the creatures who built them far surpass us in development,” Beketov said.
Navy intelligence veteran, Captain 1st rank Igor Barklay comments:

“Ocean UFOs often show up wherever our or NATO’s fleets concentrate. Near Bahamas, Bermudas, Puerto Rico. They are most often seen in the deepest part of the Atlantic Ocean, in the southern part of the Bermuda Triangle, and also in the Caribbean Sea.”

Another place where people often report UFO encounters is Russia’s Lake Baikal, the deepest fresh water body in the world. Fishermen tell of powerful lights coming from the deep and objects flying up from the water.

In one case in 1982 a group of military divers training at Baikal spotted a group of humanoid creatures dressed in silvery suits. The encounter happened at a depth of 50 meters, and the divers tried to catch the strangers. Three of the seven men died, while four others were severely injured.

“I think about underwater bases and say: why not? Nothing should be discarded,” says Vladimir Azhazha. “Skepticism is the easiest way: believe nothing, do nothing. People rarely visit great depths. So it’s very important to analyze what they encounter there.”



Russian Navy Records Say They’re Real!

The recently declassified documents contain Soviet era reports detailing many cases of possible USO encounters. Former naval officer and Russian UFO researcher Vladimir Azhazha believes these documents are of great value
Unidentified submerged objects (USOs) are not as famous as UFOs although they are often encountered, according to declassified Russian Navy records. The common trait of all USO phenomena is that they involve unexplained and technologically advanced objects, far superior to anything we’ve ever built.

One of the most interesting cases he examined involved a nuclear submarine on a combat mission in the Southern Pacific. During the routine operation, the submarine detected six unknown objects travelling in formation at speeds in excess of 230 knots (265+ mph). In comparison, the fastest submarine was the Soviet K-222, which reached about 44 knots (51 mph).

The submarine’s sonar determined the objects were heading straight for it so the captain gave the order to surface. The USOs followed them to the surface then flew away. Similar instances have been reported in the region of the Bermuda Triangle, as retired submarine commander Yuri Beketov recalls. On-board instruments often malfunctioned, indicating the presence of strong interference. Many believe this is a clear sign of USO/UFO presence.

“On several occasions the instruments gave reading of material objects moving at incredible speed. Calculations showed speeds of about 230 knots, or 265 mph. Speeding so fast is a challenge even on the surface. But water resistance is much higher. It was like the objects defied the laws of physics. There’s only one explanation: the creatures who built them far surpass us in development,” said Beketov.


Both UFOs and USOs seem to concentrate wherever military operations occur, indicating their interest in humanity’s military arsenal.
Another USO hotspot is Lake Baikal in Russia. The world’s deepest freshwater lake has always had a certain mysterious nature and fishermen tell tales of lights being spotted in its deep waters. Multiple folk tales describe swimmers being dragged down by creatures lurking beneath Baikal’s calm waves.

Another of the Russian documents described the encounter between a group of military divers and several humanoid beings in silver suits. The divers were training in Lake Baikal at a depth of 150 feet (50 meters) when they came upon a group of unknown creatures. The divers went deeper in the pursuit of the humanoids. Three men were killed, while the other four were severely injured.

Vladimir Azhazha believes the issue should be thoroughly investigated.

“I think about underwater bases and say: why not? Nothing should be discarded,” says Azhazha. “Skepticism is the easiest way: believe nothing, do nothing. People rarely visit great depths. So it’s very important to analyze what they encounter there.”



The following is a transcript from ABC News Prime Time Live,a segment about recently released Soviet KGB UFO files. The date on the original files is October 5, 1995. As far as I know this is the date that the story was broadcast.

DIANE SAWYER: In an ABC News exclusive first broadcast last October (1994) We asked ABC News Correspondent David Ensor to find out what’s in the KGB UFO files.

DAVID ENSOR: During a five month investigation Prime Time obtained over a thousand pages of documents collected by the old KGB. We spoke to dozens of Russian scientists, government officials, and military men. We now know that the entire Soviet armed forces, a total of 15 million people over ten years, was involved in a UFO study that turned up forty major incidents, including one that prompted fears of starting an accidental nuclear war.

As a result of the study hundreds of UFOs were recorded and some were photographed. Some of the reports and some of the photos are clearly faked. But in other cases there were multiple witnesses {At this point they show awesome film of a huge triangular UFO, filmed by a Soviet propaganda film crew doing a film about military preparedness in the 1960’s. The film is very clear, showing a huge triangle shaped UFO a few miles high. The report states that the film was locked up by the KGB. – It really is pretty amazing footage- Dick}

DAVID ENSOR: October 4th, 1982 Byelokoroviche, Ukraine. Near a sleepy farming village our search brought us to perhaps the most frightening case of all, an incident that could have started an accidental nuclear war.

RUSSIAN MAN, EYEWITNESS: “I was riding a motorcycle not far from here. I saw a large object in the air. It had a perfect geometric shape.”

DAVID ENSOR: Every person we spoke to in Byelokoroviche said they saw a flying saucer on that day. They told us it was huge, about 900 feet in diameter. For hours it hovered over the nearby ballistic missile base. Where Lt. Col. Vladamir Plantonev worked as a missile engineer.

LT. COL.VLADAMIR PLANTONEV: “It looked just like a flying saucer. The way they show them in the movies. No portholes, nothing. The surface was absolutely even. The disk made a beautiful turn, like this, on the edge just like a plane. There was no sound. I had never seen anything like that before.”

DAVID ENSOR: Lt. Col. Plantonev took me to the ruins of what was then a missile silo with a nuclear warhead pointed at the U.S. It was dismantled 3 years ago after an arms reduction treaty. Plantonev was in the bunker on that day 12 years ago. In this room were dual control panels for the missile, each hooked up to Moscow. What happened next so alarmed Soviet Military leadership that a four man commission was sent to investigate, including Col. Chernovshev.

COL. IGOR CHERNOVSHEV: “During this period for a short time signal lights on both the control panels suddenly turned on. The lights showing that missiles were preparing for launch. This could normally only happen if an order were transmitted from Moscow.”

DAVID ENSOR: No one had touched any buttons. No one had entered any codes. And yet as the UFO hovered over the base, the control panel showed the missiles were preparing to launch. For 15 agonizing seconds, the base lost control of its nuclear weapons.

Feb. 23rd, 1988. Six years later, at Kapustin Yar, near the Caspian Sea. It is Soviet Army and Navy day, a national holiday. An unidentified flying object appears on the radar screen protecting the military base. As the UFO moves toward central Russia the entire Soviet ballistic missile radar grid goes on alert. Several times fighter pilots are ordered to fire on the object. Each time the pilot would report that as he prepared to fire, the target had disappeared. Finally the UFO moved away for good.

{The report goes on to play back the actual audio tape of Soviet radar operators watching the UFO on radar, although you can’t understand them unless you speak Russian, it is obvious they are agitated and seeing something very unusual. And then the segment has interviews with eyewitnesses who saw the large UFO which had been tracked on radar.}


Military UFO Records Released

Investigation in Spain is inevitably associated with Vicente-Juan Ballester Olmos, who, alone or with collaborators, has authored a series of outstanding books which reflect more than twenty years of dedicated work. His 1987 Enciclopedia de los encuentros cercanos con ovnis (with Juan Antonio Fernández Peris) is probably the best-documented collection of close encounter cases in print. Ballester Olmos’s attention remains chiefly directed at strongly evidenced UFO sightings, as opposed to abductions, where every local case he has investigated proved to be either a hoax or capable of some alternative explanation.

During recent years his main activity has been co-operating with the Spanish government in the release of official documents. In 1995 he published a book containing his findings to date, Expedientes Insólitos, and here he presents some notable cases from the military archives.
In the history of UFO research in Spain from 1947 to 1997, one event is of out-standing importance: the release by the Spanish Ministry of Defence of previously secret Air Force UFO archives, a process which started in 1992. I was privileged to play a part throughout this process which has made the official files literally an open book which anyone may read.

No Secret Lasts Forever

Friday, 8 November 1996. 13.30 hours.Torrejón Air Force Base, near Madrid. Lieutenant Colonel Enrique Rocamora walks briskly along the corndors of the Aerial Operative Command (MOA) heading for the commander-in-chief’s bureau. This is no routine dispatch: he carries with him the proposal for declassification of the last UFO file waiting for release.

It was during 1990-1991 that I started to induce the Air Force to review the classified matter policy applied in 1979 to UFO information (before that it has been considered Confidential). Step by step I watched the process proceed. In May 1991 the Air Safety Section, responsible for matters concerning UFOs and custodian of the UFO files, submitted a memo proposing to declassify the archives. In March 1992 the Joint Chiefs of Staff decided to downgrade the classification level imposed on UFO documents, leaving to the Air Force Chief of Staff the authority to fully declassify them.

The documents transferred to MOA comprised 62 files of UFO reports covering the period 1962 to 1991; procedures and memos shaping official Air Force policy on UFOs, 1968 to 1991; and UFO information requests from civilians addressed to the Air Force over the same period.


MOA’s Intelligence Section took on the declassification task. The actual workload was handed to Lieutenant Colonel Angel Bastida. An open-minded individual and the prototype of the 21st century military man, Bastida formulated a new procedure detailing the involvement and investigation of UFO reports by the Air Force, and an analysis of all available historical information with arguments favouring full disclosure of existing and future UFO files. Incidentally~ Bastida also authored the best paper ever written by the military on the Air Force and the UFO problem

In September 1992, the first files were declassified. They were cases from 1962, 1967 and 1968. By the time Bastida moved to another military post he had declassified 22 files. His successor, Lieutenant Colonel Enrique Rocamora – a strong and sharp staff officer – declassified a further 53 files. The process was carried out as speedily as possible, given the fact that declassifying secret UFO files was only one part of these officers’ work.

Sightings: Strange and Less Strange

The military UFO reports contain descriptions of several different kinds of seemingly anomalous phenomena. They include examples of lights or uncorrelated radar echoes which seem to defy a rational explanation. My colleagues and I are painstakingly analysing all pieces of information to determine if these cases can be solved, or whether they become true UFOs. The entire files are available to who-ever may contribute his/her know-how to this endeavour.

In the majority of cases, investigation, whether by the Air Force or by independent civilian ufologists, has revealed a misinterpretation of some kind. These cases show us, on the one hand, what kinds of anomalous features may occur; and on the other, how easily people, puzzled by the sighting of unexpected luminous phenomena in the sky, can jump to erroneous conclusions.

24 November 1974: Alarm in a Radar Squadron

Grand Canary is one of the seven Spanish islands in the Atlantic Ocean which form the Canary archipelago. At about 19.30 hours on 24 November 1974, Air Force Lieutenant Colonel E.L. and his daughter were driving by the North Freeway, when they saw a bright white light in the sky leaving a short trail, travelling at great speed and disappearing a few seconds later. His statement described it as a meteorite or bolide flying horizontally in a northwest direction at some 1,000 metres.

Fifteen minutes later, at 19.45, an Iberia Fokker-27 took off from Tenerife airport en route to Las Palmas (Grand Canary Islands). On a clear night, it was flying over a stratus cloud layer to its flight level of 2,000 metres and turning northwest when the pilots sighted a powerful lightjust in front of them, in a flight corridor typically used by regular air traffic from Las Palmas to Tenerife. Iberia captain Saura called Canary Flight Control to tell them they were passing ‘traffic proceeding from Las Palmas’. By now the light had descended to 1,800 metres, the standard flight level for airplanes. Captain Saura was surpnsed to be told there was no reported flight at that position. He insisted that he had it in sight, well silhouetted against the stratus layer, at a range of some 25 km, and he asked for a check from the military radar.

The radar operator on Grand Canary duly reported that he had only the Fokker’s echo on screen: he saw no other traffic. At this point, the airliner’s crew realised to their amazement that the light had been stationary at ‘three o’clock’ for more than a minute: any normal aircraft should have sailed past by now. Full of curiosity, the Fokker’s pilot started to change course in the direction of the light. As he did so, the light seemed to shift rapidly away from the aircraft, emitting intermittent orange and yellow flashes as it vanished.

By now, the radar station had been placed in ‘alert’ situation, and their personnel started to scrutinise the skies with special care and attention. At 20.20 hours an echo was detected at 20º (NNE), 56 km distant, approaching directly towards the radar site at 500 knots; they were unable to determine its altitude.

The trace disappeared when it entered the ‘blind cone’ (vertical) of the antennae, and did not reappear. Out of doors, a light of more than 1st magnitude was sighted, fixed in the firmament (according to one witness), slowly moving around the site (according to another), while a third declared it to be nothing more than a star.

At 20.30 hours, radar detected a trace at radial 356º (north), 58 km away, which correlated with Iberia flight 281 Madrid to Tenerife. At the same time, it recorded an uncorrelated track at 326º (northwest), 74 km away, heading south. After changing direction, it remained stationary unhl passed by IB-281, where-upon it suddenly vanished. No other traffic was scheduled at that time and location.

Taken together, these observations seem to indicate that a mysterious luminous object was hanging above two of the Canary Islands for more than an hour. However, it is also legitimate to divide the complex series of events into several individual occurrences: (1) a meteor-like sighting of brief duration, (2) a light in the clouds which a nearby military radar system did not recognise, but which disappeared as soon as the pilot altered his angle of vision, (3) in an excited environment (radar operators were requested to search for UFOs with extreme care), they detected a first echo which mysteriously disappeared without a trace, another trace in the proximity of a commercial aircraft (not seen opncally by the aircrew), and finally a fixed light in the celestial vault not different from a star. In summary: a case offering radar traces which are not confirmed visually, and visual sightings which are not confirmed by radar.

No final conclusion has been adopted to date by the research team.

23 December 1985: a UFO in the Log Book

The merchant vessel Manuel Soto, owned by Transmediterránea Co., was sailing on December 23, 1985 from Las Palmas (Grand Canary island) to Arrecife (Lanzarote Island). At 03.10 hours, the third officer on duty observed in the horizon by the bow what seemed to be the rising of a heavenly body. He identified it as the star Antares. Checked ten minutes later, however, the light’s position did not correspond either with Antares or any other star or planet. The officer took measurements of the altitude and azimuth of the light, which remained stationary until 03.25 when it suddenly began to move quickly. Other members of the crew came to see what was happening.

The light approached the ship, passing directly over the vessel two minutes later. As it did, all the witnesses could perceive the object’s profile, which did not resemble that of a typical aeroplane or helicopter. The object had a very intense white light on its central part, a weaker red light near it, and another white light – not as strong – set apart. The separation between the lights made the witnesses think the object was flying low, but they could hear no sound.

The shipping company passed the log book entry to the Spanish Navy. The Navy Staff submitted it to the Air Force, but Canary Islands Air Command reported that their investigations showed no UFO observed on that date. No further investigation was made.

And so this second sighting from the Canary Islands also remains unidentified. Sadly, nothing was reported about how the object was lost out of sight. In prinaple, the behaviour of the object – approaching from the horizon, flying at a constant altitude and speed – is consistent with that of an aircraft. Nevertheless, lack of additional detail – including the actual silhouette of the craft – prevents us from developing any specific hypothesis.

8 December 1980: Aircraft on Fire?

A brief file reports – just two telephone messages – received in the Cádiz Maritime Captaincy General from merchant vessel Conquistador and fishing ship Besugo. At 20.50 hours on December 8, 1980 the first ship was navigating 35º27’N/ 7º50′ W bearing northeast, when it reported a disintegrating object over the vessel at some 20º altitude which was sighted by the captain and the radio operator.

Additionally, at 20.45 hours, personnel from the second ship, sailing in position 33º 52′ N/ 8º 55′ W, observed a fiery phenomenon in a north direction at sea level. Their impression was that it might be a passenger plane with a fire on its left engine.

In isolation, those two incidents off the Morocco coast might never have received an explanation. However, consulting our files we discovered that a significant flap of ‘UFO sightings’ originated at that time in southwest Spain. Thousands witnessed a series of incandescent objects flying in a group passing slowly overhead. The general trajectory of the luminous trail was southwest to northeast.

As described, the phenomenon is absolutely compatible with a meteor shower or a space junk re-entry: the second alternative can be discarded as no decay is known to have occurred at that date, so meteors seem the preferred explanation.

25 December 1980 Jet Propulsion UFO

On 25 December 1980, at 22.05 hours, an Air Force captain was driving along the Tudela-Arguedas road when he saw an unknown flying object with a large central body with a ‘powerful jet propulsion system’. In addition, he saw a few more tiny luminous objects manoeuvring in formation with the large one. He estimated their altitude at some 1,000 metres, course 20º (north-northeast): the speed was similar to a commercial airplane. He saw it disappear behind the mountains, leaving a smoke trail much wider than that of a plane.

In the absence of any supplementary information, this would have been simply another unidentified. But there was a thick dossier in my archives to put this event into its proper perspective. That night, a giant, fiery phenomenon was sighted over Spain and other European countries a few minutes past 21.00 GMT (one hour later in Spain) skyrocketing on a rough south-to-north course.

North American Air Defense Command (NORAD) reported the re-entry into the atmosphere of the rocket used in the launch of Soviet satellite Cosmos 749. It was travelling from southwest to northeast on an arc that would have taken it over Portugal, Spain, France and southern England. There is little doubt that this is what the officer witnessed.

19 August 1982: a Rotating Flying Saucer A civilian witness reported an unusual experience on 19 August 1982, at 22.30 hours, seen from an apartment block faang the sea in the summer resort village of Blanes (Gerona). He was with seven other people, who also watched the aerial show in astonishment. The first witness was on the terrace when he heard the sound of an aircraft and just above him he saw a circle of lights blinking regularly. Through binoculars he distinguished the shape of a ‘cylindrical disc’ which was rotating clockwise: he estimated its size as twice that of a DC-4 airplane. Speed and altitude were constant, then it made a turn so he could see it both from underneath and from the top. It had seven or eight illuminated ‘windows’. The sighting lasted around three minutes. Then and there he made some drawings of what he thought he had seen and some days later he sent a letter to Air Force Headquarters with a full description of the events and some impressive sketches.

The official report presents no conclusion at all as no investigation was ever conducted. However, a review of newspapers for August and September 1982 disclosed similar sightings in many towns of eastern and northern Spain. Not only that, the press, confirmed by Barcelona Air Control, reported that advertising aircraft carrying luminous publicity panels were active during that summer in such locations, giving rise to surprise observations and misinterpretations with UFOs. Again, we may be confident that this was what the witness saw at Blanes.

Facts and Figures

The Spanish declassification process imposes no restriction as to date. Over the years, several current incidents, whether reported to the Air Force by civilian witnesses or by military personnel, were declassified immediately after investigation – an example which other countries would do well to follow.

Since 1992, a number of UFO observations have been added to the MOA archives, both old and new, so that the original 62 files have now become 75. They amount to 1,900 pages, which anyone can read (and copy) in the Library of the Air Force Headquarters in Madrid.

The files cover a total of 97 separate events between the years 1962 to 1995, which averages about three cases per year. But we find that certain years – 1968 (23),1969 (7), 1975 (7),1977 (6), 1978 (8), 1979 (9) and 1980 (7) – seem to deviate markedly from the mean. However, examination often reveals simple down-to-earth explanations. The 1968-69 wave was clearly due to a press release by the Ministry of Air asking the public to report UFO sightings, combined with the highly visible night-time appearance of the planet Venus, plus giant meteorological balloons carried by wind from France. 1975 is conspicuous only because one file includes several cases originating with a single and unreliable informant. A 1977 file, likewise, describes a succession of contactee-type stories allegedly expenenced during a three-month period. The 1978 peak is due to a photographic fraud which involved several dates. 1979 contains some good cases, but we notice that half of them occurred in November: for this we can look to the media impact of the incident of 11 November when the crew of a Supercaravelle reported strange lights. Finally, 1980 shows a chance accumulation of varied events, totally unrelated to one another. In short, none of the fluctuations constitutes a real ‘wave’ of true UFOs.

The reports reveal 20 radar detections, 15 scrambles or launches of jet interceptors, 10 close encounters, 13 instances where photographic material exists, and 28 civilian pilot witnesses (figures not mutually exclusive). Apart from the Air Force, other official bodies making reports included the Navy (9 reports), the Civil Guard (7), the Army (5) and the Police (3).

If we look at time of day data, the following table appears:

12-18 Hrs  18-24 Hrs  00-06 Hrs 6-12 Hrs Not Known
IFOs 11% 57% 17% 12% 3%
UFOs  6% 50% 31% 13%


It is somewhat dismaying to find that, contrary to what we might expect, UFOs follow the same time-of-day distribution as IFOs.

As soon as files were declassified, a multidisciplinary team of experts, coordinated by myself, rushed to analyse the information. The research is not finished, as some reports present complex problems which make analysis difficult. The absence of inquiry at the time, the absence of corroboration, and insufficient information add to the complications. Nonetheless, our investigative efforts proved fruitful and we have been able to draw an array of general conclusions.

IFOs comprise 85% of the total. They break down to:

  • Astronomical explanations – the most frequent error stimulus: four out of ten observational mistakes involve Venus, other planets and stars, meteors and fireballs, or even the Moon.
  • Hoaxes explain two out of ten reports.
  • Meteorological balloons emerge as misperception culprits in one in ten cases (mostly from the French CNES programmes of 1967-1970).
  • The Miscellaneous cluster includes a variety of reasons for misinterpretation: three of every ten IFO cases are due to rockets and missiles, aircraft, reflections and temperature inversions, space junk re-entries, false radar echoes, fireworks or light projectors.

These proportions are consistent with those found in other samples, for example by Allan Hendry in 7he UFO Handbook. This suggests a world-wide pattern.

Nevertheless, 15% of the reports released by the Air Force remain to be resolved. One case (January 1,1975, Burgos) defies every explanation and anses as a true anomaly. Nine others present outstanding abnormal features and they are tunder further study. Finally, five cases have insufficient data to be evaluated.


Sweden is releasing thousands of UFO files beginning May 9-10, 2009 :”Besides the 18,000 Swedish cases are thousands of cases from Denmark and other Nordic countries



Reports and records are so extensive regarding the UFO phenomena in the United States that it is impractical to list here all relevant documents, thousands of reports can be found created by political officials right through to judges and ministers. Presidents too have revealed their knowledge and co-operation with E.B.E’s. to find 100’s of thousands of documents and incidents go online.


London, England (CNN) — A hovering Toblerone and a silky-white residue join near-misses and strange lights in the British government’s latest release of its files on UFO sightings.

Made public Thursday, the files are the fifth collection of records about unidentified flying objects to be released by the Ministry of Defence and The National Archives as part of a project to open the files up to a wider audience.

Thursday’s release is the largest so far, totaling more than 6,000 pages of material from 1994 to 2000.

The files include a sighting by a man in Birmingham, England, in March 1997. He said he came home from work at 4 a.m. to see a large blue triangle-shaped craft hovering over his back garden.

It was silent but caused dogs in the neighborhood to bark, the report said. It “shot off and disappeared” after about three minutes, the report said, leaving behind a “silky-white substance” on the treetops, some of which he saved in a jar. It was not clear what happened to the jar and its contents.

Another document, from January 1997, is about a man driving home through south Wales one night when he saw “a ‘tube of light’ coming down from the sky,” which at first seemed like a “massive star” coming toward him.

The man’s mobile phone and car radio failed, the report said, and the man got out of his car and was able to walk through the light. It said he got back in his car but started feeling sick, and he soon developed a skin condition for which he had to see a doctor.

His car was left covered in dirt and dust, the report said.

Other reports are about sightings by groups of people, including one from August 1997 in which five members of a fishing trawler in the North Sea reported seeing a round, flat, shiny object hovering in the sky.

They saw it both with the naked eye and through binoculars, with the report noting, “witness very skeptical of UFOs.” They tracked the object on their radar for several seconds before it vanished, the report said.

Police officers in Boston, England, and Skegness — both on England’s east coast, caught a UFO on video at the same time that the Royal Air Force (RAF) detected an “unidentified blip” on their radar, the files show.

It happened in October 1996, when the officers saw “strange rotating red, blue, green and white flashing lights in the sky,” the report said. A ship in The Wash, a bay near Boston, also saw the lights, and at the same time RAF air defense radars picked up the blip over Boston, the report said.

Press coverage of the incident led the RAF to look into the lights, later identifying some as stars and bright planets, and attributing the radar blip to a “permanent echo” created by a nearby church spire.

The release highlights how the reported shapes of UFOs have changed during the past half-century, the National Archives said. Many of the reports in the latest file describe UFOs as big, black and triangular, whereas reports from the 1940s and ’50s tended to be about saucers or disc-shaped objects, they said.

“In the 1950s the next big leap in technology was thought to be a round craft that took off vertically, and it’s intriguing to note that this is the same period when people began to report seeing ‘flying saucers’ in the sky,” said David Clarke, author of a book called The UFO Files and a journalism lecturer at Sheffield Hallam University.

He pointed out that in the years covered by the latest file release, triangle-shaped U.S. stealth bombers and Aurora spy planes featured heavily on TV shows like “The X-Files” and movies like Independence Day.

“It’s impossible to prove a direct link between what people are reading and watching and what they report as UFOs, but one interpretation could be that the latest advances in technology may be influencing what people see in the sky,” he said.

A craving for chocolate may have influenced another sighting, that of a “Toblerone-shaped” UFO hovering over Annandale, Scotland, in July 1994. The Toblerone is a triangular-shaped Swiss chocolate candy bar. The files include a sketch of the object, which showed it as 35-40 feet long and about 20 feet wide.

It hovered silently about 10 feet above a field with no lights and was “observed for at least 40 minutes,” the report said.

The release also contains several incidents involving UFOs and aircraft, such as a near-miss that happened in January 1995 when a British Airways Boeing 737 was approaching Manchester airport. The captain and a crew member saw the object, but an investigation by the Civil Aviation Authority failed to identify it, the report said.

An airliner near Glasgow Airport saw white and red flashing lights in December 1996, but the report simply concluded there was no RAF activity in the area at the time.



Uruguay Declassify UFO records.

“The UFO phenomenon has manifested itself many times in Uruguay, South America. The Uruguayan Air Force (FAU) high command has declassified its files and allowed EL PAIS (The National Newspaper) to
access its UFO records and eyewitness accounts.. While the Air Force commission that studies these cases has been operating for only a few decades, the UFO phenomenon in Uruguay began in 1947, and continues
a rich history of seeing UFOs, according to Col. Ariel Sanchez, an Air Force officer with 33 years of active service and who presides over the UFO commission. The agency operates out of a small office in downtown
Montevideo and has a computer database and print archives. There are hundreds of files in green binders under the heading “Confidential”, containing eyewitness accounts, photographs, sketches, drawings,
documents and evaluations made by officials. The files consist of reports that accrue at a rate of 100 cases per year with 2100 solid reports the commission has researched and dismissed many for various reasons.
Thirty years after research began, forty cases remain unexplained. These files have been kept open, and range from sightings and landings of alleged craft to abductions, where people claim to have been kidnapped
by extraterrestrial entities.



There could be alien life forms and believing they exist isn’t contradictory to having faith in God, the top astronomer at the Vatican said in an interview published Tuesday.

In the Vatican newspaper piece, titled “The Extraterrestrial Is My Brother,” the Rev. Jose Gabriel Funes said the expansiveness of the universe means there could be life on planets other than Earth.

“In my opinion this possibility exists,” Funes, the director of the Vatican Observatory, told L’Osservatore Romano. “Astronomers believe the universe is made up of 100 billion galaxies, each of which consists of 100 billion stars. … Life forms could exist in theory even without oxygen or hydrogen.”

Funes said that there might even be other intelligent life out there, but believing in its existence doesn’t pose a problem for those of the Catholic faith.

“It is possible. So far we have no proof. But certainly in a universe so big we can not exclude this hypothesis,” he told the paper.

“As there is a multiplicity of creatures on earth, so there may be other beings, intelligent, created by God. This does not conflict with our faith, because we cannot put limits on the creative freedom of God.”

He said human beings could even consider another life form an “extraterrestrial brother” because it, too, would be one of God’s creatures.

“How can we rule out that life may have developed elsewhere?” Funes said. “Just as we consider earthly creatures as ‘a brother,’ and ‘sister,’ why should we not talk about an ‘extraterrestrial brother’? It would still be part of creation.”

The interview covered a variety of topics, including the relationship between the Roman Catholic Church and science, and the theological implications of the existence of alien life.

Funes said science, especially astronomy, does not contradict religion, touching on a theme of Pope Benedict XVI, who has made exploring the relationship between faith and reason a key aspect of his papacy.

The Bible “is not a science book,” Funes said, adding that he believes the Big Bang theory is the most “reasonable” explanation for the creation of the universe. The theory says the universe began billions of years ago in the explosion of a single, super-dense point that contained all matter.

But he said he continues to believe that “God is the creator of the universe and that we are not the result of chance.”

Funes urged the church and the scientific community to leave behind divisions caused by Galileo’s persecution 400 years ago, saying the incident has “caused wounds.”

In 1633 the astronomer was tried as a heretic and forced to recant his theory that the Earth revolved around the sun. Church teaching at the time placed Earth at the center of the universe.

“The church has somehow recognized its mistakes,” he said. “Maybe it could have done it better, but now it’s time to heal those wounds and this can be done through calm dialogue and collaboration.”

Pope John Paul declared in 1992 that the ruling against Galileo was an error resulting from “tragic mutual incomprehension.”

The Vatican Observatory has been at the forefront of efforts to bridge the gap between religion and science. Its scientist-clerics have generated top-notch research and its meteorite collection is considered one of the world’s best.

The observatory, founded by Pope Leo XIII in 1891, is based in Castel Gandolfo, a lakeside town in the hills outside Rome where the pope has a summer residence. It also conducts research at an observatory at the University of Arizona, in Tucson.




United States

United Kingdom